Home

ACU Installation User Guide.book

1. DC Fuse att feel SW1 Dip Switch Eom PL iH SW2 Rotary Switch lo lo Nw WA lO lo i J zs D W3 amp W2 2 W50 EN z e e Hii Ow Aw aw Ww 6 O O6 Figure 3 19 Location of Fuses DIP Switches SW1 SW50 and Rotary Switch SW2 on the ACU2 16 GE Security July 29 2005 3 45 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide ACUXL16 Configuration Information The ACUXL16 offers the capability of hosting up to sixteen readers on one ACU through the use of firm ware version ACO1 52 00 or later Connection of the RRE is through two reader communication ports Readers 0 3 and 8 11 are connected to reader port 1 and readers 4 7 and 12 15 are connected to reader port 2 Physical Alarm Zones Logical Alarm Zones Reader Strike AUX Zone 0 Zone 1 Zone 2 2 3 _b K Eo no OFFL Number Monitor 16 17 0 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 Lock Monitor Bond Sensor If used must be connected to Z2 F O Forced open H O Held Open R T Reader Enclosure Tamper OFFL Reader Off Line Table 3 45 Relays Physical to Logical Zone Numbering NOTE If the ACU is being used for Elevator Control th
2. 3 10 ACUXL DIP Switch Zone Input Termination 5 5 3 10 Dial up Modem Card for ACUXL ACURS2 54 3 11 Dial up Modem Installation for ACUXL 3 11 Connecting the Dial up Modem lssslssseeeee ehh aii 3 12 Component Layout isses ele e lo a eee ey 3 12 bEDs on Modem Board rr eresas e A aha deh EC EMEN am ED E 3 13 Connecting MDD Multi Drop Dial Up 3 13 Installing Server External 3 14 External Modem Setup 00 00 ell 3 14 Software Setup a eh eue A Mew e E ei ee 3 14 Troubleshooting cade p cene A dene eu dde dvd e uir Te 3 14 LAN Connection for ACUXL VersiOM cess oat ts merap rees er AIDE hh rr 3 15 LAN Surge Protector ACU Installation o n a auaa aaa 3 15 LAN Surge Protector Server Installation 3 16 LEDs for LAN Connection siris iia rr 3 16 Dual Reporting dte p nte dua adore ppt ETUR E 3 16 LEDs for Alarm Zone amp ra ADE U hrs 3 17 BT2 Battery Replacement lh hh s 3 17 Clearing the Memory the ACUXL lsssesseeesee
3. 6 10 Table 6 12 RIM and Surface Mount RIM Normal LED Status 6 11 Table 6 13 RIM Normal LED Status nnne nennen inen 6 11 Table 6 14 RIM Alarm Numbers for the Host PC enn 6 12 Table 6 15 RIM Relay Numbers for the Host PC enne nennen 6 12 Table 7 1 RRM Wiring Connections for Reader Port 1 2 eee 7 4 Table 7 2 RRM Wiring Connections for Reader Port 2 sesssssssseeeeeneen emere nnn 7 5 Table 7 3 RRM Normal LED Operation eene ternis 7 5 Table 7 4 RRM Wiring Connections for Relays 1 amp 2 sse nnn 7 6 Table 7 5 RRM Wiring Connections for Relays 5 sss 7 6 Table 7 6 RRM Wiring Connections for Relays 5 7 7 7 GE Security July 29 2005 T XIX ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Table 7 7 RRM Wiring Connections for Relays 8 11 emere 7 8 Table 7 8 RRM Wiring Connections for Relays 12 16 sse 7 9 Table 7 9 RRM DIP Switch SW1 Settings 2 0 0 cer eet eee renee een mener nennen eren nennen 7 9 Table 7 10 RRM DIP Switch SW1 Settings sssssssssesseeneee e nee eene nnn nnne nennen 7 10 Table 7 11 RRM Alarm Numbers for the Host PC 7 10 Table 7 12 RRM Relay Numbers for the Host
4. ACUR4 Expansion Port 1 Expansion Port 2 Features 4 RREs may be connected A maximum of 4 RIMs and to Port 2 may be connected to 2 Host Ports each port Address 4 7 Port 1 RS 232 or RS 485 Port 2 RS232 only 4 Read Head Interfaces 2 Expansion Module Ports NOTE RRE 0 3 on Port 1can be used for up to 4 SMT RRMs SMT RIMs in place of read heads 0 3 above that are directly connected to the ACU RA or RREs 8 Alarm Inputs Figure 3 23 ACU R4 Block diagram NOTE Numbers in boxes represent the polling address See DIP Switch tables for more information 3 56 460940001A GE Security ACUR2 and ACUR4 Controllers Dial Up Modem ACU PAK D1 for ACU Installing and Connecting This section contains instructions on installing and wiring the ACU Dial Up Modem Dial Up Modem installations have not been evaluated by UL The modem may not be installed within the ACU enclosure if the installation is to be UL 1076 and or UL 294 approved Auxiliary power supply to dial up modem ACU Dial up modem Part ACU PAK D1 134852 Dial up modem mounting bracket Top two screws used to secure battery bracket Figure 3 24 Dial Up Modem Mounting Kit Installed Inside the ACU Controller Enclosure 4 Amp power supply with optional battery backup shown NOTE For Dial up communications to the ACU panels a US Robotics Sportster external modem must be used at th
5. ote 3 78 4AMP Power Supply 2 26 Terminal Block Connections 3 78 5AMP Power Supply 2 19 Zone Input Termination 3 10 8AMP Power Supply 2 24 ACU SAPMR 2 24 ACU AGU PAK DT iz iic hci ee aaa 3 59 Power Up Self Test 8 1 ACU R2 RRE04 E00 Connections 3 60 DIP Switch Settings 3 47 Online Test iens 3 77 ACU Terminal Block Connections 3 48 ACU R2 Jumper ACU2 Settings i ree irte bete ae does e pete hel 3 76 Clearing the Memory 3 75 ACUR2 4 sean edem aide 3 49 Board metus 3 54 Dial Up ACU R4 Modem 23 2 edu 3 57 COnneclions roc et he ree 3 63 Dial up Jumper Settings 3 76 Modem Bracket 3 58 Online Test x nno 3 77 Modem Cable connections 3 59 ACURS Modem LEDS eost tete 3 59 Multi drop additional ACUS 3 43 Jumper Settings 3 75 ACURS Multi drop RS485 for LAN ACU 3 43 A OE PEE A aita HD do datae 3 77 ACURS2 4 On Line Testing
6. 3 5 Table 3 6 DB 9 Connection for 485 CON sssssssssssssssssseseeee ener rr eren enne nennen nenne nere 3 6 Table 3 7 DB 9 Connection for 485 CSP and 422 COR 1 sess nennen 3 6 Table 3 8 DB 25 Connection for 485 CON EA 3 6 Table 3 9 DB 25 Connection for 485 CSP and 422 3 6 Table 3 10 ACUXL RS 485 Wiring From LAN Connected ACUXL 3 8 Table 3 11 DIP Switch SW1 Settings on the ACUXL Controller sss emen 3 9 Table 3 12 DIP Switch SW2 Settings on the ACUXL Controller een 3 9 Table 3 13 DIP Switch SW3 Settings on the ACUXL Controller 3 10 Table 3 14 Rotary Switch SW4 Settings on the ACUXL ssssssssseeene nemen errem 3 10 Table 3 15 DIP Switch SW5 Add EOL Termination to Inputs tn 3 10 Table 3 16 DIP Switch SW6 Add EOL Termination to Inputs 3 11 Table 3 17 Dial up Modem LED Indicators 3 13 Table 3 18 LAN Connection LED Indicators 3 16 Table 3 19 Alarm Zone Status LED indicators 3 17 Table 3 20 Terminal Block TB1 Pin Number Identifi
7. 1 7 Preventive tenerent nee 9 1 RIM Read Head Cleaning Magnetic Only 9 1 Alarm numbers for Host PC 6 12 Replaceable Parts 9 6 Auxiliary Power Supply 6 5 Modem Bracket 3 58 Circuit Board eee 6 3 Modifying 4AMP AC Input Voltage 2 28 Connections e 6 4 Modifying 8AMP AC Input Voltage 2 23 DIP Switch Settings 6 10 Mounting ACU iie rd tete 2 4 Field Wiring Test 8 7 MR 10 RMS 18 Read Head Input State Resistance Range 6 6 Wiring to RRE 2 sm 5 69 LED S iacet RR 6 11 Multi Drop Dial Up 3 13 Normal Operation Test 8 8 One Stage Reader Parts Replacement 9 17 Alarm Zone Assignments 4 8 4 22 Power Up Self Test 8 7 Buzzer Volume Adjustment 4 11 4 25 Relay Numbers for Host PC 6 12 A 8 Connections sssssssssssesssees 4 3 4 15 Remote Input Module 6 1 Descrip
8. 3 33 Power Connections ads prets eii ac RUE ee le EO ee ER IUE RR RAUS 3 34 Connections for Terminal Block 11 ACURS2 and 54 3 34 Cabinet Tamper Connections llis n 3 34 Connections for Terminal Block 12 13 and 14 ACURSA 3 35 Reader 2 Connections el hh ehem 3 35 Connections for Terminal Block 15 16 and 17 ACURS4 3 36 Reader 3 Connections du NEG quud A Rad Dae A EA Ee qe 3 36 Connections for Terminal Block 18 ACURS4 Only 3 37 Reader 2 and Auxiliary Relay Connections ACURS4 Only 3 37 Relay Numbering for ACURS2 and ACURS4 0 ce eae 3 37 Relay Numbers for Readers eo eio sinso ra cece e hh 3 37 Alarm Numbering for ACURS2 and ACURS4 0 0 0 eee 3 38 GE Security July 29 2005 T IIl ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Alarm Numbers for Readers llilillleee eel 3 38 DIP switch SW1 Communication Port 3 38 DIP Switches for ACURS2 and ACURS4 0 teeta 3 39 DIP Switch SW2 Settings Baud Rate Dial up Parity and Com Type 3 39 DIP Switch SW3 Settings 0 0 es 3 39 Switch SWA rotary switch Settings ACURS Pa
9. ACU2X ACURS be added to the loop respectively ACU2X ACURS ACU2X ACURS Dial Up Address 15 14 Address 2 Address 0 1 Phone Line Connection 1 Sig UAI cem 1 Sig GND 1 Sig SIE ed 1 Sig GND 6 TX 6 TX 6 TX 6 TX 7 TX 7 TX 7 TX 7 TX 8 RX 8 RX 8 RX 8 RX 9 RX Iv 9 RX J 9 RX U 19 RX Last panel in loop must be terminated 4 000 feet maximum gt Figure 3 10 RS485 Port Wiring For Multi Drop Dial Up Panels In the above configuration if the panel with the dial up modem installed is ACURS2 4 it must be set as address 1 and each additional multi drop panel on the RS485 port must be addressed starting with 2 then 3 and so on up to 14 additional ACURS panels maximum If using an ACUXL panel with the dial up modem installed then the first panel should be addressed 0 then each additional multi drop panel on the RS485 port must be addressed starting with 1 then 2 and so on up to 15 additional ACUXL panels maximum GE Security July 29 2005 3 13 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Installing Server External Modem When using Dial up communications to an ACUXL or ACURS2 4 field panel you must install an external modem PC EMODEM PER at the server The server software will ONLY support the USR US Robotics 33 6 faxmodem or the 56K V 90 faxmodem Sportster modem models 0701 005686 03 or 0459 00083907 Model information located on the back of the mo
10. Host Encryption enabled Host Encryption disable Dial Up Host Communications Dedicated Host Communications 5 wire RS 232 using RTS amp CTS Use RS 485 or 3 wire RS 232 200 10 K ohm alarm termination 1K 2K ohm alarm termination Host Communication uses No Parity Host Communication uses Even Parity Table 3 65 DIP Switch SW1 Settings on the ACU2 R2 and R4 Controllers Denotes default setting CAUTION When setting switch S7 above make sure the SCP Device Termination Type is cor rectly set in the Diamond software Select menus 6 Setup 1 System 3 SCP Device Modify Advance page Consult the Software Manual for detailed information 460940001A GE Security ACUR2 and ACUR4 Controllers Rotary Switch SW2 Settings on the ACU2 ACU R2 and ACU R4 Controllers SW2 rotary switch Function Sets the ACU2 polling address 0 9 Address 0 9 and A F Address 10 15 Table 3 66 Rotary Switch SW2 Settings on the ACU2 ACU R2 and ACU R4 Controllers DIP Switch SW50 Settings on the ACU2 Controller Switch S50 Terminated OFF Not Terminated S1 Host Port 1 RS 485 Transmit Data Host Port 2 RS 485 Receive Data Host Port 2 RS 485 Transmit Data Host Port 1 RS 485 Receive Data S5 Reader Port 1 RS 485 Transmit Data S6 Reader Port 1 RS 485 Receive Data S7 Reader Port 2 RS 485 Transmit Data S8 Reader Port 2 RS 485 Receive Data
11. 4 19 Location of DIP Switch SW2 on the One Stage 4 21 Location of Components and Connections on the One Stage HP 4 21 IKE Keypad Component Layout sssssssseeene eee nennen nnnm nennen nennen nns 4 27 Location of Components on Surface Mount RRE 2 cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneecaeeeeeeeeeeeseteeestenaaeees 5 2 RRE Circuit Board Component nere nnne 5 5 Location of Components on the RRE ssssssssssssssssseeseer eren eren nnne eterne nnn n nennen 5 6 Location of Components on the RRE HP c eccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeseeeececcnesaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 5 7 Overview for use of more than one Surface Mount RRE 2 the same 5 12 RRE 2 Surface Mount Component Layout sss eene nne eere 5 13 PIN Locations on the Terminal Board of the SMT 2 5 13 Overview for use of one RRE 4 on the ACU port 5 14 RRE 4 Surface Mount Component Layout sssssssseeene ener emere nnne nns 5 15 PIN Locations on the Terminal Board of the SMT 4 5 15 RRE 2 Component Layout sarsa ea iE
12. 5 51 K12 ESSEX X Y 3x4 MATRIX TOUCHPAD Wiring To 5 52 K14 ESSEX 2x6 Keypad Wiring RRE 0 000 ett Re 5 52 Using 2x6 Keypad with the RMS10 for Alarm Masking 5 53 K13 ESSEX 26 Bit Wiegand TOUCHPAD Wiring 5 53 SENSOR WR 1 Wiegand Read Head Output Wiring To RRE 5 54 RMS 10 IGS Magnetic Mullion Read Head Wiring To RRE 5 55 RMSC 10 IGS Mullion Smart Card Read Head Wiring TORRE 5 57 COTAG Read Head Wiring to ACU 1 ee 5 58 WIRING ce SO M Led oe Eg Bid eid Lada fte 5 60 Cryptag Reader Head Wiring To RRE 2 RRE 4 5 61 HID MiniProx Model 5365 Reader to RRE 1 6 eh 5 62 HID MiniProx Reader Model 5363 and 5364 to RRE 2 1 ee ae 5 63 HID ProxPro Model 5355 to Read Head RRE 5 64 Switches on HID ProxPro reader 5 64 J lipers 3 2 yd oro semet do hat RR ECL AE RET ce RR ase 5 65 LED Operation iiny eo m Pel ba eee a lay ee he See a e End eei us 5 65 ThinLine Model 5395 and ProxPro II Model 5455 to Read Head RRE 5 66 HID ProxPoint Plus 6005 to the RRE a oeei eerie ee E n A EE n 5 67 INDALA Proximity Read
13. 5 53 K14 Essex 2x6 Keypad PN 135657 5 53 Front view of Sensor Wiegand reader sssssssssssseee eene 5 54 Rear view of IGS Mullion Reader sss 5 55 Rear view of new IGS Mullion Reader sssssssssssessee enne enne nnne 5 56 Rear view of IGS Mullion Smart Card Reader sss 5 57 Front view of IGS Mullion Smart Card 5 57 HID MiniProx 5365 e e pee esed du RU anne teed Gee dede indeed 5 62 HID ProxPro PR 5355 With Keypad and PK 5355 Without 5 64 HID ThinEine 5395 ie eate otio de ait dd see sut ea dedo ved ce eb 5 66 HID ProxPoint Plus 6005 Ce teat te a dace fee i lo re da deeds 5 67 Block diagram of Filter enne 5 70 Front view of Sensor Wiegand reader ssssssssssseeeeeeee eene enne 5 73 HID MiniProx 5365 5 78 HID ProxPro PK 5355 With Keypad and PR 5355 Without 5 80 ThinLine II Model 5395 Reader to the 5 82 SRHID ProxPoint PIUS 6005 2 222 tei e Aereo dette 5 83 SMT RIM Component Location c cccc
14. WHT RED e WHT Lc Z AN Ny CRN YEL m WY Fa 2 Figure 2 18 ACU2 PS4 Power Supply Charger Installed in Cabinet GE Security July 29 2005 2 27 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide 120VAC and 240VAC Wiring for 4AMP Power Supply Charger The ACU power supply can be modified in the field for either 120VAC or 240VAC by simply moving a few wires on the transformer from one terminal to another If you are making this modification make sure the transformer on the power supply is wired as shown in Figure 2 19 for 120VAC or Figure 2 20 for 240VAC See Warnings below If you have any questions about preforming this modification DO NOT proceed without assistance from technical support Warning A Make certain that the AC power source circuit breaker s is OFF and batteries are disconnected before proceeding Failure to heed this WARNING can cause death personal injury or damage to unit s Warning A Make certain that the AC power supply is wired correctly before reapplying the power to the panel Failure to heed this WARNING can cause damage to unit s Wiring 120VAC for 4AMP Power Supply Charger White wire neutral from terminal block Black wire line L amp from fuse
15. 2 10 Wiring to RMSC 11 Reader 5 51 I 1 460940001A GE Security Index Keri Read Head Preparing for installation 2 5 Wiring to RRE 2 sem 5 70 Relay Assignments 4 10 4 24 Keypad Access Request 4 13 4 26 5 27 5 40 Paired Reader Operation 4 13 4 26 5 27 5 40 LAN PAK D1 2 cedere ddl N 3 57 cite mt e te 3 67 Power amp Battery Worksheet 2 32 Adapter Cable connections 3 67 Power Supply Wiring 2 19 2 23 2 24 2 26 2 28 Adapter Configuration 3 68 Power Supply Charger Wiring 2 17 2 24 Adapter LEDs sss 3 67 Preventive Maintenance 9 1 Biacket aute 3 66 PROM Diagnostics and Testing 3 70 Identification ss 9 13 Kit installation 3 65 InstallatlOr eet tree 9 14 Surge Protector Server Installation 3 16 Replacement 9 13 LED s Proximity Readers 240 and 245 5 47 ACU d t ed pd eem dcs 3 77 Pulling Wires and Cables 2 9 for RRE 2A and 4
16. 3 12 Wiring to RREOA EOO0 5 78 LEDS is chant rie e eee 3 13 HID MiniProx Reader Model 5363 and 5364 Dial Up Multi drop 3 13 Wiring to RREOA EOO 5 79 Dial up Software Setup 3 14 Wiring to RRE 2 sss 5 63 Dial up Troubleshooting 3 14 HID ProxPoint Plus 6005 _ 5 67 DIP Switch Settings Wiring to RRE04 E00 5 83 ACU iuis cicer eee aid 3 72 HID ProxPro Model 5355 Read Head One Stage Reader 4 5 4 20 Wiring to RRE 2 5 64 hii 5 6 HID ProxPro Model 5355 to Read Head RRE 2 amp RRE 4 22 5 22 Wiring to RRE04 E00 5 80 RRE 2 amp RRE 4 Surface Mount 5 16 HID ThinLine Il Model 5395 Reader RS 485 Expander 5 45 Wiring to RREO4 E00 5 82 DIP Switches for ACURS2 4 3 39 Host Communications Wiring 3 2 DOOM SUIKG aD 2 15 HP One Stage Reader POW6 EU 2 15 Jumper Settings 4 7 4 22 Wiring eerie er e Ree e des 2 15 HP Reader Connections 4 17 D
17. 5 24 Reader LED Condition 4 25 RS485 Expander 5 46 Reader Logical Alarm Numbers for Host PC A 3 LEDs Relay ACU2 Numbers for Readers 3 37 Dial up REN Remote Enclosure 2 30 Modem 3 59 REN PS4 acier edd dd d 2 33 LAN Replaceable Parts 9 6 Adapter eei 3 67 Replacing Power up One Stage Reader 8 4 ACU2 Controller Power Supply 9 9 RIM sagittis aa 6 11 ACU2 PCB Assembly 9 7 LEDs for ACURS2 4 3 41 Batteries eget diete 9 11 LEDs for LAN Connection 3 16 One Single Stage Reader 9 14 Lightning o ace idet eite apt 2 1 PRONN c 9 13 Magstripe Extender 5 41 RIM T 9 17 Maintenance eniin 9 1 uten enti 9 16 Alarm Reporting Voltage Levels A 4 RRM detected Leiden 9 18 Checking Batteries 9 3 9 4 Tamper Switch esnan aeania iri ideat 9 12 Enclosure Cleaning 9 2 Returning Procedure
18. Buzzer Table 5 55 K11 To RRE Wiring NOTE If the K11 is not mounted on a grounded electrical box the frame of the K11 must be con nected to an earth ground wire insert lug under lower left PCB mounting screw 5 48 460940001A GE Security RRE Reader and Keypad Connections RRE Switch setting for K11 RREO1 E1L ON OFF RRE 2 4 ACU R2 amp ACU R4 Table 5 56 RRE Switch setting for K11 N A OFF GE Security July 29 2005 5 49 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide J umper configuration For Reader Support INFOGRAPHIC SYSTEMS 70 PRE 9 BUIZLF H t 10 FE amp DMEAD MI z 7 a 1 2 bel a 4 45V RE 1s g Jumper settings listed on board OTUBOASSY Figure 5 22 K11 Board only PN IGR K11WLGW with LEDs PN IGR K11NLWG without LEDs J umper Configuration If using a Magnetic read head jumpers W1 and W2 should be set to position A B If using a Wiegand read head jumpers W1 and W2 should be set to position B C The W1 and W2 jumpers only appear on K11 board PN 135376 01 and 02 Rev A and above or on assembled K11 Keypad revision B PN 135375 01 and 02 Rev B or above 5 50 460940001A GE Security RRE Reader and Keypad Connections RMSC 11 IGS Smart Card Reader with K11 Keypad The RMSC 11 is the RMSC 10 Mullion Smart Reader added to the K 11 Keypad IGR K11WLGW using RJ 45 telephone cables IGS PN OT
19. 5 14 RRE 4 Surface Mount Component Layout 5 15 DIP Switch Settings on the RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface 5 16 RRE 2 and RRE 4 DIP Switch SW1 for Reader 5 16 RRE 2 DIP Switch SW2 Zone Termination liliis 5 17 RRE 4 DIP Switch SW2 Zone Termination liliis 5 17 RRE 2 and RRE 4 DIP Switch SW3 Communications Termination 5 17 RRE 4 DIP Switch SW4 Zone Termination RRE 4 5 18 Jumper W1 W4 on the RRE 2 Surface Mount illis 5 18 Connections for RRE 2 Surface Mount Termination Board 5 18 Connections for RRE 4 Surface Mount Board 5 18 TB1 Connections Surface Mount RRE 4 20000 cee eee eee 5 19 TB2 Connections Surface Mount RRE 4 2 00 cece eee 5 19 TB3 Connections Surface Mount RRE 4 lassana aaaeeeaa eee 5 20 Jumper W1 W8 the RRE 4 Surface Mount 000200 e eee eee eee 5 20 Status LEDs for RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount 5 20 Input Zone LEDs for RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount 5 21 Relay LEDs for RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount 5 21 RRE 2 and RRE g alaan E E path a E ERA ele PE E tad Sawa ala
20. 8 2 Board Layout 3 27 On Line Testing LED s 8 2 Cabinet Tamper Connections 3 34 On Line Tests sss 3 77 DIP Switches reat 3 39 Power wiring eese 2 16 Enclosure Layout 3 26 Power Up Test 3 76 EEDS3 o tu ca 3 41 Relay Assignments for Host PC A 7 Reader Alarm Numbering 3 38 Testing Procedures 8 1 SW1 Comm Termination 3 38 ACU 2 16 SWO9 at ctae tdt aime is 3 39 3 46 SW rs reed I ILE 3 40 ACUTO aee epe 3 46 SWO and SWO x Ease tien get eee dg 3 40 Relays numbering 3 46 Ap CL 3 41 RRE 2 DIP Switch Settings 3 47 Terminal Block Connections 3 30 ACU ZPO i eum eeiam ue 2 26 ACU XL16B ACU2 R4 LAN Connection 3 15 Connections A 3 60 Multi drop additional ACUS 3 8 ACU2X oit tn edet ede 3 8 BT2 Battery Replacement
21. IRR edd dC Dp qme bi paeem du 8 8 Power Up Self Test on the RRM ssslssssllll ll 8 9 Normal Operation Test on the RRM 0000 cece eee 8 9 The operation and status LED s will light as follows llle ee 8 9 Voltage Test on 4 AMP Power Supply Charge Assembly 8 10 Normal Operation For 4 AMP Power Supply 00 000 c eee s 8 10 The operation and status LED s will light as 8 10 Voltage Test on 8 AMP Power Supply Charger 8 11 Normal Operation For 8 AMP Power Supply 000 0c eee cece s 8 11 The operation and status LED s will light as 8 11 Chapter 9 Maintenance ethic Sie ros ed wx aee ene dac edere xe oed ee ec 9 1 cis de EE petas dd meia 9 1 Preventive Maintenance eee be Rn phy bene hh eina 9 1 Read Head Cleaning Magnetic 9 1 Enclosure Cleanings Aree peda P PRX E dte Ob 9 2 Checking The Batteries suse lg kh yp mr dh n 9 3 Checking Batteries Without 9 4 Troubleshooting The ACU
22. 3 17 Set IP Address Through Ethernet 3 19 Clearing the Memory 3 17 Set IP Address Through Serial Connection 3 23 Component Location 3 78 Setting IP Address 3 18 Connections ardet 3 49 Util GX6 scenes oe rete Lar A 3 18 DIP Switch SW2 3 9 Alarm DIP Switch SWI 3 10 Numbers for Readers 3 38 DIP Switch SW4 3 10 Termination sss 2 10 DIP Switch SW5 SW6 3 10 Zone numbering see 3 46 LAN Connection niro ee ene e GENA 3 15 Zone Numbering ACU2 16 A 5 LAN Surge Protector 3 15 Zone Reporting 1 LED Alarm Zone Status 3 17 Alarm Reporting Voltage Levels A 4 GE Security July 29 2005 1 1 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Auxiliary Power Supply for RRE 2 RIM and RRM 2 9 EOLS sss 2 10 Auxiliary Power Supply for SMT RIM 6 5 ESSEX 2x6 Keypad B amp B RS 485 Converters 3 4 WING cH 5 5
23. A 9 Table A 12 RRM Alarm Numbers for Host eee eee nennen nemen nennen ennemis A 9 Table A 13 Old Model Number Reference to New Model Numbers seem A 14 T XX 4609400014 GE Security Chapter 1 Introduction About This Manual This manual contains instructions for e Unpacking e Testing Packing Maintaining ACU Components Returning Equipment e UL Specifications Installing FCC Registration This equipment complies with the requirements in Part 15 of the FCC Rules for a Class A computing device Operation of this equipment in residential area may cause unacceptable interference to radio and TV reception requiring the operator to take whatever steps are necessary to correct the interference UL Standards The following GE Security equipment is listed for the following Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 1076 and UL 294 SAPPHIRE Pro DIAMOND DIAMOND II and ONE 32 PLUS Host Computers ACU2 ACU2X and ACUXL Controllers ACU Enclosure with ACU2 PS4 ACU 5APWR and ACU 8APWR power supplies ACU R2 and ACU R4 Controllers ACU One Stage Reader IGR RMS2WG or B RMS 1 RMS 2 RWE 1 RWE 2 RPX 1 RPX 2 Remote Reader Electronics and RRE HP configuration RREO 1 2 2A and 4 Part Numbers RREO1 E00 RREO1 E1L RREO2 E00 RREO2 E1L 4 00 AND RRE04 E1L Integrated Keypad Electronics Part Number IKE OORDIGW Remote Input Modules RIM Part Numbers RIM16 E00 amp RIM16 E1L Remote
24. sees M yug ha ke ce eR a Re ee e ma Rec d e 4 12 Paired Reader Operation s 4 13 Keypad Access Request 00 te eee eee eee 4 13 Auxillary power supply Decet peas rade alee aoe aer aee RE RU e Red Rot ed 4 13 IKE RMS RFX and RWE ete RR PRAE Rue ra ea ale 4 14 Auxiliary Power Supply for One Stage Reader 4 14 Terminal Connector PIN Numbers on a One Stage Reader 4 15 One Stage Reader Wiring Connections Readers 0 Through 3 4 15 One Stage Reader Wiring Connections Readers 4 Through 7 4 16 Connector PIN Numbers a One Stage HP 4 17 One Stage HP Reader TB1 Wiring Connections Readers 0 Through 3 4 17 One Stage HP Reader TB1 Wiring Connections Readers 4 Through 7 4 18 One Stage HP Reader TB2 Wiring Connections Alarm and 4 19 DIP Switch Settings for One Stage Reader 0 00 ccc s 4 20 Switch Settings pre version ARDR8N ssseseeee hn 4 20 Switch Settings Version ARDR8N and 4 20 Component and Switch Location 00 0000 nn 4 21 Jumper Settings on a One Stage HP 4
25. 5 75 Wiring the 5311 Single Zone Controller to the 4 5 75 Wiring Cotag Reader 5280 to the ACU and 4 5 76 Wiring Cotag Reader 5280 to the 2 n 5 76 Notes for Dual Zone Controller e sorrara aitta e npea nh 5 76 Notes for Single Zone Controller 3311 liliis 5 77 HD Reader te RRE couse el ee ae ad eka a la eo aa 5 78 Wiring HID MiniProx Model 5365 Reader to the RRE 4 5 78 Wiring HID MiniProx Reader Model 5363 and 5364 to RRE 4 5 79 Wiring HID ProxPro Model 5355 to Read Head 4 5 80 Wiring HID ThinLine Il Model 5395 Reader to the 4 5 82 Wiring HID ProxPoint Plus 6005 to the RRE 4 5 83 INDALA Proximity Read Hedd 2 0 eee eee 5 84 Wiring ASR 110 or ASR 112 to the RRE 4 1 0 eae 5 84 Wiring ASR 142 to the RRE 4 0 0 eee eee eee 5 84 SECURAKEY Read Head 0 0c nee ae 5 85 DORADO Read Head Wiring To RRE 4 0 0 tee eae 5 85 Chapter 6 RIM Remote Input Module and RIM SMT 6 1 RIM Surface Mount Board erse sy Trou on ap CR e Red ER RE amass 6 2 Surface Mount RIM Board Layout eee eae 6 2
26. 5 43 RS 485 Termination Jumpers 5 45 LED Definitioris ete ertet e o Rene n resti rx peter 5 46 Wiring GE Security Proximity Readers 240 and 245 to the 5 47 RRE Switch setting when using GE Security Reader sssssseee 5 47 K11 To RRE Wiring cacao teret ance eels alle n ce EE nue e dove e A A 5 48 RRE Switch setting for K11 5 49 KTI To RREWINNG olei tc eo pte toe Pe rm Pee ee deed ea ded ceded agde dcus dede dub adeoque 5 51 RRE Switch setting for K11 when used with the RMSC 10 Reader 5 51 Wiring K12 Essex X Y 3x4 Matrix Keypad 5 52 Wiring K14 Essex 2x6 Keypad sssssseeeeeneeeeennenn meer nennen nennen nnn 5 52 Wiring K13 Essex 26 Bit Wiegand Keypad 5 53 Wiegand Read Head to sse eene nennen nennen nnns e nennen si nennen nnn 5 54 IGS Mullion Reader to RRE 5 55 RRE Switch Setting for RMS 10 With K11 or Magstripe Extender 5 56 New IGS Mullion Reader to RRE nennen 5 5
27. Following Readers on ACU 2 16 Only Reader 8 96 97 Reader 9 100 101 Reader 10 104 105 Reader 11 108 109 Reader 12 112 113 Reader 13 116 117 Reader 14 120 121 Reader port 1 Address 4 Reader 15 Table A 3 ACU Reader Logical Alarm Numbers for the Host PC Reader port 1 Address 5 Reader port 1 Address 6 124 Reader port 1 Address 7 125 Reader port 2 Address 4 Reader port 2 Address 5 Reader port 2 Address 6 Reader port 2 Address 7 Remote Module Off line GE Security Table A 4 RRM alarm numbers for the Host PC July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide IN1 Reader port 1 Address 4 Reader port 1 Address 5 Reader port 1 Address 6 Reader port 1 Address 7 Reader port 2 Address 4 Reader port 2 Address 5 Reader port 2 Address 6 Reader port 2 Address 7 IN2 IN3 INA INS ING IN7 IN8 IN9 IN10 IN 11 IN12 IN13 IN14 IN15 IN16 IN17 IN18 IN19 Remote Module Off line Table A 5 RIM alarm numbers for the Host PC ACU Alarm Reporting Voltage Levels Normal 27 5 VDC AC Fail 24 VDC Low Battery 21 VDC Table A 6 ACU Alarm Reporting Voltage Le
28. Spare Leave OFF Battery Backup on Memory Enabled Watchdog Timer Disabled Watchdog Timer Enabled Table 3 13 DIP Switch SW3 Settings on the ACUXL Controller Denotes default setting ACUXL DIP Switch Address Setting SW4 rotary switch 0 F Sets the polling address Table 3 14 Rotary Switch SWA Settings on the ACUXL ACUXL DIP Switch Zone Input Termination settings Adds 1 K ohm across zone inputs Zone6 Terminated 2 7 Terminated 2 8 Terminated Zone 9 Terminated Zone 10 Terminated Zone 11 Terminated Table 3 15 DIP Switch SW5 Add EOL Termination to Inputs DIP switch factory default is all OFF 3 10 460940001A GE Security ACUXL Networked Controllers Adds 1 K ohm across zone inputs Terminated Terminated Terminated Terminated Terminated Terminated Table 3 16 DIP Switch SW6 Add EOL Termination to Inputs DIP switch factory default is all OFF Dial up Modem Card for ACUXL ACURS2 and ACURS4 The optional daughter board Dial Up modem ACU MODEM can be easily installed into the ACUXL ACURS2 or ACURSA controller This section contains instructions on installing the Dial up modem card The Dial up modem card and installations have not been evaluated by UL A battery backup or USP is recommended for any device using dial up NOTE The Dial up modem card may not be used if the installation is to be UL 1076 UL 29
29. Table 3 74 Power Up LED Status for ACU2 R2 and ACU2 R4 Online Tests on ACU2 Controller The normal operating indicators for the ACU2 controller are indicated by LED s 1 6 See Figure 3 19 The LED s on the ACU2 controller s PCB will light as follows LED Description LED1 GREEN Flashes at a 1 Hz rate LED2 YELLOW ON while transmitting to the Remote Modules LED3 GREEN LED4 YELLOW Two seconds OFF then blinks once if ACU Reader 0 is online followed by blinking twice if ACU Reader 1 is online etc ON if zone monitor voltage reference is ever out of range indicates board or power supply failure LED5 GREEN LED6 YELLOW ON when transmitting data to host ON when receiving data from host Table 3 75 ACU2 Online Test LED Status for ACU2 Online Tests ACU R2 and R4 LED s 1 4 and LED s 9 14 indicate the normal operations for the ACU R2 and ACU R4 controllers The LEDs ACU R2 or ACU R4 light as follows LED Description LED1 PWR RED Power LED remains on with power applied LED2 RX RED LED 3 TX RED ON while Receiving from the Reader Modules ON while Transmitting to the Reader Modules LED 4 HB RED Flashes at a 1 Hz rate Reader processor pulse LED9 GREEN LED10 YELLOW Flashes at a 1 Hz rate ACU processor pulse ON while transmitting to the Remote Modules LED11 GREEN Two seconds OFF then blinks once if ACU Reader 1 is online then
30. 2 29 REN Remote Enclosure s sarira nega e p A e a E A a ae a a p a hs 2 30 Installing and Connecting the Optional Uninterruptible Power Supply UPS Batteries 2 30 ACU Power amp Battery Worksheet 0 0 0 0 cee ren 2 32 Battery Backup Calculation 00 0 mh 2 32 Power wiring to the REN expansion power supply charger obsolete 2 33 Chapier 3 ACUXL16 ACURS2 and ACURS4 jie kr nx ER ERR OR EX n Ri ion 3 1 uM CL 3 1 Host Communications Wiring gt hr 3 2 RS 232 Interface to ACU Controller 0 2 mh 3 2 Modem Connection 2 s o oA A aS ee ed MOL et A Bl te Ne eg 3 2 RS 485 Interface to the ACU Controller teens 3 3 Wiring B amp B 485CON 422LCOR 1 hr 3 4 Wiring B amp B 485CSP 2 200 seen tie ea dene adem sins dete a ec te 3 5 ACUXL Networked Controllers 0 0 lies m rh 3 7 ACUXL Component rn 3 7 Multi dropping RS 485 from LAN Connected ACUXL 0 3 8 Printer gol PR wy Si ae ae 3 8 ACUXL DIP Switch 1 Settings 2 522 fied Le ee Ll ie a ey 3 9 1 460940001A GE Security Table of Contents ACUXL DIP Switch 2 Settings ea Rb RR ERE E ERR ere RR DLE 3 9 ACUXL DIP Switch 3 Settings 3 10 ACUXL DIP Switch Address
31. Relay 0 Common Relay 0 Normally Open Relay 1 Normally Closed 9409 18 AWG 1000 ft 305 m Relay 1 Common Relay 1 Normally Open Relay 2 Normally Closed 9409 18 AWG 1000 ft 305 m Relay 2 Common Relay 2 Normally Open Relay 3 Normally Closed 9409 18 AWG 1000 ft 305 m Relay 3 Common Relay 3 Normally Open Table 3 58 Terminal Block TB2 Red Pin Number Identification a Warning DO NOT switch any voltage over 30 VDC on these relays This page can be photocopied GE Security July 29 2005 3 61 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Connections for Terminal Block 3 ACU R2 and ACU R4 Description Connected to Filled in by Installer Cable Color Filled in by Installer 1 RODO Reader 0 Data 0 2 ROD1 Reader 0 Data 1 Reader 0 Buzzer active low Reader 0 Red LED active low Reader 0 Yellow LED active low Reader 0 Green LED active low Reader 0 Zone Input O Door Contact Reader 0 Zone Input 0 Door Contact Reader 0 Zone Input 1 Exit Push Button Reader 0 Zone Input 1 Ground Exit Push Button 5 Volt output see note below 12 VDC 0 4 A max Ground Reader 1 Data 0 Reader 1 Data 1 Reader 1 Buzzer active low Reader 1 Red LED active low Reader 1 Yellow LED active low Reader 1 Green LED active low R
32. Table 3 67 DIP Switch SW50 Settings on the ACU2 Controller NOTE Default is all ON however only the farthest ACU2 controller should have its Host port terminated on all others do not terminate the Host port DIP Switch SW3 Settings on the ACU R2 and ACU R4 Controllers Switch 1 18 Reader ON Reader present OFF Reader not present Switch 2 2 Reader Switch 3 3 Reader Available for ACU R4 only Switch 4 4 Reader Available for ACU R4 only Switch 5 Reader Type OFF Magnetic ON Wiegand or Proximity Switch 6 Spare Table 3 68 DIP Switch SW3 Settings on ACU R2 and ACU R4 GE Security July 29 2005 3 73 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide DIP Switch SW4 Settings on the ACU R2 and ACU R4 Controllers Switch SW4 ON Position Terminated No Input Device Present OFF Position Not Terminated Zone In Use With EOLR Terminates Zone Input ROZO with a 1k ohm resistor Terminates Zone Input ROZ1 with a 1k ohm resistor Terminates Zone Input R1ZO with a 1k ohm resistor Terminates Zone Input R1Z1 with a 1k ohm resistor Terminates Zone Input R2ZO with a 1k ohm resistor Terminates Zone Input R2Z1 with a 1k ohm resistor Terminates Zone Input R3ZO with a 1k ohm resistor Terminates Zone Input R3Z1 with a 1k ohm resistor Table 3 69 DIP Switch SW4 Settings on ACU R2 and ACU2 R4 If the Exit Push Button is not conn
33. Table 4 11 One Stage Reader Wiring Connections Readers 0 Through 3 Door Strike Output Normally Open See Figure 2 9 Can be configured for door Strike output Default for door strike is on the ACU Controller See Table 4 21 This page can be photocopied NOTES GE Security Each ACU controller has 2 module ports Four readers may be multi dropped on each port along with Remote Relay Modules RRM16 E1L and Remote Input Modules RIM16 E1L Install RS 485 termination on the farthest remote reader or module RS 485 terminator is part number ACU EOLRS Readers should be Multi dropped with no longer than a 10 ft stub to the reader Belden Cable No 9409 18 suggested for door strikes Belden Cable No 9407 22 AWG suggested for zone sensors Terminate any unused zone inputs July 29 2005 4 15 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide One Stage Reader Wiring Connections Readers 4 Through 7 Description 24 Volts In Reader Terminal TB1 Connected to ACU TB2 1 24V Cable Color Filled in by Installer Ground ACU TB2 2 0V Not Applicable Not Used Make No Connection From ACU TX ACU TB2 3 R2T From ACU TX ACU TB2 4 R2T From ACU RX ACU TB2 5 R2R From ACU RX ACU TB2 6 R2R Zone Input O Door Contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Door Contact Exit Push Button Exit Push Button Aux Alarm Input
34. nennen mener nennen 7 11 Table 8 1 ACU2X LED Power Up Self Test 8 1 Table 8 2 ACU2 LED Power Up Self Test 8 1 TIable 8 3 ACU2X Online Test EEDS x nennt dea eee dee 8 2 Table 8 4 ACU Online Test EEDS ii eee a aa Pec ed e N E E ceed ante 8 2 Table 8 5 One Stage Reader Wiring Test sssssssssssesseeeeneeeeneeenen nemen nemen nnne nennen enn 8 3 Table 8 6 Test Points and Voltages 5 eec ila seeded e dede e d 8 3 Table 8 7 Test Points and Resistance eren nennen nennen 8 3 Table 8 8 One Stage Reader Power Up Self Test 8 4 Table 8 9 One Stage Reader LED Beeper Usage enne enne nennen 8 4 Table 8 10 REE Connections rne e Pez e cn re ean ea A detener n eua 8 5 Table 8 11 RRE Test Points and Voltages sssssssssseeeeeeeneeeeneen menn nemen nennen nennen 8 5 Table 8 12 RRE Test Points and Resistance ssssssssssssseee eene eene nennen nnne 8 6 Table 8 13 LED Indicators on the RRE ouers aeea atd inaa 8 6 Table 8 14 Read Head LED Usage for RRE 0 cecceccsceeceeecneeeeeeecceeeeeeeneceeeeddeacaaeeedecceneesdaaaneeenddeccaeseddaaaeeentees 8 6 Table
35. Negative Input from Power Supply UPS Batteries Table 3 25 Terminal Block TB10 Pin Number Identification Connections for Terminal Block 11 ACURS2 and ACURS4 Cabinet Tamper Connections Maximum Distance Description Belden or Equivalent Cable No AC Power Fault Input 24 Gauge to optional UPS Power Fault amp Tamper Input Common 24 Gauge Common connection Cabinet Tamper Switch 24 Gauge Factory Wired Table 3 26 Terminal Block TB11 Pin Number Identification Warning A The ACURS board requires 12 AV power The plug in AC power supply can only be use to power one ACURS board 460940001A GE Security ACURS2 and ACURSA Controllers Connections for Terminal Block 12 13 and 14 ACURS4 Only Reader 2 Connections Term Strip ID 12 VDC Description Fused 12 VDC Output 5 VDC Fused 5 VDC Output OV DATA 0 0 Volts Reader Data 0 Green DATA 1 Reader Data 1 White RED LED Red LED GREEN LED Green LED BUZZER Buzzer Normally Closed Door Contact Maximum Distance Belden or Equivalent Cable No 9514 22 AWG 9407 22 AWG at 1000 feet 305 meters 9409 18 AWG at 4000 feet 1220 meters Normally Open Request To Exit Contact 9407 22 AWG at 1000 feet 305 meters 9409 18 AWG at 4000 feet 1220 meters Normally Closed Spare Input Door Strike Relay Normally Closed Door Strike Relay Common Door Strike
36. Receive Data Receive Data Zone Input 0 Norm Door Contact Zone Input 0 Norm Door Contact Zone Input 1 Norm Exit Push Button Zone Input 1 Norm Exit Push Button Zone Input 2 Aux Input 1 Zone Input 2 Aux Input 1 Zone Input 3 Aux Input 2 Zone Input 3 Aux Input 2 Table 8 10 REE Connections Test Points and Expected Voltages Voltage Tolerance 24 VDC 3 5 VDC Term 5 4 0 VDC Term 7 2 5 VDC Bldg Gnd 24 VDC Bldg Gnd 0 VDC Bldg Gnd Less than 6 0 VDC Bldg Gnd Less than 6 0 VDC Bldg Gnd Less than 6 0 VDC Bldg Gnd Less than 6 0 VDC Table 8 11 RRE Test Points and Voltages GE Security July 29 2005 8 5 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide After the first reader is connected these voltages will modulate due to data on the line Most Digital Volt Meters should indicate about 2 0 VDC Test points and expected resistance Resistance Term 8 Term 9 1 K ohm with door closed 2 K or 500 ohm door open Term 10 Term 11 2K or 500 ohm with EPB idle 1 K ohm with EPB active Term 12 Term 13 1 K ohm secure Term 14 Term 15 2K or 500 ohms in alarm Table 8 12 RRE Test Points and Resistance Power Up Self Teston the RRE The RRE should always be tested after installation The LED on the read head installed can be used as the indicator for the test Table 8 8 If installation does not
37. the Surface Mount RIM 000 0c eee es 6 11 Normal Operation LED s on the RIM 00 000 cece nh 6 11 Alarm Numbers on RIM aeu ar nte mut Re Ud bala dea AGE base Pope 6 12 RIM Alarm Numbers for the Host PC 6 12 Relay Numbers RIM o ya a hr 6 12 RIM Relay Numbers for the Host PC 1 eee 6 12 Chapter 7 RRM Remote Relay Module and RRM SMT 7 1 Auxiliary Power Supply for RRM 0 00 0 ete tte eee 7 1 RRM Surface Mount Circuit Board cos escoi crcr rer hr 7 2 RRM Gircult Board ttc eed Sawing b ege REA aac deb 7 3 Terminal Block Connector PIN Numbers the RRM 0 00 cee ete 7 4 T VIII 460940001A GE Security Table of Contents Connections for Reader Port 1 RRM 1 0 0 cee 7 4 Connections for Reader Port 2 on RRM 0 0 00 e n 7 5 Normal Operation LED s on the RRM ssssselslll rr 7 5 Connections for Relays K1 amp K2 on RRM 2 8 mn 7 6 Connections for Relays K5 on RRM sssssseeeee eh rn 7 6 Connections for Relays K5 K7 RRM 1 e hn 7 7 Connections for Relays K8 K11 RRM 1 eee 7 8 Connections for Relays K12 K16 on RRM 2 0 0 0c e rn 7 9 Setting the DIP Switches on RRM and Surface Mount RRM 7 9 SW2 Settings on Surface Moun
38. 7 Switch 1 amp 20N Reader or 1 Upper Address PROM Reader 5 or 7 Switch 3 amp 4 ON Reader 2 or 3 Upper Address PROM Reader 4 or 6 Table 5 34 RRE 2 Alarm Numbers for Host PC NOTE Only two readers may be connected to the RRE 2 They may be address only in pairs like 0 and 1 or 2 and 3 and with the upper address PROM installed address 4 and 5 or 6 and 7 GE Security July 29 2005 5 25 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide SW1 Switch 1 amp 2 ON ACU Controller Reader Port RRE 2 RRE 2 Reader L 0 1 Reader 0 1 Reader 0 Reader 2 Reader 1 Reader 3 SW1 Switch 3 amp 4 ON Figure 5 13 Overview for use of more than one RRE 2 on the same port Relay Assignments For RRE 2 Version 8 10 and Older READER Reader 0 Door Strike AUX Relay Reader 1 Door Strike AUX Relay Reader 2 Door Strike AUX Relay Reader 3 Door Strike AUX Relay Reader 4 Door Strike AUX Relay Reader 5 Door Strike AUX Relay Reader 6 Door Strike AUX Relay Reader 7 Door Strike AUX Relay Version 8 11 and Newer READER Reader 0 Door Strike AUX Relay Reader 1 Door Strike AUX Relay Reader 2 Door Strike AUX Relay Reader 3 Door Strike AUX Relay Reader 4 Door Strike AUX Relay Reader 5 Door Strike AUX Relay Reader 6 Door Strik
39. 9 5 Auxiliary Power Supply isdem WEE ATi qua gd eed gerere E VePT i es e edid 9 5 Replaceable Parts sc beard SAU oe ae ewe AM SEIS ee Ra tior 9 6 GE Security July 29 2005 T IX ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Replacing ACU2 PCB Assembly 9 7 Replacing ACU2 Controller Power Supply Charger 9 9 Replacing Batteries os rne eee cu eG ee toh deleta Baer e e EMT 9 11 Replacing The Tamper Switch 00000 elles 9 12 PROM Replacement s fa eR AAA a Se ehh be Pe M Lei eV 9 13 PROM Identification 2 0 0 ee beeen ee eee 9 13 PROM Installation 52ac0 tore he Ie Bee eet pex Ed ded edited BO ee en i la 9 14 Troubleshooting The One Stage 9 14 Replacing The One Stage 9 14 Parts Replacement On The One Stage Reader 9 15 RRE Troubleshooting 2 dps paleas pied Pe dado aes capa up 9 16 RRE Replacement PE 9 16 RRE Parts Replacement 00 eee eee 9 17 Replacing The SMT RIM err redii RR mee hh rs 9 17 SMT RIM Parts Replacement oaa ait Ree x Rabe ogni A RI RO
40. Connections for RRE 4 Surface Mount Board Connections for terminal blocks TB1 TB2 and TB3 are located on the Surface Mount RRE 4 See Table 5 21 through Table 5 23 for these connections TB4 connections are the same as for the standard RRE 4 See Table 5 44 5 18 460940001 GE Security TB1 Connections Surface Mount RRE 4 PIN Number PIN Label RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount RREs Function Reader 0 AUX Zone 2 Reader 0 AUX Zone 3 Reader 1 AUX Zone 2 Reader 1 AUX Zone 3 Table 5 21 RRE 4 Surface Mount TB1 Connections TB2 Connections Surface Mount RRE 4 PIN Number Description Function AUX Relay 4 AUX Relay 5 AUX Relay 6 AUX Relay 7 Table 5 22 RRE 4 Surface Mount TB2 Connections GE Security July 29 2005 5 19 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide TB3 Connections Surface Mount RRE 4 PIN Number PIN Label Function Reader 2 AUX Zone 2 Reader 2 AUX Zone 3 Reader 3 AUX Zone 2 Reader 3 AUX Zone 3 Table 5 23 RRE 4 Surface Mount TB3 Connections Jumper W1 W8 on the RRE 4 Surface Mount Table 5 24 defines the function of the 8 jumpers located on the RRE 4 Figure 5 9 Pins 2 amp 3 or Jumper Jumper Pins 1 amp 2 Removed Provides 24vdc for Reader 0 relay Dry Contacts Provides 24vdc for Reader 1 relay Dry Contacts Provides 24vdc for Reader 2 rela
41. E Mounting brack g bracket 9 a Mounting Panel Optional battery mounting bracket Screw Split Washer Flat Washer Figure 3 28 ACU LAN Bracket 3 66 460940001A GE Security ACUR2 and ACUR4 Controllers RS 232 Connector RS 232 Jack Red and Black wires to Power from ACU Red Black and Black 45 VDC wires to ACU Host Communication Port Tuo Reset button Green Green LAN RJ 45 Figure 3 29 Detailed Drawing of the ACU LAN Adapter NOTE See Table 3 62 or Table 3 63 for proper wiring ACU2 Only Connect To Description Red of pair ACU2 TB5 4 Black of pair ACU2 5 5 Thick Black ACU2 TB1 17 Thin Black ACU2 TB1 18 Red ACU2 TB1 19 Table 3 62 ACU LAN Adapter Cable Connections ACU R2 R4 Color Connect To Description Red of pair ACU2 TB3 12 5V Black of pair ACU2 TB3 11 Thick Black ACU2 TB1 6 Thin Black ACU2 TB1 7 Table 3 63 ACU LAN Adapter Cable connections ACU LED Description LED s Description Red when transmitting data to the serial port Flashing yellow if unit is functional Yellow Green Lights when a network in detected Green Lights when power is applied Table 3 64 ACU LAN Adapter LED Indicators GE Security July 29 2005 3 67 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide LAN Configuration for LAN Adapter Only To reset the ACU LAN Adapter to factory defaults
42. GE Security July 29 2005 3 25 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide ACURS2 and ACURSA Controllers Enclosure Layout The ACURS2 and ACURSA installations have not been evaluated by UL The ACURS2 and ACURSA may not be installed if the installation is to be UL 1076 and or UL 294 approved d errors lt ar ere i oer wee eere c eonim H esse stt 9 o i Figure 3 13 ACURS Controller Enclosure Layout 3 26 460940001 A GE Security ACURS2 and ACURS4 Circuit Board Layout For the location of components discussed in this section see Figure Figure 3 14 below LAN status LEDs Optional dial up ACURS2 and ACURSA Controllers 1 modem card LAN port 1 5 1 TBI EA 3 2 s 4 TB8 y TX RX ec EXP MODULE ow 3 E TRANSMIT DATA LED COMMUNICATION 5VDC HOST PORT LEDS CO 9 RECEIVE DATA LED JT snl EDI acon co 9 LED3 STATUS LEDS tena 1 TB2 QUE SM g HARE EHH I Nx Z u12 8 zu qun READER 0 ZONE 0 LED E 5 READER 0 ZONE 1 LED BEL 8 1 READER 0 ZONE 2 LED 18 T EE ccm ie 3 READER 0 DOOR PEN E STRIKE RELAY LED 3 B aa j ESL 1 TBS GE Security Bn ACU RS S WE WS BT2 i SW I o 8 SSS 1 RANA x READER 1 ZONE 0 LED E READER 1 ZONE 1 LED 2 READER 1 ZONE 2 LED READER 0 AUX
43. Green LED TB2 10 Grn Table 5 91 Wiring SecuraKey Read Head to the RRE NOTE On the Remote Reader Electronics board set SW1 Switch 5 to ON See Figure 5 1 DORADO Read Head Wiring To RRE Refer to Table 5 10 through Table 5 13 for terminal identification Table 5 92 shows the wiring connec tions for the Dorado reader to the RRE Always follow the instructions that come with the Dorado reader See UL Specification s Section for additional information Dorado Model 544B or 644B Red Black Description 5 VDC Ground Connection to RRE TB2 7 5V TB2 4 0 V Green Data 0 TB2 5 Rda White Data 1 TB2 6 Rcl Brown Green LED TB2 10 Grn Yellow Red LED TB2 8 Red Table 5 92 Wiring Dorado Read Head to the RRE Option Switch A B C OD On On Off Off NOTE On the Remote Reader Electronics board set SW1 Switch 5 to ON See Figure 5 1 460940001A GE Security Reader and Keypad Connection to RRE 4 Reader and Keypad Connection to RRE 4 SENSOR WR 1 Wiegand Read Head Output Wiring Refer to Table 5 40 through Table 5 44 for terminal identifications Table 5 93 shows wiring color code identification use it as a guide for making the user supplied cable See UL Specification s Section for additional information Wire Color Code Figure 5 37 Front view of Sensor Wiegand reader Wiring Wiegand Read Head to RRE 4 Description 5 Volts 1 Rea
44. Warning A Do not use the ACU controller Remote Reader Electronics RRE RRE 2 or RRE 4 Remote Input Module RIM or Remote Relay Module RRM to switch any voltage above 30 volts Failure to heed this WARNING can cause death personal injury or damage to unit s ACU Controller Reader Port RRE 4 Reader 0 1 2 3 Reader 0 Reader 3 Reader 1 Reader 2 SW1 Switch 1 2 3 and 4 ON Figure 5 8 Overview for use of one RRE 4 on the ACU port 5 14 460940001A GE Security RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount RREs RRE 4 Surface Mount Component Layout LEDs See Table 5 27 See Table 5 26 See Table 5 25 See Table 5 27 GE SECURITY X RRE 4 1 K3 20717273 2021 22 23 70717273 70717273 RX TX ON W3 See Table 5 22 QM K8 See Table 5 24 SW2 Mad 2 1 See Table 5 17 V ON K4 gt g 9991 W8 WA sss Nod 2 K7 1 nce 1 4 clo 9991 W7 See Table 5 24 NOS
45. n Product Information InfoGraphic Systems ACU board gl Invision ACU IP address configurator Copyright 2001 C Ver 1 11 M Connection Type Ethernet T m Ethernet Start x gt lt Close r Connection Type Serial Port Serial Start 460940001A GE Security Setting TCP IP Address for ACUXL 16 ACURS2 and ACURS4 Set IP Address Through Ethernet Before continuing make sure your PC has a network card installed with TIP IP enabled The IP address must be able to communicate to the ACUXL In other words the first three sets of numbers of the com puter s IP address must match the first three sets on numbers of the ACUXL s IP address The default IP address of the ACUXL is 192 168 0 132 1 Click the Ethernet button On SW 3 dipswitch 1 and 2 must be ON dipswitch 4 must be off On SW 2 dipswitch 4 must be off Note If switches are changed the ACUX must be Cancel powered off and on 2 Make sure that SW2 DIP switch 4 is off SW3 DIP switches 1 and 2 are ON and SWA is set to 0 before continuing 3 After setting the switches reboot the ACU 4 Power must be cycled on the ACUXL for the switches to be read 5 After the switches are set properly click OK Enter IP Address Of ACU To Be Configured EN ACU IP Address E fe fe Ports Port Number 3001 Comm Addrs Cancel The IP Address of the ACUXL has been set
46. 9409 18 AWG 1000 ft 305 m 9409 18 AWG 1000 ft 305 m Cable Color Filled in by Installer Table 3 49 ACU2 TB2 Connections This page can be photocopied 3 50 460940001A GE Security ACUXL16 Configuration Information Terminal Block TB3 Green Pin Number Identification On the ACUXL Controller s PCB Assembly Belden or Equivalent Cable No Cable Color Description Maximum Distance Filled in by Connected to Installer Relay 3 Normally Closed 9409 18 AWG 1000 ft 305 m Relay 3 Common Relay 3 Normally Open Relay 2 Normally Closed 9409 18 AWG 1000 ft 305 m Relay 2 Common Relay 2 Normally Open Relay 1 Normally Closed 9409 18 AWG 1000 ft 305 m Relay 1 Common Relay 1 Normally Open Relay 0 Normally Closed 9409 18 AWG 1000 ft 305 m Relay 0 Common Relay 0 Normally Open Supervised Zone 5 9407 22 AWG 1000 ft 305M Supervised Zone 5 Supervised Zone 4 9407 22 AWG 1000 ft 305M Supervised Zone 4 Supervised Zone 3 9407 22 AWG 1000 ft 305M Supervised Zone 3 Supervised Zone 2 9407 22 AWG 1000 ft 305M Supervised Zone 2 Supervised Zone 1 9407 22 AWG 1000 ft 305M Supervised Zone 1 Supervised Zone 0 9407 22 AWG 1000 ft 305M Supervised Zone 0 Table 3 50 ACU2 TB3 Connections This page can be photocopied GE Security July 29 2005 3 51 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers In
47. Brown Red LED Yellow Beeper Data Hold Table 5 103 Wiring HID MiniProx Model 5364 Reader to the RRE 4 NOTE On the Remote Reader Electronics board set SW1 Switch 5 to ON See Figure 5 1 The reader can be installed up to a maximum cable distance of 500 feet 152 meters from the RRE 4 GE Security July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Wiring HID ProxP ro Model 5355 to Read Head RRE 4 Refer to Table 5 40 through Table 5 44 for RRE terminal identification Table 5 104 shows the wiring connections to the RRE 4 See Table A 13 for current GE part number information See UL Specifica tion s Section for additional information oo0o0o0o00 od Figure 5 39 HID ProxPro PK 5355 With Keypad and PR 5355 Without Keypad ProxPro Reader Description 1 Reader 2 Reader 3 Reader 4 Reader TB1 1 12 Volts TB2 5 or 6 TB2 5 or 6 TB2 5 or 6 TB2 5 or 6 TB1 2 Ground TB1 7 TB2 7 TB3 7 TB4 7 TB1 3 Data 0 TB1 8 TB2 8 TB3 8 TB4 8 TB1 4 Data 1 TB1 9 TB2 9 TB3 9 TB4 9 TB1 5 Data Return N C N C N C N C TB1 6 Green LED TB1 11 TB2 11 TB3 11 TB4 11 TB1 7 Red LED TB1 10 TB2 10 TB3 10 TB4 10 TB1 8 Beeper TB1 12 TB2 12 TB3 12 TB4 12 TB1 9 Data Hold N C N C N C N C TB1 10 Tamper N C N C N C N C TB1 11 Tamper N C N C N C N C Table 5 104 Wiring HID ProxPro Model 5355 Reader to the RRE 4 The reader can be installed up t
48. Switch 6 Spare Switch 5 Reader Type Table 5 28 RRE 2 and RRE 4 DIP Switch Settings NOTE If switches 1 4 are all Off the RRE 4 will not communicate to the ACU RRE 2 Component Layout 015 rh Ag Fh AUX Rel Door Strike i R8485 Temination Henn T Relay 9 TX Jumpers A EU e RX AMO 2nd or 4t 1 T Reader ON 4 Relays WS 8 7 177 WB WS 4 3 4T n 1 t or 3rd Reader 6 1 Relays Emm sw AUX e Door Strike Relay 2 1 Relay wis EN A2 0 Figure 5 11 RRE 2 Component Layout See Table 5 29 for jumper settings 5 22 460940001A GE Security RRE 2 and RRE 4 RRE 4 Components Layout WIS gd ANg ER Relay Relay R5485 Temination TX Jumpers W 4th Reader 3 Reader RX 6 ON 1 Wn Door Strike Door Strike 1 Relay Relay 9 8 7 177 wb zm S 4 7 3 4T 2 4 Reader 1 Reader Door Strike Door Strike 6 1 Relay Relay m mE 2 1 icu A3 C w12 Figure 5 12 RRE 4 Component Layout J umper Settings on the RRE 2 and RRE 4 There are 14 jumpers located on the RRE 2 Figure 5 11 and RRE 4 Figure 5 12 Table 5 29 defines the function of the jumpers Pins 2 amp 3 or Jumper Jumper Pins 1 amp 2 Removed Provides 24vdc through relay Dry Contacts Provides 24vdc through relay Dry Contacts Provides 24vdc through relay Dry Contacts Provides 24vdc through rela
49. 5 22 RRE 4 Component Layout orrekin see diee seed teda ee idu cnn and 5 23 Overview for use of more than one RRE 2 on the same port 5 26 Shows the location of components discussed in this section 5 28 RRE 2 Circuit Board Component Locations eene eene 5 28 Shows the location of components discussed in this section 5 33 RRE 4 Circuit Board Component Locations 5 34 Reader Star Configuration with 4 Port 5 42 Four Port RS485 Expander Component Location 135187 01 Board 5 44 Four Port RS485 Expander 4 Port Add on Component Location 135187 02 Board Only 5 44 Rear View of the RMS 10 left and a Rear View of the K11 Keypad right 5 48 K11 Board only PN IGR K11WLGW with LEDs PN IGR K11NLWG without LEDs 5 50 Rear View of the RMSC 10 left and a Rear View of the K11 Keypad right 5 51 K12 Essex X Y 3x4 Matrix Touchpad PN 134829 5 52 K13 Essex 26 Bit Wiegand Touchpad 135105
50. ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide This Page Intentionally Left Blank T XIV 460940001A GE Security Tables Table 1 1 General Specifications ACUXL 16 Networked Intelligent Controller 1 9 Table 1 2 General Specifications ACURS2 and ACURS4 Networked Intelligent Controller 1 10 Table 1 3 General Specifications ACU2 and ACUX Networked Intelligent Controller 1 10 Table 1 4 General Specifications ACU R2 Networked Intelligent Controller 1 11 Table 1 5 General Specifications ACU R4 Networked Intelligent Controller 1 12 Table 1 6 General Specifications One Stage Reader ssssssssseeeeemeeen nennen 1 12 Table 1 7 General Specifications Remote Module Enclosure ssssssssseeeeeme 1 13 Table 1 8 General Specifications RRE Remote Reader Electronics 1 13 Table 1 9 General Specifications RRE 2 and RRE 4 Remote Reader Electronics 1 13 Table 1 10 General Specifications RIM Remote Input Module sss 1 14 Table 1 11 General Specifications Remote Relay Module 1 15 Table 1 12 General Specifications IKE Keyp
51. After making all connections and prior to connecting the ribbon cable to the RRM the following tests should be made Connections should already be completed at the ACU and external power supply if used Test points and expected voltages Voltage Tolerance 24 VDC 4 0 VDC 25VDC Bldg Gnd 24 VDC Bldg Gnd 0 VDC Bldg Gnd Less than 6 0 VDC Bldg Gnd Less than 6 0 VDC Bldg Gnd Less than 6 0 VDC Bldg Gnd Less than 6 0 VDC Table 8 18 RRM Test points and Voltages After the first reader is connected these voltages will modulate due to data on the line Most Digital Volt Meters should indicate about 2 0 VDC 8 8 460940001A GE Security Power Up Self Test on the RRM Power Up Self Test on the RRM The Remote Relay Module should always be tested after installation The indicators for the RRM are the red LED s located on the component board The LED s will light as follows Description ON at power up ON when successful RAM test is finished ON when successful PROM test and initialization completed ON when Power is applied Table 8 19 Power up LED Indicators on the RRM After all three LED s have lit LED B will flash at a 1 Hz rate Normal Operation Test on the RRM The operation and status LED s will light as follows Description ON steady when board is Online with the ACU controller Heart beat 1 flash per second Flashing when board is Off Lin
52. Aux Alarm Input 2 Door Strike Relay N C Door Strike Relay Normally Open Door Strike Relay Common Aux Relay Normally Closed 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Aux Relay Normally Open Aux Relay Common Table 4 15 One Stage HP Reader TB2 Wiring Connections Can be configured for Door Strike output Default for door strike is on the ACU Controller See Table 4 21 This page can be photocopied CAUTION A For the One Stage HP Reader 24 VDC is applied to the Door Strike relay if fuse F2 is installed 24 VDC is applied to the Auxiliary relay if fuse F3 is installed Remove the fuses to make this relay s from dry contact See Figure 4 5 mQ 1 iOne Stage HP Reader OV Relay Wiring 122610 NC Fuse Door Strike Noise Suppresser Figure 4 3 Door Strike Wiring for One Stage HP Reader With Fuse F2 installed the reader supplies 24 VDC 1 Amp for the door strike relay 1 With Fuse F2 removed the relay has a dry contact Replacement fuse should be 2 Amp Littlefuse part number 2A 250V GE Security part number 135056 GE Security July 29 2005 4 19 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide DIP Switch Settings for One Stage Reader The 6 position D
53. Description Pin numbers pin number pin number 2 H1RD TB1 19 TXD TB1 2 Transmit Data 3 H1TD TB1 18 RXD TB1 3 Receive Data 7 H1SG TB1 17 SIG GND TB1 1 Signal Ground Modem Connection Table 3 2 PC 25 pin to ACU RS 232 Modem Connection Provide a two pair shielded cable four wires and shield from the modem s serial port to the ACU con troller Table Table 3 3 shows the cable connections The shield attaches to chassis ground An external modem is typically a DCE DB 25 pin female connector DB 25 DC ACUXL Controller H1TD TB1 18 ACURS Controller TXD TB1 2 Description Transmit Data H1RD TB1 19 RXD TB1 3 Receive Data RTS1 TB1 20 RTS TB1 4 Request to Send OFF H1SG TB1 17 SIG GND TB1 1 Table 3 3 Host PC to ACU RS 232 NOTE When using dial up communication to ACUs an external US Robotics Sportster modem must be used atthe host When using this modem make sure that switches 5 and 6 are on and all other switches are 460940001A Signal Ground GE Security Host Communications Wiring 50 ft max RS 232 a TX PC Comm 2 RX 9 pin GND ES 50 ft max R amp S 232 2 TX PC Comm 3 RX PERS Port GND BEEN 25 pin Figure 3 1 Typical Communication Wiring RS 232C Interface Between PC and ACU Controller Figure 3 2 Typical Communication Wiring RS 232C Interface Between PC and Host Dialup
54. Detailed drawing of the Dial Up Modem ACU PAK D1 sse emen 3 59 Figure 3 27 ACU LAN Adapter Mounting Kit Installed Inside the ACU Controller Enclosure 3 65 GE Security July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Figure 3 28 Figure 3 29 Figure 4 1 Figure 4 2 Figure 4 3 Figure 4 4 Figure 4 5 Figure 4 6 Figure 5 1 Figure 5 2 Figure 5 3 Figure 5 4 Figure 5 5 Figure 5 6 Figure 5 7 Figure 5 8 Figure 5 9 Figure 5 10 Figure 5 11 Figure 5 12 Figure 5 13 Figure 5 14 Figure 5 15 Figure 5 16 Figure 5 17 Figure 5 18 Figure 5 19 Figure 5 20 Figure 5 21 Figure 5 22 Figure 5 23 Figure 5 24 Figure 5 26 Figure 5 25 Figure 5 27 Figure 5 28 Figure 5 29 Figure 5 30 Figure 5 31 Figure 5 32 Figure 5 33 Figure 5 34 Figure 5 35 Figure 5 36 Figure 5 37 Figure 5 38 Figure 5 39 Figure 5 40 Figure 5 41 Figure 6 1 Figure 6 2 Figure 6 3 T XII PACU LAN Bracket n et DRE REG e tL rent Iure 3 66 Detailed Drawing of the ACU LAN Adapter 3 67 One Stage Reader With LCD and 4 1 Location of components the SMT RMS Reader sss 4 2 Door Strike Wiring for One Stage HP
55. Flashing when transmitting data to ACU Flashing when receiving data from ACU Flashing once per second indicates CPU is up and running On Alarm Off Secure Blinking Circuit Fault On Alarm Off Secure Blinking Circuit Fault On Alarm Off Secure Blinking Circuit Fault On Alarm Off Secure Blinking Circuit Fault On when the relay is active GE Security On when the relay is active Table 4 6 LED Indicators on the reader July 29 2005 4 7 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Alarm Zone Assignments Reader Physical Zones Reader 0 Reader 1 Reader 2 Reader 3 Reader 4 Reader 5 Reader 6 Reader 7 Reader 8 Reader 9 Reader 10 Reader 11 Reader 12 Reader 13 Reader 14 Reader 15 b 21 default is Exit Push Button Table 4 7 Physical Reader Zones NOTE If ZO and Z1 are used for Door Contact and Exit Push Button sensors then the alarm num bers in these columns are used to report a trouble condition at the sensor 4 8 460940001A GE Security Alarm Zone Assignments Logical Alarm Zones Door Forced Open Door Held Open Reader Tamper Reader Off line Reader 0 Reader 1 Reader 2 Reader 3 Reader 4 Reader 5 Reader 6 Reader 7 Reader 8 Reader 9 Reader 10 Reader 11 Reader 12 Reader 13 Reader 14 Reader 15 Ta
56. Keep out of reach of Children Re Charge in accordance with manufacturer s instructions 460940001A GE Security Warning The ACU components described in this manual contain electrical shock hazard poten tial Only qualified personnel should perform installation and maintenance An electri cal disconnect device must be included as part of the building wiring Make certain that the power is turned off in the area you will be working before proceeding with installation or service of the ACU Warning Make certain that the AC power source circuit breaker s is OFF BEFORE proceed ing Failure to heed this WARNING can cause damage to unit s Warning The ACU components described in this manual contain electrical shock hazard poten tial Only qualified personnel should perform installation and maintenance An electri cal disconnect device must be included as part of the building wiring Make certain that the power is turned off in the area you will be working before proceeding with installation or service of the ACU Warning Do not use the ACU Controller Remote Reader Electronics Remote Input Module or Remote Relay Module to switch any voltage above 30 volts Failure to heed this WARNING can cause death personal injury or damage to unit s gt PP gt CAUTION The ACU controllers must have separate conduit run to each enclosure Only cables wires that begin or terminate in the enclosure should run into the enclosure DO
57. One Stage Reader Wiring Connections Readers 4 Through 7 4 16 Table 4 13 One Stage HP Reader TB1 Wiring Connections Readers 0 Through 4 17 Table 4 14 One Stage HP Reader TB1 Wiring Connections Readers 4 Through 7 4 18 Table 4 15 One Stage HP Reader TB2 Wiring Connections sssssse eem 4 19 Table 4 16 One Stage Reader DIP Switch Settings sssssessseeeeem memes 4 20 Table 4 17 RRE DIP Switch Settings 4 20 Table 4 18 One Stage HP Reader Jumper Settings sse emen 4 22 Table 4 19 One Stage Reader Alarm Numbers for Host eee eee 4 22 Table 4 20 One Stage Reader Logical Alarm Numbers for Host PC em 4 23 Table 4 21 Relay Numbers eiie 4 24 Table 4 22 One Stage Reader LED Beeper Usage sss emen nne 4 25 Table 4 23 Wiring Connections IKE Keypad to ACU Readers 0 3 and 8 12 4 28 Table 4 24 Wiring Connections IKE Keypad to ACU Readers 4 7 13 15 4 28 Table 4 25 Wiring Connections for IKE Keypad TB2 esse enn nennen neret nnns 4 29 Table 4 26 RJ 45 Cable From RMS 10 read
58. TB4 9 D1 Green Shield Data 0 Shield TB1 8 DO TB1 7 OV TB2 8 DO TB2 7 0V TB3 8 DO TB3 7 0V TB4 8 DO TB4 7 OV Orange Green LED No Connection No Connection No Connection No Connection Blue Beeper No Connection No Connection No Connection Table 5 87 P 300 P 500 P 600 Read Head to RRE 4 No Connection Wiring P 300 P 500 P 600 Read Head to RRE or S 22 Wire Color Description See Figure 5 36 12 VDC TB1 3 12V TB3 1 12V See Figure 5 36 OV TB2 4 0 TB3 3 OV Brown Red LED TB2 8 RED TB4 1 RED White Data 1 TB2 6 RCL TB1 3 CLK Green Data 0 TB2 5 RDA TB1 2 DAT Shield Shield TB2 4 OV TB3 3 OV Orange Green LED No Connection No Connection Blue Beeper No Connection No Connection Table 5 88 P 300 P 500 P 600 Read Head to RRE or S 22 460940001A GE Security Wire Color See Figure 5 36 Description 12 VDC 13 Reader TB3 12 12V RRE Reader and Keypad Connections 2 d Reader TB3 12 12V See Figure 5 36 OV TB3 11 OV TB3 11 OV Brown Red LED TB3 21 RORD TB3 7 R1RD White Data 1 TB3 23 ROD1 TB3 9 R1D1 Green Data 0 TB3 24 RODO TB3 10 R1D1 Shield Shield TB3 14 0 TB3 14 0 Orange Green LED No Connection No Connection Wire Color Blue Table 5 89 P 300 P 500 P 600 Read H
59. Table A 11 ACU2 RRM Relay numbers for the Host PC for Elevator Control RRM Alarm Numbers for the Host PC Reader port 1 Address 4 Reader port 1 Address 5 Reader port 1 Address 6 Reader port 1 Address 7 Reader port 2 Address 4 Reader port 2 Address 5 Reader port 2 Address 6 If the ACU is being used for Elevator Control the relay numbering will be different See Chapter 10 Reader port 2 Address 7 Remote Module Off line GE Security Table A 12 RRM Alarm Numbers for Host PC July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide This Page Intentionally Left Blank A 10 460940001A GE Security Appendix C Loading A Master DES Encryption Key A user defined master key can be loaded from a user patchable PROM A program in the GE Security Host provides for switching between the system default and the user defined master key This capability allows the user to modify each device with a new master key and switch all the devices at once to the new key The ACU2 controller is not off line during a system wide switch of the master key except while actually loading the new key from the special key loader PROM The default system key cannot be modified The user defined key is created by patching the following locations in the key loader PROM 400H 08 gt AB 401H 09 gt CD 402H 0 gt EF 403H 0B gt GH 404H 0 gt J 405
60. The ACUXL must be properly connected to the computer s serial port and power to the ACUXL must be turned on GE Security 1 Click the Serial button Check Switches 2 3 4 Communication Port Configuration x 5 6 7 8 9 On SW 3 dipswitch 1 and 2 must be ON dipswitch 4 must be off On SW 2 dipswitch 4 must be off Note If switches are changed the ACUX must be powered off and on Turn SW3 DIP switch 1 OFF and 2 ON at the ACUXL Power must be cycled on the ACUXL for the switches to be read Click OK to continue Serial Port Baud Rate Parity Even scPadd n Select the Communication port that the ACUXL is connected to Select the Baud Rate that the ACUXL set to communicate at Parity should be left at Even The SCP Address is the communication address the ACUXL is set at with SWA Click OK July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide If the ACUXL is not communicating the following message will appear ACU not responding 10 Click OK and check you Serial connection and try again Infographic Systems ACU Configuration AculP Address g pm J OK Sub Net Mask s m fe T Cancel Port Selection Existing Port No 3001 Gate IP Addr pp Redundant Server communication time out Time Qut Period in Second 30 DES Key range
61. Use of Fail Secure door hardware will decrease battery capacity requirements Amp hour capacity is based on 20 hour discharge rate Multiply amp hour capacity by 0 75 for 4 hour rate Electric deadbolt or any other high surge devices should be separately powered 2 32 460940001A GE Security ACU Power amp Battery Worksheet Power wiring to the REN expansion power supply charger obsolete Unless otherwise specified the REN power supply is configured for 120 VAC Use Figure 2 19 and Fig ure 2 20 to configure the power supply for 240 VAC operations Tamper Switch Optional Remote Input Module Optional Remote Termination Relay Module Board Optional Remote Input Optional Remote Module Relay Module Termination Board VVvhite Black Vire 120 2 27 VDC output or D Volt 240 VAC 1 D Volt 27 Volts Battery Fuse 27 Volts 5A DC output on off Switch Ground Lug AC Fuse 2A S B Green Yellow Wire Figure 2 22 Components mounted inside the REN Enclosure ACU Expansion Power Supply with optional battery backup shown GE Security July 29 2005 2 33 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide 2 34 460940001A GE Security Chapter 3 ACUXL16 ACURS2 and ACURS4 This section contains e Terminal Block Connectors Controller Alarm Reporting Host Communication Wiring Controller Relay Assignments e Jumper Configurations on the Controllers e LAN Configuration e Configuring the DIP switch
62. 0 25 Amp max 24 Fused 24 volt output 2 5 Amps OV Ground 12 Volt output 0 25 Amp max 12 volt output 0 25 Amp max Ground Table 3 52 ACU2 TB5 Connections This page can be photocopied See UL Specification s Section for additional information Terminal Block TB6 Pin Number Identification ACU2 only Cable Color ee Connected to Description Filled in by Filled in by Installer Installer 1 OV Ground 6V Backup Battery 6 V Input DO NOT CONNECT AT THIS TIME OV Ground GE Security Table 3 53 ACU2 TB6 Connections ACU2 only July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide ACUR2 and ACUR4 Controllers Circuit Board Layout For the location of components discussed in this section see Figure 3 21 below TB5 R4 Only Lr ws SW5 DIP Switch A Vlll RN W2 1 aun 6 W3 E 9 1 a W4 RELAY 2 emp gu V Il ec w5 RELAY 3 Em O 1 07 TES on top T STELLT T TB4 on bottom RELAY 4 den 901 12345678 ACU R4 Only eu 2 ts TB3 on top TB4 on bottom m we Di 014 su nemen 12545678 LEDs 1 4 LEDs 9 14 SW2 Rotary Switch W1 DIP Switch SW3 DIP Switch W4 Figure 3 21 Location of Fuses DIP Switches SW1 SW50 and Rotary Switch SW2 on the ACU2 460940001A GE Security ACU R2 Bloc
63. 1 XMT data Termination ON Host Port 2 RCV data Termination ON Host Port 2 XMT data Termination ON Table 3 11 DIP Switch SW1 Settings on the ACUXL Controller Denotes default setting ACUXL DIP Switch 2 Settings Switch SW2 Switch Setting Function Host Communication Baud Rate 19 200 51 38 400 57 600 1 200 115 200 S3 2400 4800 9600 Host Encryption enabled through Host Encryption disable Dial Up Host Communications Dedicated Host Communications Multi drop Modem connected use 5 wire RS 232 using RTS amp CTS Use RS 485 or 3 wire RS 232 LAN and Serial port H1 dual reporting path Serial port H1 and H2 dual reporting path Host Communication uses No Parity Host Communication uses Even Parity Table 3 12 DIP Switch SW2 Settings on the ACUXL Controller 1 Denotes default setting 2 SW3 switch 1 must be ON indicating that LAN is enabled This setting applies to ACUXL version 7 09 00 or later 3 SW3 switch 1 must be OFF indicating that LAN is disabled This setting applies to ACUXL version 7 09 00 or later GE Security July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide ACUXL DIP Switch 3 Settings Switch Setting Function LAN Enabled Serial SCP Enabled Allow LAN IP parameter update Use default LAN IP parameters Triple DES TDES Standard DES Spare Leave OFF
64. 125 126 Table 4 20 One Stage Reader Logical Alarm Numbers for Host PC July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide One Stage Reader Relay Assignments DIAMOND Version 8 10 xx and Older DIAMOND Version 8 11 xx and Newer Systems Reader 0 Door Strike Output Reader 0 Aux Relay Reader 1 Door Strike Output Reader 1 Aux Relay Reader 0 Door Strike Output Reader 0 Aux Relay DIAMOND Reader 2 Door Strike Output Reader 2 Aux Relay Reader 1 Door Strike Output Reader 1 Aux Relay Reader 3 Door Strike Output Reader 3 Aux Relay Reader 2 Door Strike Output Reader 2 Aux Relay Reader 4 Door Strike Output Reader 4 Aux Relay Reader 3 Door Strike Output Reader 3 Aux Relay Reader 5 Door Strike Output Reader 5 Aux Relay Reader 4 Door Strike Output Reader 4 Aux Relay Reader 6 Door Strike Output Reader 6 Aux Relay Reader 5 Door Strike Output Reader 5 Aux Relay Reader 7 Door Strike Output Reader 7 Aux Relay Reader 6 Door Strike Output Reader 6 Aux Relay Reader 7 Door Strike Output Reader 7 Aux Relay Following Readers on ACU2 16 Only DIAMOND Version 8 10 xx and older does not support ACU2 16 controllers Reader 8 Door Strike Output Reader 8 Aux Relay Reader 9 Door Strike Output Reader 9 Aux Relay Reader 10 Door Strike Output Reader 10 Aux Relay Reader 11 Door Strike Output Reader 11 Aux
65. 2 29 Figure 2 21 Optional Battery Shelf for ACU UPS 2 31 Figure 2 22 Components mounted inside the REN Enclosure ssssee ee 2 33 Figure 3 1 Typical Communication Wiring RS 232C Interface Between PC and ACU Controller 3 3 Figure 3 2 Typical Communication Wiring RS 232C Interface Between PC and Host Dialup Modem 3 3 Figure 3 3 B amp B Model 485CON to nne nennen nennen enne nnns 3 4 Figure 3 4 B amp B Model 485CSP to ACU aceiri E 3 5 Figure 3 5 Personal Computer to B amp B Converter ssssssssssssssee nennen enne enne nnns 3 6 Figure 3 6 Component Layout on the ACUXL 3 7 Figure 3 7 Multi drop RS 485 From LAN Connected 3 8 Figure 3 8 ACUXL PAC D1 Dial up Modem Card eene 3 11 Figure 3 9 Component Layout of the Dial up Modem 3 12 Figure 3 10 RS485 Port Wiring For Multi Drop Dial Up Panels 3 13 Figure 3 11 ACUXL Surge Protection Installed 3 15 Figure 3 12 LAN Surge Protection Installed
66. 3 conductor AWG 50 feet 9534 24 4 conductor AWG 50 feet 9535 24 5 conductor AWG 50 feet 9842 24 AWG 4000 feet 1220 meters maximum Description Strip ID 1 1 SIG GND Host Port Signal Ground 1 2 TXD Host Port RS 232 Transmit Data 1 3 RXD Host Port RS 232 Receive Data 1 4 Host Port RS 232 RTS 1 5 Host Port RS 232 CTS 1 6 Host Port RS 485 Transmit Data 1 7 TX Host Port RS 485 Transmit Data 1 8 RX Host Port RS 485 Receive Data 1 9 RX Host Port RS 485 Receive Data Table 3 20 Terminal Block TB1 Pin Number Identification 3 30 460940001A GE Security ACURS2 and ACURSA Controllers Connections for Terminal Block 2 3 and 4 ACURS2 and ACURS4 Reader 0 Connections Term Strip ID 12 VDC Description Fused 12 VDC Output 5 VDC Fused 5 VDC Output OV 0 Volts DATA 0 Reader Data 0 Green DATA 1 Reader Data 1 White RED LED Red LED GREEN LED Green LED BUZZER Buzzer Normally Closed Door Contact Maximum Distance Belden or Equivalent Cable No See Manufactures Data 9407 22 AWG 9409 18 AWG 1000 feet 305 meters 4000 feet 1220 meters Normally Open Request to Exit Contact 9407 22 AWG 9409 18 AWG 1000 feet 305 meters 4000 feet 1220 meters Normally Closed Spare Input Door Strike Relay Normally Closed Door Strike Relay Common A GE Security Door Strike Relay Normal
67. GE Security July 29 2005 5 3 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide LEDs RRE Surface Mount Board ON Alarm Flashing Trouble OFF Alarm Secure unless stated otherwise Zone 0 Door Contact Zone 1 Rex to Exit Zone 2 Bond Sensor or Aux input 1 Zone 3 Aux input 2 ON Aux Relay Activated ON Door Strike Relay Activated Flashing once per second indicates CPU is up and running Flashing means RRE is receiving reader comm data Flashing means RRE is transmitting reader comm data RRE has power Table 5 4 LEDs for Surface Mount RRE 460940001A GE Security RRE RRE HP RRE Circuit Board TB2 Green 1 LEDs Yellow Red 5 Clock Data 1 Data Data 0 TB3 Key Row 1 Key Column 0 Key Row 0 Key Column 1 Key Column 2 Key Row 2 Key Row 3 Tamper 10 NC Relay ic Door Strike 12 NO 2 GND to ACU Reader Port i3 12 V output 4 TX to ACU Reader Port 8 door contact 9 door contact 10 exit button 11 exit button Zone Inputs must use 12 43 2 Auxiliary EOL 14 sensorinputs resistors Figure 5 2 RRE Circuit Board Component Locations GE Security July 29 2005 5 5 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Setting the DIP SW1 Switches on the RRE The 6 position DIP switch SW1 located on the RRE Figure 5 1 and Figure 5 2 should be set accord ing to Table 5 2 NOTE
68. No Parity in the software Use the information listed on the right for setting up the custom CC 1 8 mfg id inverted card format and the Software User Guides below on how to set them up FC 2 0 For Diamond II Software see Custom Card Format in Chapter 6 C 17 32 For Sapphire Pro Software see Variable Card Page Chapter 7 IC 2 0 RRE Switch SW1 must be set as shown below when using the GE Security reader Set RRE for standard Wiegand output RREO1 E1L RRE 2 4 ACU R2 amp ACU R4 Table 5 54 RRE Switch setting when using GE Security Reader GE Security July 29 2005 5 47 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide K11 Keypad K11 and RMS 10 Wiring To RRE The K11 Keypad extends the maximum cable length to the RRE from 25 feet 8 meters to 500 feet 160 meters by utilizing a Wiegand output RMS 10 Mullion read head may be added to the K 11 Model IGR K11WLGW using RJ 45 telephone cables See Table A 13 for current part number infor mation A built in converter takes the magnetic stripe data from the RMS 10 and changes it into a Wie gand compatible TTL output Use Figure 5 21 Figure 5 22 and Table 5 55 for pin outs when attaching the supplied cable J1 Figure 5 21 Rear View of the RMS 10 left and a Rear View of the K11 Keypad right K11 To RRE Wiring RJ45 Cable J1 on K11 from J1 to RRE Description OV Rcl D1 Rda DO 5V Green LED Yellow LED Red LED
69. RIM Board Layout te Weak gins eng Ree Aine ala hangs Aedes hahaa QAAE GE 6 3 Terminal Block Connector PIN Numbers on the SMT 6 4 Connections for SMT TB9 and TB11 to ACU Reader Port1 6 4 Auxiliary Power Supply for RIM tenets 6 5 Connections for RIM TB9 and TB11 to ACU Reader Port 2 6 5 Connections for TB1 TB3 RIM SMT RIM 1 eae 6 6 Input State Resistance 6 6 Connections for TB4 TB7 and TB8 on 6 7 Connections for TB5 TB6 TB10 on RIM ee ee 6 7 Setting the DIP Switches on the Surface Mount RIM 6 8 SWI Swier Settings eser oe dated een arabes Tee 6 8 SW2 Switch Settings for RS485 6 8 SW3 SW4 Switch Settings for Input Zone 6 9 Setting the Jumper on the Surface Mount RIM 6 9 Jumper Wand W2 Settings ce eene nes en RE V B Atv FU questa 6 9 Setting the DIP Switches on the RIM 00 ee H3 a 6 10 Operation LED s
70. Reader 7 Aux Relay Reader 6 Door Strike Output Reader 6 Aux Relay Reader 7 Door Strike Output Reader 7 Aux Relay To use the Reader s Door Strike relay instead of the ACU controller s relay Table 5 9 RRE Relay Numbers 460940001A GE Security RRE RRE HP Terminal Block Connector PIN Numbers on the RRE and Surface Mount Table 5 10 though Table 5 13 show RRE terminal block wiring connections Refer to Chapter 3 Table 3 49 for applicable ACU controller connections and cable identifications RRE TB1 Wiring Connections Readers 0 Through 3 Cable Color Filled in by Installer Reader Terminal TB1 Description Connected to 24 Volts In ACU TB2 7 24V gt Ground ACU TB2 8 0 12 VDC 0 4 A max From ACU Expansion Port TX ACU TB2 9 R1T From Expansion Port TX From ACU Expansion Port RX ACU TB2 11 R1R TB2 10 R1T 6 7 2 2 lt From Expansion Port RX ACU TB2 12 R1R Zone Input 0 Door Contact Door Contact N 5 N P Zone Input 0 Door Contact REX Exit Push Button N Y m Zone Input 1 1 N 1 Zone Input 1 Exit Push Button 1 1 12 22 Zone Input 2 Aux Input 1 13 Z2 Zone Input 2 Aux Input 1 4 23 Zone Input 3 Aux Input 2 15 23 Zone Input 3 Aux Inp
71. TB9 and TB11 to ACU Reader Port 2 Description Aux Relay 2 Normally Open Aux Relay 2 Normally Closed Aux Relay 2 Common Aux Relay 1 Normally Open Aux Relay 1 Normally Closed Aux Relay 1 Common 24 Volts In Connected to Filled in by Installer ACU TB2 1 24V Cable Color Filled in by Installer OV ACU TB2 2 0V From ACU TX ACU TB2 4 R1T From ACU TX From ACU RX ACU TB2 6 R1R From ACU RX This page can be photocopied NOTES GE Security July 29 2005 ACU TB2 3 R1T ACU TB2 5 R1R Table 6 2 RIM Wiring Connections for RIM TB9 and TB11 to ACU Reader Port 2 Each ACU controller has 2 reader ports Four readers may be multi dropped on each port along with Remote Relay Modules RRM and Remote Input Modules RIM For cable from the RIM to ACU the Belden Cable numbers suggested No 9329 22 AWG for 1000 ft 305 m max distance No 9369 18 AWG for 4000 ft 1220 m max distance Two RS 485 Terminators are supplied with each ACU controller Install one RS 485 terminator on each reader port Install RS 485 terminator on the farthest reader cable Readers and Remote Modules should be multi dropped with no longer than a 10 ft stub ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Connections for TB1 TB3 on RIM on SMT RIM Description Zone Input 1 Zone Input 1
72. Table 3 33 DIP Switch SW2 Settings on the ACURS2 and ACURSA Controller 1 Denotes default setting 2 SW3 switch 1 must be ON indicating Select the correct baud rate for your network DIP Switch SW3 Settings Switch SW3 Description S1 52 Allow LAN IP Parameters Update S3 ON Default LAN IP Parameter S4 ON Triple DES Encryption Enabled S5 ON Spare Leave OFF S6 ON Magnetic Stripe Cards S ON Battery Backed Up RAM 7 S8 ON Disable Watch Dog Timer Table 3 34 DIP Switch SW3 Settings on the ACURS2 and ACURSA Controller GE Security July 29 2005 3 39 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Denotes default setting S witch SW4 rotary switch Settings ACURS Panel Addressing Switch SW4 Description 0 ACURS field Panel 0 ACURS field Panel 1 ACURS field Panel 2 ACURS field Panel 3 ACURS field Panel 4 ACURS field Panel 5 ACURS field Panel 6 ACURS field Panel 7 ACURS field Panel 8 ACURS field Panel 9 ACURS field Panel 10 ACURS field Panel 11 ACURS field Panel 12 ACURS field Panel 13 ACURS field Panel 14 ACURS field Panel 15 nim gio ug YS oO co NI om BR wl rh Table 3 35 Rotary Switch SW4 Settings on the ACURS2 and ACURS4 DIP Switch SW5 and SW6 Settings Alarm Zone Termination for Readers Switch SW5 ON Position Terminated No Input Device Present Termin
73. Table 5 79 shows the wiring connections for the HID MiniProx Model 5364 5 Volt to the RRE See UL Specification s Section for additional informa tion MiniProx Reader Wire Color Description Connection to RRE 12 Volts TB1 3 12V Ground TB2 4 0 V Data 0 TB2 5 Rda White Data 1 TB2 6 Rcl Shield Shield Earth Ground Orange Green LED TB2 10 Grn Brown Red LED TB2 8 Red Yellow Beeper TB2 11 Buz Blue Data Hold No Connection Table 5 78 Wiring HID MiniProx Model 5363 Reader to the RRE MiniProx Reader Wire Color Description Connection to RRE Red 5 Volts TB2 7 5V Black Ground TB2 4 0 V Green Data 0 TB2 5 Rda White Data 1 TB2 6 Rcl Shield Shield Earth Ground Orange Green LED TB2 10 Grn Brown Red LED TB2 8 Red Yellow Beeper TB2 11 Buz Blue Data Hold No Connection Table 5 79 Wiring HID MiniProx Model 5364 Reader to the RRE NOTES On the Remote Reader Electronics board set SW1 Switch 5 to ON See Figure 5 1 e Shield must be connected to earth ground at one end only The reader can be installed up to a maximum cable distance of 500 feet 152 meters from the RRE GE Security July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide HID ProxPro Model 5355 to Read Head RRE Refer to Table 5 10 through Table 5 13 for RRE terminal identification Table 5 80 shows the wiring con nections to the RRE See UL Specification s Section for additio
74. The switches are read at power up or reset and will be ignored thereafter If it is necessary to change a setting power MUST be cycled OFF then AFTER the setting is changed ON RRE DIP SW1 Switch Settings Switch Address Switches 1 2 amp 3 Communication Address Switches 4 amp 5 Reader support Magnetic stripe on Track 2 or 3 Wiegand Magnetic format on Wiegand input Magnetic on Track 1 Switch 6 Used with ACU2 16 option ONLY Table 5 5 RRE DIP Switch Settings NOTE Previous to PROM Revision ARDR8N Switch was used to set the type of alarm termination PROM LED 4 Sw LED 5 TBI Figure 5 3 Location of Components on the RRE 5 6 460940001A GE Security RRE RRE HP RRE HP umpers Settings TB2 TB3 PROM LED 4 Sw Door Strike Relay LED 5 Aux Relay 1 Figure 5 4 Location of Components on the RRE HP The 8 jumpers located on the RRE HP see Figure 5 4 Table 5 6 and Table 5 7 defines the function of the jumpers sumper 1 amp 2 Terminated 2 amp 3 Not Terminated Location W2 RS 485 Transmit W3 RS 485 Receive WA Terminates Zone Input ZO with a 1k ohm resistor W6 Terminates Zone Input Z2 with a 1k ohm resistor f the Exit Push Button is not connected then another 1k resistor must be installed across Zone Input Z1 Table 5 6 RRE HP Jumper Settings dumpar Action Location Strike Relay Wet 24 VDC Strike
75. door hinge to the left and mark holes Mount enclosure to wall using proper mounting hardware for type of wall construction Punch the applicable knockouts and connect the required conduits to the knockout holes 4 Assemble the ACU controller as follows if your ACU controller was shipped assembled disregard this step a Remove the hex nuts and split lock washers from the studs in the back of the enclosure b Place the ACU controller mounting plate on the studs with the flange toward the back of NOTE GE Security enclosure and optional battery bracket in the lower right hand corner Place the split lock washers and hex nuts on the studs and tighten securely It is recommended that all power wire cables be pulled into the panel at this point of installation in order to prevent any damage to the PCB assembly If this is a CE installation a large ferrite core included must be used on the Input Line Loop the incoming AC line and clamp a large ferrite core so that the line passes through the core twice Install the 6 furnished nylon snap in printed circuit board supports in the 6 mounting holes in the top right of the mounting plate 3 on each side The holes in the plate should match the holes in each end of the ACU controller s PCB Assem bly The snap in supports are installed by inserting the two prong barbed end into the hole in the plate and pressing down until the support snaps into place and locks Position the AC
76. e Each ACU controller has 2 reader ports The RRE 2 may be multi dropped on each port along with Remote Relay Modules RRM16 E1L and Remote Input Modules RIM16 E1L Terminate the last Module on the reader cable Remote Modules should be Multi dropped with no longer than a 10 ft stub The distance between the RRE 2 and the read head is limited to 500 feet maximum using 18 gauge overall shielded cable Always follow wiring instructions that come with the read head Belden Cable No 9409 18 suggested for door strikes Belden Cable No 9407 22 AWG suggested for zone sensors e Terminating any unused zone inputs GE Security July 29 2005 5 31 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide TB4 Connections RRE 2 Description Connected to Relay 0 Normally Open Reader 1 Door Strike Reader Terminal TB2 Cable Color Filled in by Installer Relay 0 Normally Closed Relay 0 Common Relay 1 Normally Open Relay 1 Normally Closed Reader 1 Aux Relay 1 Relay 1 Common Reader 1 Ground Reader 1 Groun Reader 1 Buzzer Reader 1 Buzzer Reader 1 Zone Input 2 Reader 1 Aux Input 2 Reader 1 Zone Input 2 Reader 1 Zone Input 3 Reader 1 Aux Input 3 Reader 1 Zone Input 3 Table 5 39 RRE 2 TB4 Wiring Connections This page can be photocopied NOTES e Each ACU controller has 2 reader ports The RRE 2 may be multi dropped on each port along with
77. o LED Communication Status o o o D D amp Q D D D D D M e D D o o D D D D D D SEAE SEOREORSOREO oooSoo090960 Rx Flashing when receiving data Tx Flashing when transmitting data A On steady when board is Online B Heart beat 1 flash per second C Flashing when board is Off line ON Power is applied to the board LED Power Up Diagnostics A ON at start of self test B ON if RAM is OK C ON if PROM is OK 8 9 10111213141516 ON ON if power is applied 00000000 0 _ i P P i i L n e gt e gt 09000 Figure 7 2 Locations of Components on the RRM GE Security July 29 2005 7 3 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Terminal Block Connector PIN Numbers on the RRM Table 7 1 though Table 7 7 shows RRM terminal block wiring connections Refer to Table 3 49 for appli cable ACU controller connections and cable identifications Connections for Reader Port 1 on RRM TB Number Description Unsupervised Alarm 1 Connected to Filled in by Installer Connected to Filled in by Installer Unsupervised Alarm 2 Alarm common ground Alarm common ground To ACU RX ACU TB2 11 R1R To ACU RX ACU TB2 12 R1R From ACU TX ACU TB2 9 R1T From ACU TX ACU TB2 10 R1T Ground Ground ACU TB2 8 0V 24 V
78. or Alpha 1299 15C 22 AWG 16 conductor 13 required over all foil shield max distance 10 feet RMS 11 Reader Belden 9514 4 pairs or Alpha 1298C 22 AWG 8 conductor over all foil shield max distance 10 feet And Belden 3006A 8 pairs or Alpha 1299 15C 22 AWG 16 conductor 13 required over all foil shield max distance 10 feet K 11 Keypad or RMS 11 EXTD Reader Belden 9514 4 pairs or Alpha 1298C 22 AWG 8 conductor over all foil shield max distance 500 feet 2 6 460940001A GE Security Running The Wire And Cables IKE RMS RWE and RPX readers RS 485 from ACU RS 485 cable Belden 9842 or Alpha 6222C 24 AWG 2 pair individual shields braid overall shield max dis tance 4000 feet Or RS 422 cable Belden 1419A or Alpha 6202C 24 AWG 2 pair individual shields foil overall shield max dis tance 4000 feet 27 5 VDC from ACU to field panels Belden 9409 1 pair or Alpha 1897C 18 AWG 2 conductor unshielded max distance 4000 feet NOTE See Table A 13 for part numbers for all devices Other OEM Read Heads Minimum LEDs and buzzer_not controlled from RRE Belden 9512 2 pairs or Alpha 1294C 22 AWG 4 conductor over all foil shield max dis tance 500 feet Maximum Red LED Green LED and buzzer controlled by RRE Belden 9514 4 pairs or Alpha 1297C 22 AWG 7 conductor over all foil shield max dis tance 500 feet NOTES 1 If using paired wires do not wire
79. response to keypad entries and door alarm conditions The RMS Reader can be configured in three modes card only card with keypad or keypad only The RMS Reader has four supervised alarm inputs They can be configured for door contact input request to exit input and two general purpose alarm points The RMS Reader also has a solid state output that can be used to operate the door strike The reader also provides two Single Pole Double Throw relays One relay can be used for the door strike The other relay can be used for remote control functions The RMS reader uses surface mount technology The RMS Reader is shown in Figure 4 1 Ge COGO CIC Figure 4 1 One Stage Reader With LCD and Keypad GE Security July 29 2005 4 1 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide GE SECURITY z RMS RPX RPG BB Ut PIN 1 RE v f DATE CODE 1 TRES n a E ii man a i 4 3 Uus fe el 8 Bua 8 SER Fw NMNNNNNNRNNRNNRNNNNPE 049 D48 047 045 042 D38 036 053 028 D26 D23 021 TB1 Figure 4 2 Location of components on the SMT RMS Reader 460940001A eceoocoecoccoccoceSe LEDs see Table 4 6 DIP Switch SW1 see Table 4 3 Beeper volumn control see 4 25 Two prong power for RPX read head Terminal Block TB1 see Table 4 1 Jumper W2 see Table 4 5 LED indicators for reader relays Jumper W1 see Table 4 5 D
80. twice if ACU Reader 2 is online etc LED12 YELLOW ON for a few seconds when power is applied then stays OFF Currently not used for diagnostics LED13 GREEN ON when transmitting data to host LED14 YELLOW ON when receiving data from host Table 3 76 Normal LED Status for ACU2 R2 and ACU2 R4 GE Security July 29 2005 3 77 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide ACU2X Networked Controllers The ACU2X is a legacy product that is no longer sold by GE The information in this section is offered in support of those who are still operating an ACU2X The ACU2X was also available in a 16 reader version Wiring ACU2X Note the following when running the cables and wires In running cables and wires be sure to observe and follow applicable codes The dry relay contacts are rated at 2 amp at 30 AC DC volts All wires should be stranded The maximum length of the wiring between the farthest Remote Module One Stage Reader RRE 2 SMT RIM or SMT RRM and the ACU2 controller is 4000 ft 1220 m provided the remote module is locally powered If supplying power to the remote module form the ACU2X or ACUXL the maximum distance is 500 feet Guard against lightning damage All bare Shields should be taped or protected against accidental shorting against electronic components Terminal Block Connections All ACU2X Terminal Block connections TB1 through TB5 are the same as the ACUXL See
81. wit Relays 1 w Wi Jumpers across 177 6 4 amp 2 Terminated AS 2 amp 3 Notterminated wmm V3 euni Reader 0 Relays 6 1 AUX Door Strike ON sv Relaye e Relay WIS ER mE Figure 5 15 RRE 2 Circuit Board Component Locations NOTE PROM will indicate 2 Reader Support See Table 5 29 for jumper settings 5 28 460940001A GE Security Connections to RRE 2 Table 5 36 though Table 5 39 show RRE 2 terminal block wiring connections Refer to Chapter 3 Table 3 49 for applicable ACU controller connections and cable identifications TB1 Connections RRE 2 Description Relay 0 Normally Open Relay 0 Normally Closed Relay 0 Common Relay 1 Normally Open Relay 1 Normally Closed OV Relay 1 Common Reader 0 Ground DO Reader 0 Data 0 D1 Reader 0 Data 1 RED LED Reader 0 Red LED YEL LED Reader 0 Yellow LED GRN LED Reader 0 Green LED Reader 0 Zone Input 0 Reader 0 Zone Input 1 Reader 0 Zone Input 0 Reader 0 Zone Input 1 RRE 2 Remote Reader Electronics Reader Terminal TB1 Connected to Reader 0 Door Strike Reader 0 Aux Relay 1 Reader 0 Read Head Reader 0 Door Contact Reader 0 Exit Push Button Table 5 36 RRE 2 TB1 Wiring Connections This page can be photocopied NOTES Each ACU controller has 2 reader ports The RRE 2 may be multi dropped on each port along wit
82. 0 255 R R TDES Key range 0 255 The addresses for this screen must be obtained from your MIS department 324 460940001A GE Security Setting TCP IP Address for ACUXL 16 ACURS2 and ACURS4 The IP Address of the ACUXL has been set at the factory to 192 168 0 X The X number is different for each ACUXL 11 Enter the new ACUXL IP Address Sub Net Mask Gate IP Address Gateway or Router 12 The Existing Port No will be left at its default 3001 unless you have multi servers on your system Change the last three digit of the Port No to reflect the server number 3000 plus the LAN number For server number two the Port No would be 3002 13 The Time Out Period is used for redundant systems only The default is 30 Sec 14 Click OK to continue AN The ACU updated successfully 15 The ACU was update successfully 16 Click OK to continue InfoGraphic Systems IP Address Configurator The IP address on ACUX board has been updated successfully Do you want to RESET the ACUX board Cancel Please Turn off dipswitch 2 and 3 before reset 17 Before continuing make sure DIP switches 2 and 3 at the ACUXL are turned OFF 18 Click OK to continue and reset the ACUXL AcuxUtil x N The ACLIX is reset properly The ACUXL has been updated with the new IP address 19 Click OK to continue
83. 1 Zone Input 0 Zone Input 1 Zone Input 1 N Zone Input 2 Aux Alarm Input 1 Zone Input 2 Zone Input 3 Aux Alarm Input 2 Zone Input 3 Aux Alarm Input 2 Door Strike Output Normally Open See Figure 2 9 Table 4 12 One Stage Reader Wiring Connections Readers 4 Through 7 Can be configured for door Strike output Default for door strike is on the ACU Controller See Table 4 21 This page can be photocopied NOTES Each ACU controller has 2 module ports Four readers may be multi dropped on each port along with Remote Relay Modules RRM16 E1L and Remote Input Modules RIM16 E1L Install RS 485 termination on the farthest remote reader or module RS 485 terminator is part number ACU EOLRS Readers should be Multi dropped with no longer than a 10 ft stub to the reader Belden Cable No 9409 18 suggested for door strikes Belden Cable No 9407 22 AWG suggested for zone sensors e Terminate any unused zone inputs 4 16 460940001A GE Security Terminal Connector PIN Numbers on a One Stage Reader Connector PIN Numbers on a One Stage HP Reader Table 4 13 though Table 4 15 shows One Stage Reader wiring connections Refer to Chapter 3 Table 3 49 for applicable ACU controller connections and cable identifications See UL Specifications section for additional information One Stage HP Reader TB1 Wiring Co
84. 1 Push and hold the reset button while applying power Power up takes about 30 seconds to complete 2 Allthree LED s on indicate successful power up then the yellow LED will start flashing The center green LED s should light if the unit is connected to a LAN The ACU LAN Adapter has a male 25 pin DTE RS 232 connector To configure the ACU LAN Adapter 1 Disconnect factory RS 232 cable and connect a terminal emulator i e Window s Hyper Terminal to the serial port of the ACU LAN Adapter A crossover cable and gender changer are required if using a personal computer The ACU LAN Adapter default is 9600 Baud 1 Stop bit No parity 8 Data bits and Flow control set to None When power is applied to the ACU LAN Adapter a message is sent to the terminal The mes sage varies depending on if a network is attached to the ACU LAN Adapter Lantronix MSSLITE Initialization Ethernet Address O0 80 a3 2a 9c b3 Internet Address undefined Flash ROM Version V1 0 Jan 18 1999 Flash Version V3 5 8 990118 Current Diagnostics report NVR Config Normal HW ID code Rev 1 Errors Network No network was detected Press a key within 10 seconds to access bootmodel cormands gt Skipping DHCP Request BOOTP no valid reply received Request RARP no valid reply received Checking 2 sections from flash From address 0 220018 to 0 220018 252774 bytes gt not copied From address Ox25db92 to Ox20000 4798 bytes gt decompressed
85. 10 2 460940001A GE Security Elevator Control Elevator Relay Numbering for Standard Mode Relay Physical Location of Relays 0 11 0 11 on ACU2 Controller 12 27 1 16 Address 4 on Reader port 2 28 43 1 16 on RRM Address 5 on Reader port 2 44 59 1 16 on RRM Address 6 on Reader port 2 60 75 1 16 Address 7 on Reader port 2 76 91 1 16 on RRM Address 4 on Reader port 1 92 107 1 16 on RRM Address 5 on Reader port 1 108 123 1 16 on RRM Address 6 on Reader port 1 124 127 1 4 on RRM Address 7 on Reader port 1 Table 10 1 Elevator Relay Numbering for Standard Mode If an address is skipped you must also skip the numbers as well NOTE When an ACU is used for Elevator Control all of its relays are set to energized when not selected If the ACU were to fail all floors will be enabled Fail Safe Elevator Relay Numbering for Floor Tracking Physical Location of Relays Alarm Inputs for Floor Tracking 0 11 on ACU 2 Controller 0 11 on ACU 2 Controller 1 16 on RRM Address 4 on Reader Port 2 1 16 on RIM Address 4 on Reader Port 1 1 16 on RRM Address 5 on Reader Port 2 1 16 on RIM Address 5 on Reader Port 1 1 16 on RRM Address 6 on Reader Port 2 1 16 on RIM Address 6 on Reader Port 1 1 16 on RRM Address 7 on Reader Port 2 1 16 on RIM Address 7 on Reader Port 1 Table 10 2 Elevator Relay Numbering f
86. 121 OV 24V Figure 5 1 Location of Components on Surface Mount RRE Surface Mount J umper Settings Jumper Location Action Door Strike Strike Relay Wet 24 VDC Strike Relay Dry Relay 2 Aux 1 and 2 Aux Relay Wet 24 VDC 2 and 3 Aux Relay Dry Table 5 1 RRE Surface Mount Jumper Settings Factory default 5 2 460940001A GE Security RRE RRE HP RRE Surface Mount DIP SW1 Switch Settings Reader Address Address 0 Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 Address 4 Address 5 Address 6 Address 7 Read Head Magnetic stripe Magnetic Format on Wiegand Wiegand Track 1 ABA RS 485 not implemented Alarm Termination 0 5K alarm 1K secure 2K alarm 1K safe 3K alarm 1K safe 3K alarm 5K Ground 7K Ground 6 8K safe 24 8K alarm Table 5 2 RRE Surface Mount DIP SW1 Switch Settings RRE Surface Mount DIP SW3 Switch Settings SW3 Termination ON TX Reader Comm Termination com ACU to RRE ON RX Reader Comm Termination com ACU to RRE ON Internally Terminate Zone 3 with 1 K ohm OFF Do not terminated ON Internally Terminate Zone 2 with 1 K ohm OFF Do not terminated ON Internally Terminate Zone 1 with 1 K ohm OFF Do not terminated ON Internally Terminate Zone 0 with 1 K ohm OFF Do not terminated Table 5 3 RRE Surface Mount DIP Switch SW3 settings
87. 22 Alarm Zone Assignments One Stage 4 22 One Stage Reader Relay Assignments 4 24 LCD Display Contrast Adjustment 0 0 0 0 0c Ren 4 25 Buzzer Volume Adjustment hh 4 25 Reader Condition er eye e US veu do ado UR E 4 25 Paired Reader Operation esera noa renean on a A a a a a o a nee 4 26 Keypad Access Request nanan nnana aa 4 26 IKE Integrated Keypad 4 27 Component Location IKE Keypad lllssssselllll sh 4 27 Terminal Block Connections for the IKE 4 28 RJ 45 Cable From RMS 10 read head 0 0 en 4 29 Jumper Configurations on IKE Keypad 4 30 DIP Switch Settings IKE Keypad 4 31 Chapter 5 Remote Reader Electronics ad aar Y Ce arx 5 1 RRE AP Maes eka ea heh eed Led sete ate Beh oh haat Read oe doa 5 1 surface Mount Board 2 eppure sue ee Ba ak PES eo faccre ok Ae 5 2 Surface Mount Jumper Settings 0 0 0 0 00 eee 5 2 RRE Surface Mount DIP SW1 Switch Settings 5 3 RRE Surface Mount DIP SW3 Switch Sett
88. 3 74 Power Up LED Status for ACU2 R2 and ACU2 R4 3 77 Table 3 75 ACU2 Online Test LED Status for ACU2 222 3 77 Table 3 76 Normal LED Status for ACU2 R2 and ACU2 RA sss eene nennen 3 77 Table 4 1 Terminal Board TB1 wiring ssesssseeeneeneeeneneenemeeenen nem ennemi nennen nennen 4 3 Table 4 2 Terminal Board TB2 wiring connections ssssssseeee eene enne 4 4 Table 4 3 DIP Switch SW1 Settings issesieiseesesesesseeeentese e enitn nnne ninth etna nda nannte nna oda sanas n 4 5 Table 4 4 DIP switch settings for 5 2 4 6 4 5 2 Em 4 7 T XVI 4609400014 GE Security Table 4 6 Table 4 7 Table 4 8 Tables LED Indicators on the reader A AEEA ATAA 4 7 Physical Reader Zones tta ee asa nia Doa eina aea ida ua edes 4 8 Logical Ilami ZOMOS Em 4 9 Table 4 9 Relay n mbers dde dde ted edd tena e di tied ddnde dd ha dde dd ttn ds 4 10 Table 4 10 Status LCDs on the front of the RMS reader ssssssssssse emen enne 4 12 Table 4 11 One Stage Reader Wiring Connections Readers 0 Through 4 15 Table 4 12
89. 4 28 460940001A GE Security IKE Integrated Keypad Electronics Wiring Connections for IKE Keypad TB2 Cable Color Filled by Installer IKE TB2 Descriptions Zone 2 Input Zone 2 Input Zone 3 Input Zone 3 Input Relay One Normally Closed Relay One Normally Open Relay One Common Relay Two Normally Closed Relay Two Normally Open Relay Two Common Table 4 25 Wiring Connections for IKE Keypad TB2 RJ 45 Cable From RMS 10 read head Pin out See notes Function OV RCL RDA 5V Green LED Yellow LED Red LED FR GRND Table 4 26 RJ 45 Cable From RMS 10 read head GE Security July 29 2005 4 29 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide J umper Configurations on IKE Keypad Jumpers Positions Description W1 Not Present Factory use only 1 amp 2 RS 485 Receive Data Terminated 2 amp 3 RS 485 Receive Data Not Terminated 1 amp 2 RS 485 Transmit Data Terminated 2 amp 3 RS 485 Transmit Data Not Terminated Zone 0 with 1K ohm Terminated Zone 0 Open Not Terminated Zone 1 with 1K ohm Terminated Zone 1 Open Not Terminated Zone 2 with 1K ohm Terminated Zone 2 Open Not Terminated Zone 3 with 1K ohm Terminated Zone 3 Open Not Terminated 1 amp 2 places 24V DC on relay common See Note Below 2 amp 3 1 amp 2 2 amp 3 relay common is op
90. 4 Remote Reader Electronics Magstripe Extender IGR RMSMAG EXT If the distance from a RMS 10 to its RRE extends beyond 12 feet 3 64 meters a Magstripe Extender must be used The maximum distance from RMS 10 to the RRE is 500 feet 160 meters Part 4135362 includes the converter and a 12 cable for the RMS 10 side A 12 foot cable with RJ 45 connector on one end Part 134812 1 can be spliced to installer provided cable to connect the Magstripe Extender to the RRE or the installer may choose to terminate the cable with a RJ 45 connector directly RJ 45 Cable From RMS 10 RJ 45 Cable to RRE Function RCL RDA 5V Green LED Yellow LED Function D 1 RRE Pin DO 5V Green LED Yellow LED amuozmM xm Red LED Red LED FR GRND See notes Table 5 45 RJ 45 Cable From RMS 10 and RRE RREO1 E1L RRE 2 4 ACU R2 amp ACU R4 Table 5 46 RRE Switch setting NOTES GE Security The extender is not required when connecting a magstripe reader to an RRE1 providing dipswitch SW1 4 amp 5 on the RRE are set properly RJ 45 pin numbering convention With the open end of the receptacle facing the viewer and the RJ 45 clip stay in the up position Pin 1 starts from the left See Figure 5 21 or Figure 5 23 FR GRND is used for local static suppression and is tied to 0 V at the RRE Revision J or higher EPROM must be installed on the RR
91. 4 remote modules are supported per reader port Each of the 16 alarm inputs is supervised as 4 states Alarm Secure Open Shorted A pair of 1 K ohm resistors at the sensor end of each alarm circuit ensures that the line resistance is typically 1 K ohm when the alarm is in the secure state Warning Do not use the ACU controller Remote Reader Electronics RRE Remote Input Module RIM or Remote Relay Module RRM to switch any voltage above 30 volts Failure to heed this WARNING can cause death personal injury or damage to unit s GE Security July 29 2005 6 1 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide RIM Surface Mount Board Figure 6 1shows the location of components discussed in this section for Surface Mount RIM part num ber RIM16 E1L Surface Mount RIM Board Layout See Table 6 12 LEDs x GE SECURITY 8 74 REMOTE INPUT MODULE SW3 1 ON 30 A B C Tx Rx ON T gt ee lable 6 do Pu See Table 6 9 50 6 SW1 AON oa 1 7O oN 8 O 9 0 U3 100 See Table 6 8 SW 10 0 b 1 ON 120 J2 See Table 6 12 T e3 OLD im D57 130 K1 LI K2 14O W1 w2 w Jt 160 121 OV 24V See Table 6 10 Figure 6 1 SMT RIM Component Location Termination Board Ribbon onnector Output Connections
92. 5 65 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide ThinLine Model 5395 and ProxPro II Model 5455 to Read Head RRE Refer to Table 5 10 through Table 5 13 for RRE terminal identification Table 5 81 shows the wiring con nections to the RRE See UL Specification s Section for additional information 1 73 cm 3 00 68 7 62 cm e 4 02 10 21 cm 4 70 11 94 cm MiniProx Reader Wire Color Figure 5 34 HID ThinLine 5395 Description Connection to RRE Red 12 Volts TB1 3 12V Black Ground TB2 4 0 V Green Data 0 TB2 5 Rda White Data 1 TB2 6 Rcl Shield Shield Earth Ground Orange Green LED TB2 10 Grn Brown Red LED TB2 8 Red Yellow Beeper TB2 11 Buz Blue Data Hold No Connection Table 5 81 Wiring HID ThinLine Model TL 5395 and ProxPro Il Model 5455 Reader to the RRE The reader can be installed up to a maximum cable distance of 500 feet 152 meters from the RRE NOTE Shield must be connected to earth ground at one end only 5 66 460940001A GE Security RRE Reader and Keypad Connections HID ProxPoint Plus 6005 to the RRE Refer to Table 5 10 through Table 5 13 for RRE terminal identification Table 5 82 shows the wiring con nections to the RRE See UL Specification s Section for additional information Figure 5 35 HID ProxPoint Plus 6005 Reader Wire Color Red Description 12 Volts Connection to RRE TB1 3 12V Black Ground
93. 8 Surface Mount RIM Switch SW2 for RS485 Terminations 6 8 460940001A GE Security Setting the DIP Switches on the Surface Mount RIM only SW3 and SW4 Switch Settings for Input Zone Termination The 8 position DIP switch SW3 and SWA located on the Surface Mount RIM Figure 6 1 are used to terminate the Surface Mount RIMs Inputs NOTE The switches on the surface mount RIM can be changed while power is still applied to the board and take effect immediately Switch SW3 Description Zone 0 Termination Zone 1 Termination Zone 2 Termination Zone 3 Termination Zone 4 Termination Zone 5 Termination SW3 7 Zone 6 Termination SW3 8 Zone 7 Termination Switch SW4 Description SW4 1 Zone 8 Termination SW4 2 Zone 9 Termination SW4 3 Zone 10 Termination SW4 4 Zone 11 Termination SW4 5 Zone 12 Termination SW4 6 Zone 13 Termination SW4 7 Zone 14 Termination SW4 8 Zone 15 Termination Table 6 9 Surface Mount RIM Switch SW3 and SW4 for Input Terminations Switch in ON position will terminate the zone with 1K resister Setting the J umper on the Surface Mount RIM only J umper W1 and W2 Settings Jumpers W1 and W2 located on the Surface Mount RIM Figure 6 1 are used to select if 27VDC will be supplied by relays K1 and K2 on the Surface Mount RIMs RS485 communication Description Jump pins 2 amp 3 Relay K1 Dry Jump pins 1 amp 2 Relay K1 energized
94. AC power source Typical wire colors listed below 120 VAC Line Black Neutral White Ground Green 240 VAC Line Black Neutral Red Ground Green CE 240 VAC Line Brown Neutral Blue Ground Green Yellow 6 Replace the cover 7 The power supply maybe factory wired to the ACU controller Refer to the figures on the following as an aid to connect AC power to the ACU controller NOTES 120 VAC or 220 VAC high voltage power wires shall be routed and fixed inside to prevent contact with accessible conductive parts e Low Voltage wires shall not be installed in the same conduit with the high voltage wires AC power to the ACU panel must be supplied via a circuit breaker and through a 2 pole disconnect device This disconnect device must be clearly identified and incorporate a lockout device 2 16 460940001A GE Security ACU 5APWR Power Supply Charger Assembly ACU 5APWR Power Supply Charger Assembly The basic power supply used for the ACURS panel is the 5 Amp supply with an attached Altronix Power Distribution Module used to provide power to the door strikes The basic 5 amp power supply is shown below The Power Distribution Module is shown in Figure 2 11 27 5 VDC Out Ll 3 HGH ha 3 AC Ground wire Battery Wiring Harness Installed at factory Figure 2 10 ACU 5APWR Power Supply Charger Assembly NOTE The ACU 5APWR power supply can also be used in either the ACU2 ACU2X ACUR2 A wit
95. B 485CSP 485CSP DB 25 pin numbers FR GND RDB ACUXL Controller Earth Ground H1TD TB1 21 Host Communications Wiring Description Shield Transmit Data RDA TDB H1TD TB1 22 H1RD TB1 23 Transmit Data Receive Data TDA 12 VDC H1RD TB1 24 Receive Data 12 Volt GND H1SG TB1 17 Power Supply Common Table 3 5 B amp B Model 485CSP to ACU Jumpers on 485CSP Flashes when polls are received Echo ON Control Remove LED s on 485CSP TD Enable ON RD Terminate screw terminal to earth around To 207 PC 085 Example of Host PC connected to the middle of the RS485 loop 4000 FT Max End to End RX RX TX TX SIG GND Figure 3 4 B amp B Model 485CSP to ACU NOTE See Table 3 67 to terminate the last panel GE Security July 29 2005 RX RX TX TH SIG GND Shield Terminated 3 5 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Use Table 3 6 to Table 3 9 to connect a PC to the B amp B converter Communication port 1 on a Personal Computer is typically a 9 pin male connector Connect the B amp B converter as follows shown in Tables below depending on the converter you are using If you are using the B amp B Model 485CON then a 9 to 25 pin cable and a gender changer is required If you are using B amp B Model 485CSP or 422LCOR then use a 9 to 25 pin cable DB 9 DTE B amp B Converter DB 9 DTE B
96. Card code is valid then the zone 1 Data LED will light 460940001A GE Security Reader and Keypad Connection to RRE 4 Notes for Single Zone Controller 3311 The switches on the 3311 must be set as follows J1 RLYINT J2 R INT J3 A INT J4 G EXT J5 G NRM J6 DO T J7 D1 T J8 VO VL J9 A J10 A SW1 0 5 2 0 SW3 20 SWA 0 SW5 1 SW6 2 Prom must be 2 10 7C IF7 92 LP1 TX LED should be flashing brightly LP2 RX LED should light when a card is presented to the reader The LP5 OP will light when a valid card is read GE Security July 29 2005 5 77 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide HID Reader to RRE 4 Wiring HID MiniP rox Model 5365 Reader to the RRE 4 Refer to Table 5 40 through Table 5 44 for RRE 4 terminal identification Table 5 101 shows the wiring connections to the RRE 4 See Table A 13 for current GE part number information See UL Specifica tion s Section for additional information D CARD PRES 10 VIOLET HOLD 9 BLUE BEEPER YELLOW Q i REDLED 7 BROWN 6 00 GRNLED 6 ORANGE 15 2 cm SHIELD GNO 5 DRAIN WHITE GREEN BLACK RED 1 00 _ 2 54 cm 1 70 4 3 cm Figure 5 38 HID MiniProx 5365 MiniProx Reader Wire Color Description 1 Reader 2 Reader 3 Reader 4 Reader Red 12 Volts TB2 5 or 6 TB2 5 or 6 TB2 5 or 6 TB2 5 or 6 Black Ground TB1 7 TB2 7 TB3 7 TB4 7 Green Data 0 White Data 1 Shield Data Return Orange Green LED Brown Re
97. Converter Reader Port 2 Figure 5 18 Reader Star Configuration with 4 Port Expander Each ACU controller has 2 Reader ports Four readers may be multi dropped on each port along with Remote Relay Modules RRM and Remote Input Modules RIM The combined distance of all RS 485 branches cannot exceed 4000 feet Terminate the RS 485 loop at the start and at the device farthest from the 4 Port RS 485 Expander 5 42 460940001A GE Security 4 Port RS 485 Expander Connections for the 4 Port RS 485 Expander TB1 Port A Description 24 Volts In From ACU connector TB2 Red ACU TB2 7 24V Cable Color Filled by Installer Ground ACU TB2 8 0V ACU TB2 9 R1T From ACU TX From ACU TX ACU TB2 10 R1T From ACU RX ACU TB2 11 R1R Tab TB1 Port A From ACU RX ACU TB2 12 R1R le 5 47 Wiring Connections from 4 Port RS 485 Expander to ACU 2 Reader Port 1 TB1 Description ACU connector TB2 Red Cable Color Filled by Installer 24V 24 Volts In ACU TB2 1 24V OV Ground ACU TB2 2 OV TX From ACU TX ACU TB2 3 R1T TX From ACU TX ACU TB2 4 R1T RX From ACU RX ACU TB2 5 R1R RX From ACU RX ACU TB2 6 R1R Table 5 48 Wiring Connections from 4 Port RS 485 Expander to ACU 2 Reader Port 2 TB1 Description 24 Volts In RRE connector TB1 TB1 1 24V Cable Color Fill
98. Corrected drawing of the ACURS2 and ACURSA to show Power Distribution Board See page 3 27 Moved current products to the front of Chapter 3 and legacy information to the back of the chapter Added information about the New surface mount technology RMS RPX Reader Added information required for CE certification P IV 4609400014 GE Security NOTICE The material contained within this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by GE Security While reasonable efforts have been made in the preparation of this document to assure its accuracy GE Security assumes no liability responsibility resulting from any errors or omissions in this document or from the use of the information containted herein GE Security reserves the right to make changes in the product design without reservation and without notification to its users All software described in this document is furnished under a license to use and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license WARNING This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions manual may cause interference to radio communications It has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuantto Part 15 ofthe FCC rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial envi
99. DO and D1 in the same wire pair 2 Onlong cable runs or cable runs where a large amount of current is required the voltage drop in the cable should be calculated 3 22 AWG 17 5 per 1000 feet 18 AWG 6 92 per 1000 feet 14 AWG 2 73 per 1000 feet 12 AWG 1 71 per 1000 feet Voltage current multiplied by the resistance If the voltage drop is greater than 5 volts larger gauge wire must be used 4 Belden does not offer non twisted pair cables GE Security July 29 2005 2 7 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide RS 485 Information RS 485 is a differential voltage communication circuit The Impedance is 120 ohms End of line termina tors are required on both ends of the communications path Multi drop configurations are allowed with a maximum length of 4 000 feet Stubs can be dropped off the RS 485 cable but the length of any stub cannot be longer than 10 feet Stubs can connect to ACU controllers or remote modules such as a One Stage reader RIM or RRM Stubs must not be terminated GE Security strongly recommends star configurations be avoided See Figure 2 2 The ACU controller is switch selectable for RS 485 termination on each host and reader port The SMT RIM and SMT RRM Remote Modules have built in terminators The farthest unit from the ACU must be terminated All GE Security Host PC ports utilizing RS485 for communication will require an RS485 Converter NCIC 5 and terminator See pa
100. Flash Flashes One 2 Second Beep Door Unlocked Dim Flash ON None Access Denied Dim Flash Off Three 1 2 Second Beeps Not Configured Dim Flash Off None Door In Alarm Bright Flash Bright Flash Bright Flash Interrupted Beep Door In alarm Masked Bright Flash Bright Flash Bright Flash None Enter Keypad Off Bright Flash Off None Key Pressed Flash Bright Flash Flash When Keypad Pressed Second Card Bright Flash Dim Flash Off None Area Secure On Dim Flash Off One 4 Second Beep Area Unsecured Off Dim Flash On Two 2 Second Beeps Power Up GE Security All Off Green On Yellow On if RAM OK Red On if PROM OK Pause one second then yellow heartbeat Dim Flash Table 4 22 One Stage Reader LED Beeper Usage July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Paired Reader Operation Readers on the same ACU controller can be configured as paired readers The configuration allows readers to operate as in and out readers for a single door with or without exit push button Mode changes for paired readers will affect both readers Commands sent to the first reader of the pair are accepted Commands sent to the second reader of a pair are ignored Paired readers share a single door contact The door contact is wired to the first reader of the pai
101. Install card readers in the elevator cabs and connect the control relays to the interface of the elevator control panel 2 Define the Field Panel configuration and all Readers that will be used with the elevator cabs You can connect up to 4 four card readers one per elevator cab to the ACU2 and assign them for elevator control There is no special elevator configuration needed in the Reader Setup NOTE Once an ACU2 is configured for Elevator Control can only be used for Elevator Control 3 Configure a Security Area for each floor where access is controlled by the elevator cab These Security Areas are separate from other security areas in that they are only used for elevator control 4 Define the elevator cabs and floors that are accessible by that cab Each elevator cab and floor combination is called an elevator control point or ECP Up to 128 floors can be configured as stops for each ACU2 For more information on this step see Elevator Relays 5 Setup and configure the Elevator Public Access itself GE Security July 29 2005 10 1 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide ACU Field Panel Relay Installation The ACU2 field panel has 12 onboard relays 0 11 that may be used for floor control In addition eight 8 RRMs can be installed on the ACU2 Increasing the number of relays to 128 If Floor Tracking is going to be used only four RRMs for a total of 76 relays available to Elevator Control and four RIMs co
102. It is recommended you use a minimum of two dial up ports modems for data and alarms As the system grows or as the alarm load increases it may be necessary to use more Server modems to handle the traffic The system administrator will also need to know the ACUXL or ACURS2 4 Controller s Serial Number Troubleshooting Be sure the external dial up modem at the server is connected correctly Check the dial up modem board in the ACURT to make sure it is firmly install on the pins J1 and no pins are bent over Make sure the ACURT modem board is properly grounded You may have to clear memory on the ACU board NOTE Be aware this action will leave the ACU without any configuration 3 14 460940001A GE Security LAN Connection for ACUXL Version LAN Connection for ACUXL Version The ACUXL version has a built in LAN connection If UL listed installation Triple DES TDES Encryption is required LAN Surge Protector ACU Installation LAN surge protection must be installed at all ACUs communicating over the LAN for all UL installations The Transtector TSJ45 series surge protector GE Security part number 137206 is a plug in silicon avalanche diode surge suppression system for networked equipment To LAN Connection Surge Protector To Grounding Lug INTOEPAPHC SYSTCMS AGU PROGI 550R i t4 vu Figure 3 11 ACUXL Surge Protection Installed GE Security July 29 2005 3 15 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Instal
103. Manufacturing Company Belden is a trademark of Cooper Industries Cotag is a trademark of Cotag International Inc Dorado is a trademark of Dorado Systems Corporation Indala is a trademark of The Indala Corporation ProxPro and MiniProx are trademarks of HID Identification Devices SecuraKey is a Division of Soundcraft Inc Wiegand Sensor is a trademark of Echlin Company HID is a trademark of HID Corporation Essex is a trademark of Essex Electronics Inc Sensor is a trademark of Sensor Engineering Pyramid is a trademark of Keri Systems MIFARE is a trademark of Philips Electronics N V All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners VI 4609400014 GE Security Table of Contents Table of Contents users opt xoc oe xw e OEC DE ce ce lo er e RU Dow or ai T I FIGUIOS r a A TET ra DES A T XI Tabl8S tein ewe XR RE RE o oec iod dO RC CC e ec a T XV Chapter 1 E Dr 1 1 Abo t TIhis Manual ecu ena Dod Rete Uc ee Eg ds 1 1 F GC Registration sp se eue eed ui St ome Rute ves tu exce EO Nea dep DEUS n 1 1 UL Standards 63 Lans epe tet oo vip ee 6 oos tege e Ode fie 1 1 UL Specifications 22e cies RR Ee ve E aed Lim Ee Get 1 2 FOR YOUR SAFETY ance Se dete diate dag tae 1 2 NOTICE Fire Safety
104. NOT use the enclosure s as pull boxes for any foreign wiring The enclosures should be arranged for separate conduit runs NOTICE Fire Safety Notice Warning NEVER connect any card reader devices or locks onto doors gates or barriers that may be fire exits without first consulting and getting approval of applicable local offi cials Use of push buttons to exit may be illegal Single action exit may be required Obtain proper permits and approvals in writing before installation GE Security July 29 2005 1 3 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide System Overview Diagram HOSTCOMPUTER B Figure 1 1 System Overview 1 4 460940001 A GE Security System Overview System Overview The ACU controllers are intelligent remote state of the art units for access control alarm monitoring and output control The ACU controllers incorporate two card reader ports Each port can control four card readers see Section 2 multi dropped using an RS 485 interface The ACU controller includes 12 supervised alarm inputs and 12 relay outputs all user configurable as to function and reporting format Optional on board DES Encrypted communication is available ACU Controller The ACU Controller consists of a Printed Circuit Board PCB Controller Assembly a single processor board with optional battery backup The processor is a 20 MHz 68008 with a minimum of 4 Mbytes RAM expandable to 4 Mbyt
105. NOTE On CE installations unshielded I O wires must pass through one small ferrite core On the ACUXL16 there can be up to three groups containing as many wires in a group as needed On the ACURS2 4 there can be up to four groups containing as many wires in a group as needed Clamp a single small ferrite core around a group of unshielded I O wires as close as possible to the ACU housing When 1000 Ohms terminators are used the sensors can be either normally closed contacts or normally open contacts providing the SECURE or inactive state is 1 000 ohms See Figure 2 4 The ACU EOL terminator is part number 131727 ACU EOLAL Note A normally open exit push button is wired the same as a normally closed alarm See Figure 2 5 When 200 Ohms and 10000 Ohm terminators are used wire resistance must be less than 30 Ohms The loop requires a 200 10000 Ohm EOL resistor pair or use ACU EOL terminator part number 120649 NOTE A normally open exit push button is wired the same as a normally closed alarm See Figure 2 6 Zone Input State Secure Sensor Circuit in Ohms Normally Closed 1000 Sensor Circuit in Ohms Normally Open 1000 Active 2000 500 Open 50000 50000 2 10 Short 50 460940001A lt 50 GE Security Normally Closed Sensor Normally Open Exit Push Button 23 Normally Open Sensor aud Alarm Zone Sensor Wiring 1000 Ohms K 1000 Ohms a 1000
106. OTDr OA Y YIN OY OY VOJT DODDS Ve 131496 Output DC 24V 10A PHOENIX CONTACT DCOK Adjust 22 5 28 5V LED QUINT POWER Input AC 100 240V pes AC input 4 100 240VAC LINE f f i NEUTRAL GROUND green yellow wire to cabinet ground stud Figure 2 12 8 Amp ACU 8APWR Power Supply Charger Assembly GE Security July 29 2005 HE 277 BLAC ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide ACU 8APWR Power Supply and Charger S pecifications AC Input 85 264VAC 57 65Hz 300 Watts Max 27 5 VDC 6A Max Plus 2Amps for battery charging DC Output Typical Output Ripple amp Noise 100 mV pp Current Overload Short Circuit Protection Yes Service Switch Disables DC power and battery from Output Yes Battery PTC Circuit Breaker 8A Over Temperature protection Yes Ambient Operating Temperature Range 25 C to 70 C Power Trouble Trip Points 24 75 VDC Trouble Relay NC Contacts 1A 30 VAC Weight 4 0 lbs Size 10 Hx5 Wx4 D Table 2 6 General Specifications ACU 8APWR Power Supply and Charger NOTE For battery backup UL294 or UL1076 operation with 14AH 4 each 12V 7Ah batteries the maximum load current is 2 4A 120VAC and 240VAC Wiring for 8AMP Power Supply Charger ACU 8AP WR The ACU power supply can be modified in the field for either 120VAC or 240VAC by simply moving a
107. Obsolete Connection Locations 2 Purple Wire oss Connect to Boards 27V In K Green AC Power LED Yellow Wire DC Output DC ON A Connect to Board 0 Volts ON OFF a Q PIN Rin n 9 Mm Red DC Power LED AC Fuse Sy pue 9 2A SIB sal a E 3 Q a llow Wire DC ON SES Connect to Boards OV In E E s z y Battery Jumper Wire 120 VAC I LINE E EDS 2 2 Max NEUT MED 7 GND 7 E What BIk Wire E P d DC i EN E White Red Wir y DC NOTE For battery wiring connections see Figure 2 16 Standard dang power supply provid s Typical Operation Current in Amps wer supply provi 3 amps for controller reader modules and door hardware One ENA w o display BEA RWE 1 en d i 1 0 amp for changing optional batteries max 15 Amp hour One stage reader w display RMS 2 RWE 2 0 115 with UL 1075 are required One stage reader HP w o display 1 0 050 0 013 per relay 6 0 amps for reader modules and door hardware One stage reader HP wi display REX 0 065 0 019 per relay p S PIA Remote Reader Electronics RRE 0 050 0 013 per relay read head 2 0 amps for charging optional batteries max 30 Amp hour Remote Input Module SMT RIM 0 140 40 013 per relay To comply with UL 1076 4 Batteries are required Remote Relay Module SMTRRM 1 0 040 0 013 per relay Figure 2 17 ACU 4 Amp 120 VAC Power Supply Charger wiring diagram See UL Spe
108. Ohms y 1000 Ohms 1000 Ohms Figure 2 4 Zone Sensor with 1000 Ohm Resistors Normally Clased Sensor or Normally Open Exit Push Button i Note Both resistors are 1 000 Ohms Normally Closed Exit Push Button Or Normally Open Sensor T Note Both resistors are 1000 Ohms GE Security July 29 2005 Part Number 131727 To Supervised Input Part Number 131727 2 To Supervised Input 2 11 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide 2 12 Figure 2 5 Zone Sensor Wiring with EOL terminator Normally Closed 10000 Ohms Sensor Normally Open 200 Exit Push Button Ohms 10000 Ohms Figure 2 6 Zone Sensor Wiring with 200 10K Ohm resistors 460940001A GE Security Alarm Zone Sensor Wiring Alarm Terminator Resistance and Voltage Details ACU Alarm sense with 1k terminator Resistance Zone State 0 50 Short 60 370 Fault 380 620 Alarm 630 780 Fault 790 1 22k Secure 1 23k 1 47k Fault 1 48k 2 85k Alarm 2 86k 40k Fault 30k infinity Open Zone Voltage Ov 241v 2 85v 1 29v 1 32v 1 79v 1 80v 2 04v 2 05v 2 5v 2 51v 2 69v 2 70v 3 26v 3 27v 4 1v Table 2 1 ACU Alarm sense with 1k terminator ACU Alarm sense at 200 ohm terminator Resistance State 0 50 Short 60 150 Fault 160 250 Secure 260 4 4k Fault 4 5k 25k Alarm 26k
109. Open SMT RRM cover to access the wiring CAUTION A The printed circuit boards or modules contain static susceptible devices Prior to han dling them be sure to follow the two rules below to avoid damaging these devices by static electricity Handle all static sensitive components at a static safeguarded work area Transport all static sensitive components in static shield containers or packages 3 Tag and note the orientation of the 6 terminal connectors then disconnect terminal connectors on the SMT RRM 4 Note the positions of the switches on DIP switch Figure 7 2 Set the switch settings on the replacement PCB to the required positions 5 Note the revision level of PROM U1 located on the SMT RRM Figure 7 2 The revision letter should be the same or higher 6 Pull gently the SMT RRM circuit board from each of the snap in standoffs and remove the circuit board 7 Position the replacement circuit board on the snap in standoffs until the circuit board firmly rests in place on the standoffs 8 Reconnect the terminal connectors removed in step 3 9 Perform Power up Self Test on the SMT RRM and Normal Operation Test on the SMT RRM found in Section 8 of this manual SMT RRM Parts Replacement Table 9 6 Parts replacement chart for RRM16 E1L 9 18 460940001 GE Security Chapter 10 Elevator Control Overview The Elevator Control Software ECS is an enhancement that allows the Host Server software to
110. P Aux Relay Normally Closed Aux Relay Normally Open Aux Relay Common Table 4 2 Terminal Board TB2 wiring connections This page can be photocopied CAUTION For the RMS reader 24 VDC is applied to the Door Strike relay if jumper W1 is in 1 2 position 24 VDC is applied to the Auxiliary relay if jumper W2 is in the 1 2 position 460940001A GE Security DIP Switch Settings The 8 position DIP switch SW1 located on the left edge of the RMS circuit board see Figure 4 2 controls the reader address Use Table 4 3 to select the correct settings The 6 position DIP switch SW2 located in the lower right quadrant of the RMS circuit board see Figure 4 2 controls line termination Use Table 4 4 to select the correct termination Reader Address eo eo INI AJ Ww NM gt oO BIN OI oO BI WwW NM gt N Read Head Technology Magstripe Track 2 or 3 1 PO RN NI NI NI N gt A Magstripe with Wiegand Input Signaling Wiegand Magstripe Track 1 Format will not function Switch Number Description S6 Spare Not Used S7 Spare Not Used S8 OFF Special Customer Configuration Zone Termination Table 4 3 DIP Switch SW1 Settings ON Special Customer Configuration DIP Switch Settings NOTE The s
111. Pin Number Identification sse 3 63 Table 3 61 Terminal Block TB5 Pin Number Identification mme 3 64 Table 3 62 ACU LAN Adapter Cable Connections 3 67 Table 3 63 ACU LAN Adapter Cable connections ssssssssssssssseseeee eren 3 67 Table 3 64 ACU LAN Adapter LED Indicators nnne nnns 3 67 Table 3 65 DIP Switch SW1 Settings on the ACU2 R2 and R4 Controllers 3 72 Table 3 66 Rotary Switch SW2 Settings on the ACU2 ACU R2 and ACU R4 Controllers 3 73 Table 3 67 DIP Switch SW50 Settings on the ACU2 Controller sesse mem 3 73 Table 3 68 DIP Switch SW3 Settings on ACU R2 and ACU R4 3 73 Table 3 69 DIP Switch SW4 Settings on ACU R2 and ACU2 RA 3 74 Table 3 70 DIP Switch SW5 Settings on ACU2 R2 and ACU2 RA sss emen 3 75 Table 3 71 ACU2 Controller s PCB Assembly Jumper Configurations sse 3 75 Table 3 72 ACU R Controller s PCB Assembly Jumper Configurations sse 3 76 Table 3 73 ACU2 Power Up Test LED Status eccececccecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeesecaaaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeetenneenaness 3 76 Table
112. Power Up Self test on the ACU R2 and ACU R4 3 77 Online Tests on ACU2 3 77 Online Tests ACU R2 and RA 2 tees 3 77 ACU2X Networked Controllers lisse nh 3 78 Wirmo ACUZA sto tag a tps echte nee qued oe Ts ate AC eq Paes Ap dd Bick Sane rtu 3 78 Terminal Block lt eens 3 78 DIP Switch Settings ACU2X eee eae 3 78 Dial up Modem Card for ACU2X 0 0 22 eee eee 3 78 Chapter 4 One Stage Header eee tee wae eee 4 1 460940001A GE Security Table of Contents New Surface Mount Technology RMS RPX Reader 4 1 VSN EE 4 1 Terminal Board connections esra asendas r EA EI EEDE e mh hh 4 3 TB2 wiring connections atra doter Pe ee dee eee a a e EE A 4 4 DIP Switch Settings N tet Hee et e e mede eei 4 5 J rmper settlngs i er is ettet eee pu dau tesi ebd ee ae 4 7 LED MACHOS esci eret eur x pae Pelea aat Be OA pa a ES 4 7 Alarm Zone Assignments lille e hh Hh hh hh he 4 8 Relay eeu eese eu tec ine d Ec aed 4 10 LCD Display Contrast Adjustment 0 0 0 0 e men 4 11 Buzzer Volume Adjustmerit nce pe led glee spatia exp ede e AT edes 4 11 Reader Status LCDS
113. Q K6 pus J2 5 1 gt EE cle 855 W6 o o See Table 1 k2 Nod Q w2 g K5 005 neal 4 See Table 5 19 SWS UNE ws 58 Table 5 14 TB2 amp Table 5 15 1 See Table 5 21 4 K1 A TB3 SW4 ONy GS S SS SQQ TBI See Table 5 24 Ld F F R3Z3 R3Z2 R2Z3 R2Z2 R1Z3 R1Z2 ROZ3 R0Z2 See Table 5 23 Figure 5 9 RRE 4 Surface Mount Component Layout Termination Board Ribbon Connector TB1 1 TB2 1 TB3 1 TB4 1 NO 2 OV o 24V NU QiNC 5 TMP 0 SNCQO 2 eC gs Txt gt is QNO 2 5V o l TX 2 NO 3 BINC 5 12121 RX Snc Wm ec Xx 1200 RX Blov Vo ov wile m 200 RIDO 2 Q R2DO 2 Ha 101 1 1 Q R2D1 R3D1 o cm QIRED 2 RED 8 8 RED 5 a GRN 2 g 2GRN 2 2 ROBUZ R1BUZ Q R2BUZ R3BUZ 2 RO 20 1 20 2 2 2 20 20 2 RO 20 1 20 Q Q R22ZO R3Z0 3 ORO 21 R1Z1 Q R2Z1 R3z14 U Z1 20 0 Q R22Z1 21 2 1 16 TB2 16 TB3 16 TB4 16 See Table 5 40 See Table 5 41 See Table 5 42 See Table 5 44 Figure 5 10 PIN Locations on the Terminal Board of the SMT RRE 4 GE Security July 29 2005 5 15 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide DIP S witch Settings on the RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount RRE 2 and RRE 4 DIP Switch SW1 for Reader Activation The 8 position DIP switch SW1 located on the RRE 2 Figure
114. RAM test finished blinks once if 1 Mbyte RAM installed LED3 Green ON when successful PROM test finished LED4 Yellow GE Security ON for one second when initialization completes Table 8 2 ACU2 LED Power Up Self Test July 29 2005 8 1 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Online Tests For ACUX Controllers LED Description LED1 Red Flashes at a 1 Hz rate LED2 Red ON while transmitting to the Remote Module LED3 Red Two seconds OFF then blinks once if Reader 0 is online followed by blinking twice if Reader 1 is online etc LED4 Red ON if zone voltage reference is ever out of range indicates board or power supply failure H1 Green ON when transmitting data to host 1 Yellow ON when receiving data from host H2 Green ON when transmitting data to host H2 Yellow ON when receiving data from host Table 8 3 ACU2X Online Test LEDS Online Tests For ACU Controllers The normal operating indicators for the ACU controller are indicated by LED s 1 6 See Figure 3 19 The LED s on the ACU controller s PCB will light as follows Description LED1 Green Flashes at a 1 Hz rate LED2 Yellow ON while transmitting to the Remote Modules LED3 Green Two seconds OFF then blinks once if Reader 0 is online followed by blinking twice if Reader 1 is online etc LEDA Yellow ON if z
115. READER 1 AUX READER 2 AUX READER 3 AUX 6 RELAY LED RELAY LED RELAY LED RELAY LED e e 1 TB ON TBS TB18 4 4 e READER 1 DOOR 1 6 1 6 STRIKE RELAY LED suis i si Attach to Grounding stud in panel See page 2 2 Sw TB10 1 POWER SWITCH 7 B11 1 Hn 3 TB12 1 SW3 Figure 3 14 ACURS2 and ACURS4 Board Component Layout GE Security July 29 2005 ZRO SW2 READER 2 ZONE 0 LED n READER 2 ZONE 1 LED p SW4 READER 2 ZONE 2 LED p wa a 1 READER 2 DOOR amp STRIKERELAYLED 3 TBB 1 8 wh t READER 3 ZONE 0 LED 8 READER 3 ZONE 1 LED READER 3 ZONE 2 LED 6 TB17 1 READER 3 DOOR STRIKERELAYLED ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide ACURS2 Block Diagram Host Port ACURS2 Expansion Port Address 0 1 Features Ethernet Port Reader 2 3 Up to two RREs or one stage readers may be connected to the Expansion Port using addresses 0 amp 1 addresses 2 amp 3 Not Used on ACURS2 1 Host Port RS 232 or RS 485 1 Ethernet Port 2 Read Head Interface 1 Expansion Module Port and 2 Readers 6 Alarm Inputs 4 Relay Outputs for up to 4 SMT RRMs or SMT RIMs 0 Reader 0 Reader 1 4 5 6 7 Combination of up to four RIM and or RRMs may be connected to the Expansion Port using addresses 4 5 6 amp 7 Figure 3
116. RIM Surface Mount Characteristic Specifications ENVIRONMENTAL MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE 158 F 70 C MINIMUM TEMPERATURE 32 F 0 C HUMIDITY 0 to 95 non condensing POWER VOLTAGE 24 VDC 15 OPERATING CURRENT 140 mA Add 0 013 amps for each energized relay Table 1 10 General Specifications RIM Remote Input Module NOTE See Table A 13 for part numbers for all remote model options 1 14 460940001A GE Security General Specifications RRM Remote Relay Module Surface Mount Technology Characteristic Specifications ENVIRONMENTAL MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE 158 F 70 C MINIMUM TEMPERATURE 32 F 0 C HUMIDITY 0 to 95 non condensing POWER VOLTAGE 24 VDC 415 OPERATING CURRENT 40 mA Add 0 013 amps for each energized relay Table 1 11 General Specifications Remote Relay Module NOTE See Table A 13 for part numbers for all remote model options IKE Keypad Characteristic Specifications DIMENSIONS 5 125 in 13 00 cm 4 0 in 10 16 cm 1 75 in 4 45 cm WEIGHT ENVIRONMENTAL MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE 158 F 70 C MINIMUM TEMPERATURE 32 F 0 C HUMIDITY 0 to 95 non condensing POWER VOLTAGE 24 VDC 415 MAXIMUM CURRENT 60 mA Table 1 12 General Specifications IKE Keypad IKE OORDIGW NOTE Readers with LCD display are limited to a Maximum Temperature of 122 F 0 to 50 C RS 485 4 P ort Expander Characteristic Specifications ENVIRONMENTAL MAX
117. RRM Surface Mount Circuit Board Figure 7 1 shows the location of components discussed in this section for the Surface Mount RRM TB2 See TB1 See TB3 See SW2 See Table 7 8 Table 7 1 Table 7 7 Table 7 10 aS F GE SECURITY 1 ON REMOTE RRELAY MODULE TB1 JA ON 1 2 T T RtR 2 2 2 Z gt B K12 K13 K14 K15 K16 C NO NC C NONC NONC C NONC C NONCC TX a RX K16 K15 K14 K13 K12 16 3 15 E 14 C NC NO C NC NO C NC NO C NC NO C NC NO 13 K8 K8 K9 K10 K11 K10 K9 K8 12 K7 K7 K6 K6 K5 2 11 NO NC C NONC C NONC C NONCC 10 i 9 gt 8 Iv K5 K6 i6 7 E SW1 6 C NC NO C NC NO C NC NO C NC NO C NC NO 5 K5 K4 K4 K3 K3 4 K3 K4 U1 K2 K2 K1 K1 E3 3 NO NC C NONCC NONC C NONCC 2 co 1 e K2 TB4 See Nas See TB5 See SW1 See pons rx Table 7 6 Table 7 4 Table 7 5 Table 7 9 Figure 7 1 Locations of Components on Surface Mount RRM 460940001A GE Security RRM Circuit Board RRM Circuit Board Figure 7 2 shows the location of components discussed in this section z o z o EJ m m N z zz z z eo eo zo OOOOOOOO0GOQOCO z
118. RX TX TX4 V dY RX RX9 TX TX W 24V socoso T54 F 5 Wem 7 wW gt a 8 WA me gt WE pag Wary E B 3 E 500000 660999 assy x SER NOME REV EN EXFANDER 4 FORT RS 4ER iV V TX TK ORK ead V Ts TX RX INFOGRAFHIC CORF Figure 5 20 Four Port RS485 Expander 4 Port Add on Component Location 135187 02 Board Only 460940001A GE Security 4 Port RS 485 Expander NOTE The 4 port Add On module comes equipped with a ribbon cable connected at J1 that plugs into J2 on the master expander board RS 485 Termination J umpers Master Expander 4 Port Add On Expander Optional Jumper Function Jumper Function PORT A TRANSMIT TB1 TX NOT PRESENT PORT A RECEIVE TB1 RX NOT PRESENT PORT 1 TRANSMIT TB2 TX PORT 5 TRANSMIT TB2 TX PORT 2 TRANSMIT TB3 TX PORT 6 TRANSMIT TB3 TX PORT TRANSMIT TB4 TX PORT 7 TRANSMIT TB4 TX PORT 4 TRANSMIT TB5 TX PORT 8 TRANSMIT TB5 TX PORT 1 RECEIVE TB2 RX PORT 5 RECEIVE TB2 RX PORT 2 RECEIVE TB3 RX PORT 6 RECEIVE TB3 RX PORT 3 RECEIVE TB4 RX PORT 7 RECEIVE TB4 RX PORT 4 RECEIVE TB5 RX PORT 8 RECEIVE TB5 RX Table 5 50 RS 485 Termination Jumpers POSITION 1 amp 2 TERMINATED
119. Receive line Terminal 2 Conn36 Tx Transmit line Terminal 1 Conn36 Tx Transmit line Table 5 69 Wiring Cotag Reader 090 to the 3321 Dual Zone Controller Wiring the 3321 Dual Zone Controller to RRE RRE 3321 DZC Zone 1 Function TB2 10 Grn Conn33 IN Single Led TB2 6 Rcl Conn33 D1 Data 1 TB2 5 Rda Conn33 DO Data 0 TB2 4 0 V Conn33 OV GND Table 5 70 Wiring the 3321 Dual Zone Controller to RRE 460940001A GE Security RRE Reader and Keypad Connections Wiring Cotag Reader 280 to the 3311 Single Zone Controller 280 Read Head 3311 SZC 2 1 R Function Red LED Conn2 2 A Amber LED Conn2 3 G Green LED LED s common Conn2 4 Va 2 8 Tx Transmit line Conn2 9 S Transmit line Conn2 10 Ext Receive line Conn2 11 Rx Receive line Table 5 71 Wiring Cotag Reader 280 to the 3311 Single Zone Controller Wiring Cotag Reader 090 to the 3311 Single Zone Controller 090 Read Head 3311 SZC Conn2 3 G Function Green LED Conn2 4 Va LED s common Conn2 8 Tx Transmit line Conn2 9 S Transmit line Conn2 10 Ext Receive line Conn2 11 Rx Receive line Table 5 72 Wiring Cotag Reader 090 to the 3311 Single Zone Controller NOTES 1 Do not jumper Rx and S Tx and S on Conn31 2 Do n
120. Relay Reader 12 Door Strike Output Reader 12 Aux Relay Reader 13 Door Strike Output Reader 13 Aux Relay Reader 14 Door Strike Output Reader 14 Aux Relay Reader 15 Door Strike Output Reader 15 Aux Relay To use the Reader s Door Strike relay instead of the ACU controller s relay Table 4 21 RRE Relay Numbers 460940001A GE Security LCD Display Contrast Adjustment LCD Display Contrast Adjustment 3 The LCD contrast has been adjusted at the factory The following steps will aid the user if an adjustment change is desired Remove the One Stage Reader from the mounting plate Access and adjust the Contrast Control See Figure 4 4 or Figure 4 5 on the One Stage Reader for the desired LCD contrast Reinstall the One Stage Reader Buzzer Volume Adjustment 3 The Buzzer Volume has been adjusted at the factory The following steps will aid the user if an adjust ment change is desired Remove the One Stage Reader from the mounting plate Access and adjust the Buzzer Volume Control See Figure 4 5 on the One Stage HP Reader for the desired loudness Reinstall the One Stage Reader Reader Condition Each one stage reader has three LED indicators and a buzzer that provides Reader status The table below interprets the different light combinations to the Reader s condition Yellow Online Dim Flash Off None Off Line Dim Flash Dim Flash None Access Grant Dim
121. Relay Dry Aux Relay Wet 24 VDC Aux Relay Dry Factory default Table 5 7 RRE HP Jumper Settings GE Security July 29 2005 5 7 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide RRE Alarm Zone Assignments Reader Physical Zones Reader 0 Reader 1 Reader 2 Reader 3 Reader 4 Reader 5 Reader 6 Reader 7 Table 5 8 RRE Alarm Numbers for the Host PC Defaults Z0 Door Contact Z1 Exit Push Button NOTE If ZO and Z1 are used for Door Contact and Exit Push Button then the alarm numbers in these columns are used to report a trouble condition at the sensor Relay Assignments DIAMOND Version 8 10 and Older Reader 0 Door Strike Output Reader 0 Aux Relay Reader 1 Door Strike Output Reader 1 Aux Relay DIAMOND Version 8 11 and Newer Reader 0 Door Strike Output Reader 0 Aux Relay Reader 2 Door Strike Output Reader 2 Aux Relay Reader 1 Door Strike Output Reader 1 Aux Relay Reader 3 Door Strike Output Reader 3 Aux Relay Reader 2 Door Strike Output Reader 2 Aux Relay Reader 4 Door Strike Output Reader 4 Aux Relay Reader 3 Door Strike Output Reader 3 Aux Relay Reader 5 Door Strike Output Reader 5 Aux Relay Reader 4 Door Strike Output Reader 4 Aux Relay Reader 6 Door Strike Output Reader 6 Aux Relay Reader 5 Door Strike Output Reader 5 Aux Relay Reader 7 Door Strike Output
122. SPARE Monitor Table 3 31 Physical to Logical Zone Numbering Lock Monitor Bond Sensor If used must be connected to Z2 F O Forced Open H O Held Open R T Reader Enclosure Tamper OFFL Reader Off Line D C Door Contact REX Request to Exit Readers 2 and 3 are available on ACURS4 only DIP switch SW1 Communication Port Termination To be switched on to terminate communications line when panel is last on the RS 485 loop Switch SW1 Description ON Host TX Line Terminated ON Host RX Line Terminated ON Expansion Module Port TX Line Terminated ON Expansion Module Port RX Line Terminated Table 3 32 Switch SW1 Settings on the ACURS2 and ACURS4 3 38 460940001A GE Security ACURS2 and ACURSA Controllers DIP Switches for ACURS2 and ACURS4 DIP Switch SW2 Settings Baud Rate Dial up Parity and Com Type Switch SW2 Switch Setting Function Host Communication Baud Rate S1 through OFF OFF ON 115200 ON OFF ON 2400 OFF ON ON 4800 ON 9600 54 OFF DES Encryption Enabled 53 Dial Up Host Communications PE OFF Dedicated Host Communications ON Use 5 wire RS 232 using RTS amp CTS OFF Use RS 485 or 3 wire RS 232 6 S7 LAN and Serial port H1 dual reporting path OFF Spare ON S8 Host Communication uses No Parity modem S OFF Host Communication uses Even Parity
123. Wall dened fete ee a ads eee baa ERES NER RE E RT DER 2 5 GE Security July 29 2005 T I ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Installing the 2 Gang Switch Box on New Installations 2 5 Installing the One Stage Reader on the Mounting Plate 2 5 Running The Wire And Cables 2 0 riro apaan eE ra EREI ALES E EARS a R AE 2 6 Recommended Wire and 2 6 RS 485 from ACU to field panels llli es 2 6 27 5 VDC from ACU to field panels 00000 ree 2 6 IKE RMS RWE and RPX readers 0 2 0 AT re 2 7 27 5 VDC from ACU to field panels 0 00000 ccc ee 2 7 Other OEM Read Headsin d 1 ed de AG ed aad Eee e acd 2 7 35 4985 Informiatiori Jiu oem ten SX RIS Ua act ed Ru id tria qoo en doeet ipa E E et 2 8 Pulling Wires and Cables rena e ao Remp Rua A se Werder 2 9 Auxiliary Power Supply for RRE 2 RIM RRM 2020 eects 2 9 Alarm Zone Sensor Wiring 2 all Re Rr RR rrt penne 2 10 Alarm Terminator Resistance and Voltage Details 2 13 Door Strike Power Wiring cu eter eem aet ec s pee iced e BO Re ee B oR Ede SR Y 2 15 Wiring Power to The ACU Controllers 2 16 ACU 5APWR Power Supply Charger As
124. Zone Input 2 Zone Input 2 Zone Input 3 Zone Input 3 Zone Input 4 Zone Input 4 Zone Input 5 Zone Input 5 Zone Input 6 Zone Input 6 Connected to Filled in by Installer Cable Color Filled in by Installer Table 6 3 RIM Wiring Connections for TB1 TB3 This page can be photocopied Input State Resistance Range Zone Input State Secure Sensor Circuit in Ohms Normally Closed 1000 Sensor Circuit in Ohms Normally Open 1000 Active 2000 500 Open 50 000 50 000 Short Table 6 4 Input Zone Status By Resistance 50 460940001A 50 GE Security Auxiliary Power Supply for RIM Connections for TB4 TB7 and TB8 on RIM Connected to Cable Color Description Filled in by Installer Filled in by Installer Zone Input 12 Zone Input 12 Zone Input 11 Zone Input 11 Zone Input 10 Zone Input 10 Zone Input 9 Zone Input 9 Zone Input 8 Zone Input 8 Zone Input 7 Zone Input 7 Table 6 5 RIM Wiring Connections for TB4 7 and 8 Connections for TB5 TB6 and TB10 on RIM Connected to Cable Color Description Filled in by Installer Filled in by Installer Zone Input 13 Zone Input 13 Zone Input 14 Zone Input 14 Zone Input 15 Zone Input 15 Zone Input 16 Zone Input 16 Unsupervised Zone Input 17 Gro
125. amp B Converter Pin numbers 485CON Pin numbers 485CSP or 422LCOR Male 25 pin male Male 25 pin female Table 3 6 DB 9 Connection for 485 CON Table 3 7 DB 9 Connection for 485 CSP and 422 COR Communication port 2 on a Personal Computer is typically a 25 pin male connector Connect the B amp B converter as shown in Table 3 8 or Table 3 9 depending on the converter you are using If you are using the B amp B Model 485CON then a gender changer is required If you are using B amp B Model 485CSP or 422LCOR then the converter can be plugged directly into Communication port 2 DB 25 DTE B amp B Converter DB 25 DTE B amp B Converter Pin numbers 485CON Pin numbers 485CSP or 422LCOR Male 25 pin male Male 25 pin female Table 3 8 DB 25 Connection for 485 CON Table 3 9 DB 25 Connection for 485 CSP and 422 COR RS 232 PC Comm Port m 25 pin RS 232 PC Comm Part 9 pin Figure 3 5 Personal Computer to B amp B Converter 460940001A GE Security ACUXL Networked Controllers ACUXL Networked Controllers The ACUXL has a built in LAN connection which allows the ACUXL to communicate over a LAN or WAN and a local parallel printer port The ACUSL is available in a 16 reader version ACUXL 16 ACU XL16B ACUXL Component Location suu ON 6 1 LAN COMM TERMINATION LEDs AUXILIARY POWER OPTIONAL DIAL UP MODEM CONNECTION Q1OBASET ONLY 191 RELAY 9 RELAY
126. and remove the screw split lock and flat washer from the battery strap bracket on the batteries Figure 2 18 and Figure 2 21 NOTE NEVER replace only one battery ALWAYS replace BOTH batteries at the same time 5 Remove BOTH batteries from the enclosure 6 Install the two replacement batteries on the battery shelf Figure 2 21 7 Place the battery strap bracket onto the batteries and secure the battery strap bracket with the hardware removed in step 4 8 Reconnect the battery wiring disconnected in step 3 The power source is now supplied by the UPS batteries 9 Reapply AC power source removed in step 1 10 Close and lock the front panel Warning The ACU2 enclosure contains electrical shock potential Be careful not to touch cir cuits that contain these potentials If this WARNING is not observed death or per sonal injury could result or the equipment could be damaged If the batteries are suspected of being faulty refer to Checking the DC Voltage of the ACU2 Batteries section Warning Danger Explosive Gases Can Cause Blindness or Severe Injury Use in a well ventilated area away from open flame cigarettes sparks and other Sources of ignition Shield eyes and face when working around battery Do not make direct contact between the positive and negative terminals Dispose of in accordance with environmental regulations Poison Contains Lead compounds and corrosive acid Contains sulfuric acid an
127. few wires on the transformer from one terminal to another If you are making this modification make sure the transformer on the power supply is wired as shown in Figure 2 13 for 120VAC or Figure 2 14 for 240VAC See Warnings below If you have any questions about preforming this modification DO NOT proceed without assistance from technical support Warning A Make certain that the AC power source circuit breaker s is OFF and batteries are disconnected before proceeding Failure to heed this WARNING can cause death personal injury or damage to unit s Warning A Make certain that the AC power supply is wired correctly before reapplying the power to the panel Failure to heed this WARNING can cause damage to unit s 2 22 460940001A GE Security ACU 5APWR Power Supply Charger Assembly Wiring 120VAC for ACU 8APWR Power Supply Charger White wire from A terminal block X Black wire from fuse holder M N Figure 2 13 120VAC Wiring for 8AMP Power Supply and Charger Wiring 240VAC for ACU 8APWR Power Supply Charger White wire from JE ye terminal block L 1 Black wire from fuse holder N Figure 2 14 240VAC Wiring for 8AMP ACU 8APWR Power Supply and Charger GE Security July 29 2005 2 23 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Wiring Power to The 8 AMP Power Supply Charger Obsolete Connection Locations Red DC Power LED Red Wire Connect to Board 27V DC
128. head sss een eee nnne enn 4 29 Table 4 27 IKE Keypad Jumper Configurations ssssssseeeee enm eem 4 30 Table 4 28 Switch SW1 Reader Address Settings sssssssssssseeeeenen ne ener 4 31 Table 4 29 Switch SW1 Reader Technology Settings ssssssseeeee mem 4 31 Table 4 30 SW1 Zone Termination Settings eene nmm nennen nennen 4 31 Table 5 1 Surface Mount Jumper Settings ennemis 5 2 Table 5 2 Surface Mount DIP SW1 Switch Settings sssssssssee enne 5 3 Table 5 3 Surface Mount DIP Switch SW3 settings ssssseeemennennn 5 3 Table 5 4 LEDs for Surface Mount 5 4 Table 5 5 DIP Switch Settings i S nennen nmm ennemi 5 6 Table 5 6 HP Jumper Settings nemen nennen rrr nen nenne nennen enis 5 7 Table 5 7 HP Jumper Settings sss 5 7 Table 5 8 RRE Alarm Numbers for the Host PC 5 8 Table 5 9 Relay Numbers iiien edi A NEEE 5 8 Table 5 10 RRE TB1 Wiring Connections Readers 0 Through 5 9 Table 5 11 RRE TB1 Wiring Conn
129. in 41 9 cm 5 00 in 12 7 cm WITH BATTERIES 45 Ib 20 4 kg With 4 Amp Power Supply 62 Ib 28 1 kg With 8 Amp Power Supply WITHOUT BATTERIES 33 Ib 15 0 kg With 4 Amp Power Supply 38 Ib 17 2 kg With 8 Amp Power Supply ENVIRONMENTAL MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE MINIMUM TEMPERATURE HUMIDITY 150 F 65 C 32 F 0 C 0 to 95 Relative non condensing INPUT POWER VOLTAGE 2 0 A 240 W 120 VAC 8 Amp Power Supply 1 0 A 240 W 240 VAC 8 Amp Power Supply 1 0 A 120 W 120 VAC 4 Amp Power Supply 0 5 A 120 W 240 VAC 4 Amp Power Supply DC STANDBY BATTERY BACKUP 4 Hour Backup OPTIONAL Table 1 3 General Specifications ACU2 and ACUX Networked Intelligent Controller MAX INPUT CURRENT ACU16 comes standard with the 8 Amp power supply and requires four 7 Amp hour batteries for battery backup 1 10 460940001A GE Security General Specifications ACU R2 Networked Intelligent Controller Characteristic Specifications DIMENSIONS HEIGHT 20 12 in 51 1 cm WIDTH 16 50 in 41 9 cm DEPTH 5 00 in 12 7 cm WEIGHT WITH BATTERIES 45 Ib 20 4 kg WITHOUT BATTERIES 33 Ib 15 kg ENVIRONMENTAL MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE 158 F 70 C MINIMUM TEMPERATURE 32 F 0 C HUMIDITY 0 to 95 Relative non condensing INPUT POWER VOLTAGE 2 0 A 240 W 120 VAC 8 Amp Power Supply 1 0 A 240 W 240 VAC 8 Amp Power Supply 1 0 A 120 W 120 VAC 4 Amp Power Supply 0 5 A 120 W 240 VAC 4 Amp P
130. infinity Open Table 2 2 ACU Alarm sense at 200 ohm terminator RREO2 E00 Alarm sense Surface Mount 1K 1K ohm Resistance 0 50 Zone State Short Zone Voltage 0 232 60 370 Fault 380 600 Alarm 1 28 1 71 610 770 Fault 780 1 20k Secure 1 98 2 41 1 21k 1 43k Fault 1 44k 2 74k Alarm 2 59 3 14 2 75k 20k Fault 20k infinity Open 3 95 4 07 Table 2 3 RREO2 E00 Alarm sense Surface Mount 1K 1K ohm GE Security July 29 2005 2 13 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide SMT RIM Alarm sense 1K 1K ohm Resistance Zone State 0 50 Short 60 370 Fault 380 600 Alarm 610 770 Fault 780 1 20k Secure 1 21k 1 43k Fault 1 44k 2 74k Alarm 2 75k 20k Fault 20k infinity 2 14 Open SMT RIM Alarm sense 200 10k ohm Resistance State 0 50 Short 60 150 Fault 160 250 Secure 260 4 4k Fault 4 5k 25k Alarm 26k infinity Open Table 2 4 SMT RIM Alarm sense 1K 1K and 200 10K ohm 460940001A GE Security Door Strike Power Wiring Door Strike Power Wiring Figure 2 7 shows door strike power wiring for the ACU controller and RRE when power is supplied by the ACU controller See the terminal block connection table for the relay ter
131. new style Table 9 3 Parts replacement chart for One Stage Reader NOTE RMS 1 Magnetic Reader without LCD display RMS 2 Magnetic Reader with LCD display RWE 1 Wiegand Reader without LCD display RWE 2 Wiegand Reader with LCD display RPX 1 Proximity Reader without display RPX 2 Proximity Reader with LCD display GE Security July 29 2005 9 15 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide RRE Troubleshooting Troubleshooting the RRE is accomplished by performing the procedures RRE Field Wiring Test Power up Self Test on the RRE and Normal Operation Test on the RRE found in Section 8 of this manual RRE Replacement This procedure enables the user to replace the RRE Warning A Be sure to remove all power from the RRE to avoid personal injury or damage to the unit 1 Remove all power from the RRE from the ACU2 controller or other auxiliary power source 2 Open RRE cover to access the wiring CAUTION A The printed circuit boards or modules contain static susceptible devices Prior to han dling them be sure to follow the two rules below to avoid damaging these devices by static electricity Handle all static sensitive components at a static safeguarded work area Transport all static sensitive components in static shield containers or packages 3 Note the positions of the switches on DIP switch SW1 Figure 5 2 Set the switch settings on the replacement PCB to the required positions 4 U
132. ohm resistor Reader 1 zone 1 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor Reader 1 zone 2 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor 8 ON Reader 1 zone 3 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor Table 5 16 RRE 2 Surface Mount DIP Switch SW2 Zone Termination Settings RRE 4 DIP Switch SW2 Zone Termination The 8 position DIP switch SW2 located on the RRE4 Figure 5 9 should be set according to Table 5 17 NOTE The switches are dynamic Changes will take effect immediately Reader 0 zone 0 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor Reader 0 zone 1 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor Reader 1 zone 0 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor Reader 1 zone 1 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor Reader 2 zone 0 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor Reader 2 zone 1 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor Reader 3 zone 0 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor Reader 3 zone 1 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor Table 5 17 RRE 4 Surface Mount DIP Switch SW2 Zone Termination Settings RRE 2 and RRE 4 DIP Switch SW3 Communications Termination The 2 position DIP switch SW3 located on the RRE 2 Figure 5 6 and RRE 4 Figure 5 9 should be set according to Table 5 18 NOTE The switches are dynamic Changes will take effect immediately TX Reader Communications Terminated RX Reader Communications Terminated Table 5 18 RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount DIP Switch SW3 Communications Termination Settings GE Security July 29 2005 5 17 ACU Networked Intellig
133. used to multi drop additional ACUs 3 ACURS2 or ACURS4 may also be connected to the RS485 port See Table 3 44 for proper TB connections LAN ACU To 2 d ACU To 3 9 ACU 4 ACU Connector TB1 Connector TB1 Connector TB1 Connector TB1 9 GND 17 GND 17 GND 17 GND 15 H2R 21 H1T 21 1 21 H1T 13 H2T 23 H1R 23 H1R 23 1 14 H2T 24 H1R 24 H1R 16 H1R Table 3 10 ACUXL RS 485 Wiring From LAN Connected ACUXL 16 H2R 22 1 22 H1T 22 H1T Printer Port The parallel printer port on the ACUXL board is a Female 25 D connector and uses a standard printer cable limited to a maximum distance of 12 feet Table Table 3 11 through Table 3 16 describe how each DIP switch SW1 SW is set The rotary switch SWA described in Table Table 3 14 which provides sixteen addresses 0 to 15 0 to F hexadecimal for ACU addressing NOTE Switches SW2 through SW4 are read only at power up or reset and are ignored thereafter When switch settings are changed power MUST be turned OFF then turned ON AFTER the settings are changed 3 8 460940001A GE Security ACUXL Networked Controllers ACUXL DIP Switch 1 Settings Switch Setting Function Reader Port 1 RCV data Termination ON Reader Port 1 XMT data Termination ON Reader Port 2 RCV data Termination ON Reader Port 2 XMT data Termination ON Host Port 1 RCV data Termination ON Host Port
134. when DC power is present Does not mean 10 Amp Fuse is Good Table 8 22 Normal LED Indicators on the 8 Amp Power Supply GE Security July 29 2005 8 11 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide This Page Intentionally Left Blank 8 12 460940001A GE Security Chapter 9 Maintenance General This section contains the basic maintenance information needed to service the ACU system compo nents Most maintenance service involves replacing a hardware assembly or printed circuit board With the exception of certain PROMs it is suggested that no attempt be made by the user to service the sys tem to the chip level Preventive Maintenance Since the ACU system components are composed of electronic devices they require no regularly sched uled maintenance other than cleaning and checking the batteries as described in the following sections Read Head Cleaning Magnetic Only Dust and dirt may impair the performance of the card read head mechanism Where possible the read ers should be placed in a position offering protection from wind blown particles It still may be necessary to periodically clean the read head mechanism of dirt and foreign material A cleaning kit for card readers GE Security part number IGR MAGCLN KIT is available The procedure for cleaning the read head mechanism with the cleaning kit is as follows CAUTION A NEVER insert any hard object other than the magnetic access card into th
135. 002 October 17 2002 October 4 2002 October 17 2002 October 17 2002 October 17 2002 November 6 2002 February 5 2003 March 6 2003 March 10 2003 March 26 2003 March 26 2003 April 10 2003 May 5 2003 May 9 2003 May 9 2003 July 9 2003 July 9 2003 July 15 2003 July 25 2003 October 3 2003 November 25 2003 November 25 2003 November 25 2003 November 25 2003 December 23 2003 GE Security begging of Chapter 3 This move required all Figures and Tables in Chapter 3 to be renumbered Added Table 5 86 and additional information the MR 10 RMS 18 on page 5 69 Rev H 1 Added wiring information for GE Proximity Reader page 5 47 Modified Figure 2 5 Rev H 2 Modification to Table 3 25 for ACURS TB10 Added additional information on Dial up modem configuration page 3 12 Added server external dial up modem installation on page 3 16 Rev H 3 Added Surface Mount RRE02 E1L on page 5 2 Chapter 5 was completely reorganized to make less confusing and some duplicate material was removed from the manual Rev H 4 Added Multi dropping from LAN Connected ACURS2 4 page 3 44 Added Surface Mount RIM16 E1L on Page 6 1 Added Figure 6 1 Surface Mount RIM16 E1L Board Layout Added Table 6 7 Surface Mount RIM16 E1L Switch SW1 settings December 23 2003 December 23 2003 January 12 2004 February 9 2004 February 12 2004 March 19 2004 March 29 2004 March 29 2004 May 28 2004 Ad
136. 10 K12 Essex IGR KTP103SN 12 Key Essex Keypad 3x4 Matrix 5 52 Housing IGR KTPSH34S Essex Black Power coated Spy Proof Housing 5 52 Mounting IGR KTPBB34S Essex Angled Mounting Back Box ADA Sensitive Back Box Mounting Box voe K13 Essex IGR KTP102SN 12 Key Essex Keypad 26 Bit Wiegand 5 52 ProxPro Il IGR 5355AGNOO Prox Pro II Reader HID PR 5355G Charcoal 5 64 ProxPro 11 IGR 5355ABNOO Prox Pro Il Reader HID PR 5455G Beige 5 64 Prox Pro IGR 5355ACKO00 Prox Pro Reader with 12 key Keypad HID PK 5355K 5 64 MiniProx IGR 5365EGP00 Door Frame Reader with built in Proximity Interface 5 62 Electronics HID MP 5365 ThinLine IGR 5395CG100 ThinLine Switch Plate Reader HID TL 5395 Charcoal 5 66 ThinLine IGR 5395CW100 ThinLine Switch Plate Reader HID TL 5395 White 5 66 GE Security July 29 2005 A 13 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Old Model T Page NEW Model Number Description Number ProxPoint IGR 6005BGB00 Prox Point Plus Reader with Wiegand Output HID 6005 5 67 Plus Keri Read IGR KP300K P 300 Cascade Door Frame Reader 5 70 Head P 300 Keri Read IGR KP500H P 500H Alps Standard Reader and HID Technology 5 70 Head P 500 Keri Read IGR KP600H P 600H RockyReader with Keypad and HID Technology 5 70 Head P 600 134659 134659 PROM replacement 28 Prong version 1 76 9 13 136154 136154 PROM replacement 32 Prong version 2 66 9 13 Table A 13 Old Model Numbe
137. 11 RELAY 8 RELAY 10 RELAY 7 RELAY 3 NiCad Pack Voltage RELAY 6 RELAY 2 RELAY 5 RELAY 1 RELAY 4 RELAY O o E ZONE STATUS LEDS 211 25 2101 124 E 29 73 ZONE TERMINATION Z8 172 8271021 GE Security Z6 ACU PROCESSOR 1 DATE CODE S N sw5 Swe ZONE 0 11 ZONE 0 5 OTD6OASSY REV m qawa PARALLEL PRINTER PORT Figure 3 6 Component Layout on the ACUXL Controller GE Security July 29 2005 3 7 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Multi dropping RS 485 from LAN Connected ACUXL You may still multi drop any ACU from an ACUXL connected to the LAN via RS 485 up to a maximum of 4 000 feet to the last ACU from the ACUXL See the wiring diagram below and the wiring table that fol lows Up to 15 panels may ACUXL ACUXL ACUXL be added to the loop Address 15 W Address 1 Address 0 NAN 17 SigGND 17 SigGND 17 SigGND 9SigGND mconmection 21 H1T L A j 21 H1T 21 H1T 13 H2T 22 H1T 22 H1T 22 H1T 14 H2T 23 H1R 23 H1R 23 H1R 15 H2R 24 H1R vi 24 H1R V 24 H1R 16 H2R Host Port 1 Host Port 1 Host Port 1 Host Port 2 bast panelin lo p 4 000 feet maximum must be terminated Figure 3 7 Multi drop RS 485 From LAN Connected ACUXL NOTES 1 5 3 DIP switch 1 must be ON to enable the LAN connection 2 When the LAN connection is enabled only Host Port 2 may be
138. 11 Buz Green LED TB2 10 Grn Red LED TB2 8 Red Table 5 84 Wiring ASR 142 to the RRE NOTE On the Remote Reader Electronics board set SW1 Switch 5 to ON See Figure 5 1 460940001A GE Security RRE Reader and Keypad Connections MR 10 RMS 18 Read Head Wiring To RRE Refer to Table 5 10 through Table 5 13 for RRE terminal identification Table 5 85 shows the wiring con nections for the MR 10 reader to the RRE Always follow the instructions that come with the MR 10 reader See UL Specification s Section for additional information MR 10 Reader Description Connection to RRE Pin 1 Red TB2 7 5V Pin 2 Green TB2 5 Rda Pin 3 White TB2 6 Rcl Pin 4 Brown Green LED TB2 10 Grn Pin 5 Orange Beeper TB2 11 Buz Pin 6 Black Ground TB2 4 0 V Table 5 85 Wiring MR 10 Read Head to the RRE Notes for MR 10 RMS 18 Reader Switches on Reader Itself There are 4 switches inside the reader You must remove 3 screws to get to switches The switches are located on the piggyback board opposite the telephone jack inside the reader The Switches must be set as follows Switches 1 amp 2 set to OFF Switches 3 amp 4 set to ON RRE Switch SW1 must be set as shown in Table 5 86 when using the RMS 18 reader Standard Wiegand format ABA Wiegand format Format 7 Table 5 86 RRE Switch setting when using RMS 18 MR 10 Reader NOTE ABA Wiegand mode is required whe
139. 15 ACURS2 Block Diagram 460940001A GE Security ACURS2 and ACURSA Controllers ACURS4 Block Diagram Reader 0 Reader 1 Reader 2 Reader 3 Host Port Eth t ACURS4 Sane Readers 4 5 6 7 xpansion Port Address 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Up to four Readers or Combination of up to four RREs may be connected to RIM and or RRMs may be Features the Expansion Port using connected to the Expansion addresses 0 1 2 amp 3 Port using addresses 4 5 6 amp 7 1 Host Port RS 232 or RS 485 E dus NOTE Readers 4 7 address 0 3 on Expansion ee ad Port require the following software version 1 Expansion Module Port for up to 4 on the Host computer Readers RREs and 4 SMT RRMs SMT RIMs Diamond II Version 2 0 2 1 or higher gt ddr Sapphire Pro Version 4 65 or higher Relay Outputs Diamond Version 8 12 69 or higher Diamond 8 11 all versions Figure 3 16 ACURSA Block Diagram GE Security July 29 2005 3 29 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Connections for Terminal Block 1 ACURS2 and ACURS4 Host Communication Port The ACURS2 and ACURSA installations have not been evaluated by UL The ACURS2 and ACURSA may not be installed if the installation is to be UL 1076 and or UL 294 approved Maximum Distance and Belden or Equivalent Cable No 9533 24
140. 2 One Stage Reader 2 suse eel asp ph ph kr kg hh dn es 1 12 Remote Module 1 13 Remote Modulos aroga Curt io ez gereret ates pon de Re eae er eres 1 13 Remote Reader Electronics RRE HP RRE Surface 1 13 Remote Reader Electronics RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount 1 13 RIM Remote Input Module and RIM Surface Mount 1 14 RRM Remote Relay Module Surface Mount Technology 1 15 IKE Keypad ette te aid lee Be el CM HUE aie Pee ai 1 15 RS485 4 Port Expander 0 a e a eee 1 15 REN Reader Enclosure lle hh hh hne 1 16 Currents for Devices x sra ee he ee obere d tee Ra Ope eed ee Eques 1 16 Chapter 2 InstallatllOl dedo Sat co des aD mia D C arc OR EUR DAR UR ic aan 2 1 Guarding Against Lightning Damage 0 00 cc n 2 1 Grounding Connections 202i ce pe PP DOPO d eddie 2 2 Recommended Grounding Sources nn 2 2 Installing The ACU Enclosure 0 00 60 eee e le yeh nnn 2 3 Mounting The Remote Module Enclosures 2 4 Preparing The Site For One Stage 2 5 Cutting the
141. 2 Batteries 1 nee tene tenias 2 30 ESSEX 3x4 26 Bit Wiegand TOUCHPAD Battery amp Power Worksheet 2 32 WIRING 5 53 Battery Backup Calculation 2 32 ESSEX X Y MATRIX TOUCHPAD Wiring 5 52 Cable and Wire Recommendations 2 6 External Modem for server 3 14 Charger Assembly ACU2 2 26 External Modem Setup 3 14 Clearing the Memory S43 EGG iine ede pee epa niente 1 1 Clearing the Memory on ACU2 3 75 GE Proximity Reader 5 47 tite t tue 5 58 General Specifications 1 9 Wiring to 3321 Dual Zone Controller 5 74 Grounding sssssseeneenne eene 2 2 Cotag Reader 5280 Hardware Wiring to ACU and RRE04 E00 5 76 Elevator Control Setup 10 1 Cryptag Reader Head 5 61 HID MiniProx Model 5365 Currents for Devices sese 1 16 Wiring 5 62 Dial Up Modem 3 11 3 78 HID MiniProx Model 5365 Reader Component Layout
142. 2 Normally Closed Aux Relay 2 Common Aux Relay 1 Normally Open Aux Relay 1 Normally Closed Aux Relay 1 Common 24 Volts In ACU TB2 7 24V OV ACU TB2 8 OV To ACU Expansion Port TX ACU TB2 10 R1T To ACU Expansion Port TX ACU TB2 9 R1T To ACU Expansion Port RX ACU TB2 12 R1R To ACU Expansion Port RX ACU TB2 11 R1R Table 6 1 SMT RIM Wiring Connections for SMT RIM TB9 and TB11 to ACU Reader Port 1 This page can be photocopied NOTES Each ACU controller has 2 reader ports Four readers may be multi dropped on each port along with Remote Relay Modules SMT RRM and Remote Input Modules SMT RIM For cable from the SMT RIM to ACU the Belden Cable numbers suggested No 9329 22 AWG for 1000 ft 305 m max distance e No 9369 18 AWG for 4000 ft 1220 m max distance Install one RS 485 terminator on each reader port Install RS 485 terminator on the farthest reader cable Readers and Remote Modules should be multi dropped with no longer than a 10 ft stub 6 4 4609400014 GE Security Auxiliary Power Supply for RIM Auxiliary Power Supply for RIM In most cases the ACU can supply the power for the SMT RIM When the ACU can not supply power an auxiliary power supply may be used When using an auxiliary power supply make sure the OV terminal on all Remote modules are connected back to the auxiliary power supply Connections for RIM
143. 2 pin 8 Green LED TB2 pin 9 Yellow LED TB2 pin 10 Shield do not connect at reader TB2 pin 4 Table 5 74 Wiring Cotag Reader 5280 to the RRE Wiring Cotag Reader 5280 to the ACU2 ACU R2 and ACU R4 Function ACU2 ACU2 R2 or ACU2 R4 DC 10 7 15 6V DC 0 5 amps Wiegand data 0 Data 0 The maximum 12V available from any of these is Wiegand data 1 Data 1 1 0 amp It is recommended a separate 12V supply be ese Red used in this case This should be capable of at Green LED Green least 2 0 amps Yellow LED Yellow Shield do not connect at reader OV Table 5 75 Wiring Cotag Reader 5280 to the ACU2 ACU R2 and ACU R4 Notes for Dual Zone Controller At Power Up Zone 1 Status Led will flash a number of times indicating the first identification number of the data interface programmed into the EPROM Then the Zone 2 Status Led will flash a number of times indicating the second identification number of the data interface programmed into the EPROM e When this process is complete both Status LED s flash together once and then the green Power WD LED starts to flicker indicating that the controller has started polling the zones After Power Up Power WD and RX1 LED will flicker e Asthe Card comes within the range the zone 1 RX1 LED will glow more brightly 5 60 460940001A GE Security RRE Reader and Keypad Connections As the Card starts being rea
144. 3 Zone 0 RRE 4 Only Reader 3 Zone 1 RRE 4 Only Reader 3 Zone 2 RRE 4 Only Reader 3 Zone 3 RRE 4 Only Table 5 26 RRE 4 Surface Mount Settings Input Zone LEDs Relay LEDs for RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount Table 5 27 defines the function of the Relay LEDs located on RRE 2 Figure 5 6 and the RRE 4 Figure 5 9 LED Designation D32 Reader 0 Strike ON Active Reader 0 Strike ON Active D37 Reader 0 AUX ON Active Reader 1 Strike ON Active D46 Reader 1 Strike ON Active Reader 2 Strike ON Active D49 Reader 1 AUX ON Active Reader 3 Strike ON Active D86 N A Reader 0 AUX ON Active D90 N A Reader 1 AUX ON Active D99 N A Reader 2 AUX ON Active D109 N A Reader 3 AUX ON Active Table 5 27 RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount Relay LEDs GE Security July 29 2005 5 21 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide RRE 2 and RRE 4 DIP Switch Settings on the RRE 2 and RRE 4 The 6 position DIP switch SW1 located on the RRE 2 Figure 5 11 and RRE 4 Figure 5 12 should be set according to Table 5 28 NOTE The switches are read constantly any changes will take place immediately Switch 1 18 Reader ON Reader present Switch 2 2nd Reader OFF Reader not present Switch 3 3 Reader Note For RRE 2 use 1 and 2 or Switch 4 4 Reader 3 d and 4 readers only OFF Magnetic ON Wiegand or Proximity
145. 345678 OTD60ASSY ws w8 tfo 1 2 2 RJ 45 3 off 3 CONNECTOR FOR EXTERNAL READHEAD J3 fo 1 HH LED1 LED2 o 1 2 w5 E Figure 4 6 IKE Keypad Component Layout GE Security July 29 2005 4 27 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Terminal Block Connections for the IKE Keypad Wiring Connections IKE Keypad to ACU TB1 Readers 0 3 and 8 12 Description 24 Volts In ACU connector TB2 Red ACU TB2 7 24V Cable Color Filled by Installer Ground ACU TB2 8 0V 12V 12 VDC 0 4 A max RS 485 Data TX ACU TB2 9 1 RS 485 Data TX ACU TB2 10 R1T RS 485 Data RX RS 485 Data RX ACU TB2 11 R1R ACU TB2 12 R1R 20 20 Table 4 23 Wiring Connections IKE Keypad to ACU Readers 0 3 8 12 Description 24 Volts In ACU connector TB2 Red ACU TB2 1 24V Wiring Connections IKE Keypad to ACU 7B1 Readers 4 7 and 13 15 Cable Color Filled by Installer Ground ACU TB2 2 0V 12V 12 VDC 0 4 A max RS 485 Data TX ACU TB2 3 R2T RS 485 Data TX ACU TB2 4 R2T RS 485 Data RX RS 485 Data RX Z2 ACU TB2 5 R2R ACU TB2 6 R2R OO CO A OINI gt e Table 4 24 Wiring Connections IKE Keypad to ACU Readers 4 7 and 13 15
146. 4 or CE approved Dial up Modem Installation for ACUXL Controller Connect Ground to Power Supply Mounting Screw j ACUXL Dial Up To PS Ground 9 Modem 2 Phone for testing d PN 136290 J3 To P Line NON LED1 LED3 COLED2 mE 0 0 NEM GE Security AGU PROGESSOR WII to Figure 3 8 ACUXL PAC D1 Dial up Modem Card Location The Dial up modem installation and wiring connection in the ACUXL Controller Enclosure is made as fol lows GE Security July 29 2005 3 11 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide 1 Insert the standoffs that were shipped with the modem board in the four holes in the upper left section of the ACUXL board 2 Then while making sure the pins on the ACUXL board line up to the connector on the modem board plug in the modem board and snap the board on to the standoffs 3 Connect the dial up phone line to either RJ 11 telephone connector on the ACUXL Dial up modem board NOTE Phone lines used for Dial up should be dedicated analog lines and not routed through a PBX or multi plexer 4 SW20n the ACUXL should be set as follows 1 2 3 5 and 8 set to ON 5 The systems administrator will need to know the ACUXL Controller s Serial Number The serial number is located on top of the ACUXL controller board Connecting the Dial up Modem Connect the modem board s frame ground wire to the grounding lug
147. 5 31 Wiring to RREO4 E00 5 73 Alarm Zone Assignments 5 25 Specifications 2 aa ara 1 9 Components Layout 5 22 Surface Mount RRE 2s 5 12 Connections seirinin i 5 29 Terminators 2 2 anii airties di Paaa 2 10 Description e ae 5 40 ThinLine Model 5395 and ProxPro Il Model 5455 Read Jumper Settings 5 23 Head Relay Assignments 5 26 Wiring to RRE 2 5 66 RRE 4 Troubleshooting Alarm Zone Assignments for RRE4 5 24 One Stage Reader 9 14 Circuit Boards a 5 33 RRE 2 nette 9 16 Components Layout 5 23 The ACU2 Controller 9 5 Connections n etienne ead aai 5 35 UL Specifications 1 2 Jumper Settings 5 23 UL Standards etate a 1 1 I IV 460940001A GE Security Index RS hn s efte d da eredi eet taii c fru 2 30 Wire And Cables 2 6 Voltage Test 4 Amp Power Supply 8 10 8 11 Wiring HID Reader 5 67 5 83 Wire and Cable Re
148. 5 6 and RRE 4 Figure 5 9 is used to activate a connected reader and should be set according to Table 5 14 NOTE The switches are read constantly any changes will take place immediately Reader address 0 present Reader address 1 present Reader address 2 present Reader address 3 present Reader address 4 present Reader address 5 present Reader address 6 present Reader address 7 present Table 5 14 RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount DIP Switch SW1 Reader Settings NOTE If switches 1 4 are all the RRE 4 will not communicate to the ACU The Surface Mount RRE 2 and RRE 4 can only support lower reader addresses 0 3 or higher reader addresses 4 7 at one time Read Head OFF OFF SPARE Magnetic Stripe ON OFF SPARE Wiegand OFF ON SPARE Magnetic Stripe on Wiegand Table 5 15 RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount DIP Switch SW1 Reader Type Setting 5 16 460940001A GE Security RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount RREs RRE 2 DIP Switch SW2 Zone Termination The 8 position DIP switch SW2 located on the RRE 2 Figure 5 6 should be set according to Table 5 16 NOTE The switches are dynamic Changes will take effect immediately Reader 0 zone 0 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor Reader 0 zone 1 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor Reader 0 zone 2 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor Reader 0 zone 3 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor Reader 1 zone 0 Terminated with 1K
149. 6 New IGS Mullion Reader to RRE sss eene eene eren 5 57 RRE Switch setting when using RMSC 10 Reader sss eem 5 57 Wiring Cotag Reader 280 to the 3321 Dual Zone Controller 5 58 Wiring Cotag Reader 090 to the 3321 Dual Zone Controller 5 58 Wiring the 3321 Dual Zone Controller to sss eere 5 58 Wiring Cotag Reader 280 to the 3311 Single Zone Controller 5 59 Wiring Cotag Reader 090 to the 3311 Single Zone Controller 5 59 Wiring the 3311 Single Zone Controller to sse enne 5 59 Wiring Cotag Reader 5280 to the ssssssssssseeeee eene nennen 5 60 Wiring Cotag Reader 5280 to the ACU2 ACU R2 and ACU RA 5 60 Wiring Cryptag Reader to the RRE 4 sssssssssseeesee eene nennen 5 61 Wiring HID MiniProx Model 5365 Reader to the 5 62 Wiring HID MiniProx Model 5363 Reader to the RRE esse 5 63 Wiring HID MiniProx Model 5364 Reader to the sse 5 63 460940001A GE Security Tables Table 5 80 Wiring HID ProxPro Model 5355 Reader to the RRE sse 5 64 Table 5 81 Wiring
150. 6 0 VDC Bldg Gnd Less than 6 0 VDC Table 8 6 Test Points and Voltages After the first reader is connected these voltages will modulate due to data on the line Most Digital Volt Meters should indicate about 2 0 VDC Resistance 1 K ohm with door closed 2 K or 500 ohm door open 2 K or 500 ohm with EPB idle 1 K ohm with EPB active Term 12 Term 13 1 K ohm secure Term 14 Term 15 2K or 500 ohms in alarm Term 8 Term 9 Term 10 Term 11 Table 8 7 Test Points and Resistance GE Security July 29 2005 8 3 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Power Up Self Test on the One Stage Reader The One Stage Reader should always be tested after installation The indicators for the One Stage Reader are the three LED s located on the faceplate of the Reader Figure 4 1 The LED s will light as follows Green LED ON at power up Yellow LED ON when successful RAM test is finished Red LED Table 8 8 One Stage Reader Power Up Self Test ON when successful PROM test and initialization completed After all three LED s have lit RED LED and GREEN LED will be OFF and YELLOW LED will flash at a 1 Hz rate Normal Operation Test on the One Stage Reader The One Stage Reader should always be tested after installation The indicators for the reader are the three LED s located on the faceplate of the reader Figure 4 1 The operations and status indicat
151. 6A Over Temperature protection Yes Ambient Operating Temperature Range 0 C to 70 C Switching Frequency 23KHz Battery Cutoff Voltage 19 8 VDC Battery Cutoff Relay Contacts 20A Resistive Power Trouble Trip Points lt 21 3 VDC or gt 28 2 VDC Trouble Relay Form C Contacts 2A up to 120 VAC Weight 2 7 Ibs Size 10 H x 4 25 W x 3 D Table 2 5 General Specifications ACU 5APWR Power Supply and Charger Maintenance The Power supply and stand by battery s should be tested at least once a year as follows 1 Check LED s for normal state AC ON Green Trouble ON Green DC ON Red 2 Check output voltage with normal load should read between 27 00 and 27 8 VDC This assures proper voltage to float charge batteries 3 Disconnect AC input AC LED should be off all other LED s should remain normal 4 Check DC Output to be above 24 2 VDC This checks standby batteries to be operational Sealed lead acid batteries have a typical life of 3 to 5 years 5 Re apply AC and verify AC LED ON 460940001A GE Security ACU 5APWR Power Supply Charger Assembly Wiring Power to The 8 AMP Power Supply Charger 27 5VDC oV To ACU ToACU WTBi 41 NOTICE TB1 2 AT c For Battery Wiring To Negative _ See Figure 2 16 Battery BLACK RED Terminals To Positive a Battery E Terminals DC output on off switch I I I I N n N
152. 8 15 RIM Test Points and Voltages sssssssssseeeeeeeeee eene enne nennen nnne 8 7 Table 8 16 Power up LED Indicators on the RIM cccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeaees 8 7 Table 8 17 Normal LED Indicators on the RIM sssssssseeeeeneeee ene enne nem enne 8 8 Table 8 18 RRM Test points and Voltages 0 cece tere ine ee etre ener nnne nen nennen nnne nnn 8 8 Table 8 19 Power up LED Indicators on the RRM sssssssssssssseenenee ehem 8 9 Table 8 20 Normal LED Indicators on the RRM sssssssseeeeeneeeeneeeenen nennen enne nennen nennen enn 8 9 Table 8 21 Normal LED Indicators on the 4 Amp Power Supply ssssssssseeeeeeenes 8 10 Table 8 22 Normal LED Indicators on the 8 Amp Power Supply 8 11 Table 9 1 Output DC Voltage s on the ACU Batteries 9 3 Table 9 2 Replaceable Parts on the ACU2 Controller sss nnne 9 6 Table 9 3 Parts replacement chart for One Stage Reader 9 15 Table 9 4 Parts replacement chart for RRE cccececeeeeeccee 9 17 Table 9 5 Parts replacement chart for RIM16 E1L nennen 9 17 Table 9 6 Parts replacement c
153. 8 Tx Conn31 Tx Transmit line Pin 9 Tx Conn31 Tx Transmit line Table 5 94 Wiring Cotag Reader 280 to the 3321 Dual Zone Controller NOTE Do not jumper Rx and S Tx and S on Conn31 Wiring Cotag Reader 090 to the 3321 Dual Zone Controller Cotag Reader 090 3321 DZC Zone 1 Function Terminal 4 Conn35 V LED s common Terminal 3 Conn35 G Green LED Terminal 6 Conn36 Rx Receive line Terminal 5 Conn36 Rx Receive line Terminal 2 Conn36 Tx Transmit line Terminal 1 Conn36 Tx Transmit line Table 5 95 Wiring Cotag Reader 090 to the 3321 Dual Zone Controller NOTE Do not jumper Rx and S Tx and S on Conn31 Wiring the 3321 Dual Zone Controller to the RRE 4 3321 DZC Zone 1 Data Conn 33 IN Description 15t Reader LED 2nd Reader 3 d Reader 4th Reader Conn 33 D1 Data 1 Conn 33 DO Data 0 Conn 33 0V Ground Table 5 96 Wiring the 3321 Dual Zone Controller to the RRE 4 NOTE On the Remote Reader Electronics board set SW1 Switch 5 to ON See Figure 5 1 5 74 460940001A GE Security Reader and Keypad Connection to RRE 4 Wiring Cotag Reader 280 to the 5311 Single Zone Controller 280 Read Head 3311 SZC Conn2 1 Function Red LED Conn2 2 A Amber LED Conn2 3 G Green LED LED s common Conn2 8 Tx Transmit line Conn2 4 Va Conn2 9 S Trans
154. AN connection 2 An ACUX may also be connected the to RS485 Host port See Table 3 10 for proper TB connections LAN AUCRS2 4 To2 4 ACURS To3 ACURS 4 ACURS Connector TB1 Connector TB1 Connector TB1 Connector TB1 1 Sig GND 1 Sig GND 1 Sig GND 1 Sig GND Table 3 44 Multi droop RS 485 Wiring From LAN Connected ACURS2 or ACURSA GE Security July 29 2005 3 43 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Installing Dial up Modem on the ACURS2 and ACURS4 The modem board mounts on the ACURS board near the top by plugging into the J1 connector on the modem board into the PJ1 connector on the ACURS board as shown below e Modem board installed on the ACURS xa EXP MODULE MRTRANSMIT OATALED COMMUNICATION HOST PORT LEDS 433 Dc gt RECBVEDATALED JP STATUS LEDS Edd ded CE eR u12 geoem econ ececont TB manm B13 READERD ZONED LED 1 READER 2 20 01 0 READER 0 ZONE 1 LED READER2 ZONE 1 LED a gt LEN LE E sonm eoootaae Figure 3 18 Dial up Modem Installed Top of the ACURS Board Install the modem board by aligning connectors JP 1 and J1 and the four 4 plastic standoffs already installed on the modem board with the holes on the ACURS board While making sure that connectors J1and JP1 are lined up gently snap the standoffs into the holes NOTE When u
155. ASR 112 to the RRE 4 sse ennemis 5 84 Table 5 108 Wiring ASR 142 to the RRE 4 5 84 Table 5 109 Wiring SecuraKey Read Head to the RRE 4 5 85 Table 5 110 Wiring Dorado Read Head to the RRE 4 5 85 Table 6 1 SMT RIM Wiring Connections for SMT RIM TB9 and TB11 to ACU Reader Port 1 6 4 Table 6 2 RIM Wiring Connections for RIM TB9 and TB11 to ACU Reader Port 2 6 5 Table 6 3 RIM Wiring Connections for TB1 22 6 6 Table 6 4 Input Zone Status By Resistance sse eene enne ennemis 6 6 Table 6 5 RIM Wiring Connections for TB4 7 and 8 nennen nennen 6 7 Table 6 6 RIM Wiring Connections for TB5 6 and 10 22 6 7 Table 6 7 Surface Mount RIM DIP Switch Settings sssssseseeneeem ennemis 6 8 Table 6 8 Surface Mount RIM Switch SW2 for RS485 Terminations 6 8 Table 6 9 Surface Mount RIM Switch SW3 SW4 for Input Terminations 6 9 Table 6 10 Surface Mount RIM Jumpers W1 W2 ssssssssssssseeeeeme eene nnne nne 6 9 Table 6 11 RIM DIP Switch Settings
156. At Server 3 16 Figure 3 13 ACURS Controller Enclosure Layout sssssssseeeee enne nennen 3 26 Figure 3 14 ACURS2 and ACURSA Board Component 3 27 Figure 3 15 ACURS2 Block Diagram sse ener n nennen nennen eren nene 3 28 Figure 3 16 ACURSA Block Diagram sss en nnnm A 3 29 Figure 3 17 Multi droop RS 485 Wiring From LAN Connected ACURS2 or 3 43 Figure 3 18 Dial up Modem Installed on Top of the ACURS 3 44 Figure 3 19 Location of Fuses DIP Switches SW1 SW50 and Rotary Switch SW2 on the ACU2 16 3 45 Figure 3 20 Reader addressing per port of ACU for 16 readers 3 47 Figure 3 21 Location of Fuses DIP Switches SW1 SW50 and Rotary Switch SW2 on the ACU2 3 54 Figure 3 22 ACU R2 Block diagratm ith iiec one ED do o Reg ko nite c niic ape 3 55 Figure 3 23 ACU R4 Block diagram E 3 56 Figure 3 24 Dial Up Modem Mounting Kit Installed Inside the ACU Controller Enclosure 3 57 Figure 3 25 Dial Up Modem Bracket 3 58 Figure 3 26
157. B2 1 TB3 1 TB4 1 gsc mao low 3 ndo TA See Table 5 36 oc lt gt e QT gt zE do QNO eve en Tar Ne f BNC Lo 12V ZRX US NCQ M ec 1202 OG RX eov ove 10 0v eo m D0 ove epo weld a D1 BUZ 2 1 BUZ iS A RED z24Q IRED L Z2 Q3 gi YEL m 724 OYEL 5 z2 3 GRN Z3 IGRN Z3 2 220 23101 ezo z 2120 TB2 13 Zo TB4 13 amp 71 221 2171 B1 16 See Table 5 37 2z See Table 5 39 See Table 5 38 Figure 5 7 PIN Locations on the Terminal Board of the SMT RRE2 GE Security July 29 2005 5 13 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide RRE 4 Surface Mount The RRE 4 part numbers RREO4 E00 and RRE04 E1L Surface Mount Remote Reader Electronics Figure 5 9 provides the electronic interface between the ACU controller and two Wiegand card read heads The RRE 4 consists of the electronic circuit board and the screw terminal connector board con nected together by a ribbon cable and is installed within a tampered enclosure part number ACU ENCRM The RRE 4 provides the card read head communication interface eight supervised alarm inputs for door contact and request to exit as well as eight AUX supervised alarm inputs Any of the readers on the RRE 4 can be individually deactivated via DIP switch allowing you to also use an RREO1 E1L on the same port However the rules for the reader port still applies 4 readers per ACU and 8 read ers per ACUXL
158. Blue Pin Number Identification 3 52 Terminal Block TB5 Pin Number Identification 3 53 Terminal Block TB6 Pin Number Identification ACU2 only 3 53 ACUR2 and ACUR4 2 3 3 54 Circuit Board Eayout 2 cold ti vL edic ILLE 3 54 ACU R2 Block Diagram ree teati hh mrs 3 55 ACU RA Block Diagram cora s EEEE ee d aet E RE Ede Eg 3 56 Dial Up Modem ACU PAK D1 for ACU sssssseeeeeee eae 3 57 Installing and Connecting ee I 9 3 57 Terminal Block PIN Outs on The ACU R2 and 3 60 ACU LAN Kit Serial Server 3 65 Installing and Connecting I I 9 3 65 DIP And Rotary Switches on The ACU2 R2 and R4 3 72 DIP Switch SW1 Settings on the ACU2 ACU R2 and ACU R4 Controllers 3 72 Clearing the Memory ACU2 ACU R2 and 4 3 75 Jumper Configuration on ACU2 Controller 3 75 Jumper Settings ACU R2 and ACU R4 3 76 Power Up Self test The ACU2 Controller liliis 3 76
159. Connections for Relays K3 K5 on RRM Relay 5 Common Relay 5 Normally Closed Relay 5 Normally Open Relay 4 Common Relay 4 Normally Closed Relay 4 Normally Open Relay 4 Common Relay 4 Normally Closed Relay 4 Normally Open Relay 3 Common Relay 3 Normally Closed Relay 3 Normally Open Relay 3 Common Relay 3 Normally Closed Relay 3 Normally Open Table 7 5 RRM Wiring Connections for Relays 3 5 This page can be photocopied 7 6 4609400014 GE Security Terminal Block Connector PIN Numbers on the RRM Connections for Relays K5 K7 on RRM Connected to Filled in by Installer TB Description Connected to Number Filled in by Installer Relay 7 Normally Open Relay 7 Normally Closed Relay 7 Common Relay 7 Normally Open Relay 7 Normally Closed Relay 7 Common Relay 6 Normally Open Relay 6 Normally Closed Relay 6 Common Relay 6 Normally Open Relay 6 Normally Closed Relay 6 Common Relay 5 Normally Open Relay 5 Normally Closed Relay 5 Common Table 7 6 RRM Wiring Connections for Relays 5 7 This page can be photocopied GE Security July 29 2005 7 7 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Connections for Relays K8 K11 on RRM Connected to Filled in by Installer TB Description Connected to Number Fille
160. Contents Paired Reader Operation llli 5 40 Keypad Access Request 000 eee eee 5 40 RRE 4 Remote Reader Electronics 5 40 Magstripe Extender 5 m rn 5 41 4 Port RS 485 Expander co eee aoe ee ea BAA ed Bi ees 5 42 4 Port RS 485 Expander Component Location Boards 5 44 RS 485 Termination 2 0 5 45 DIP Switch Settings iis Mohan u ah eed wag eed Wad anh 5 45 LED Definitions RE UR EE E eA kde Either e EE 5 46 Reader and Keypad Connections 00 0 00 ce rn 5 47 GE Security Proximity Readers 240 and 245 5 47 K11 Keypad niece e td ae doe 1 ene ett aden bree dt ee een ena Codes 5 48 K11 and RMS 10 Wiring To RRE 0 2 0 eee 5 48 KT1 TO RRE WING e rae tad i ee Chee hese he ibe be dde EU UT 5 48 RRE Switch setting for At os esae tek e Ree RIRs ea VIRA EE aA E ed 5 49 Jumper configuration For Reader Support llli eee 5 50 Jumper Configuration ors riw Ree e RUE eb EE RR CEA UL ERR ENT d 5 50 RMSC 11 IGS Smart Card Reader with K11 Keypad 5 51 KI TO RRE Wiftirig 2 vig a x HP onse deals doa als aie RO M RD nan se A ap afa 5 51 Switch setting for K11 when use with the RMSC 10 Reader
161. D adjacent to the terminal block is ON when power is in the normal range When the AC fails and the battery s drop to about 7096 capacity the power trouble relay and LED will go off normal If an internal failure caused the output to rise above normal this would also cause the power trouble relay and LED to go off normal DC Output Terminals on the ACU 5APWR is marked DC output The ACU 5APWR has a DC output of 24VDC with 4 Amps of continuous current reserving 1 Amp for battery charging The terminal block is self clamping and can except wires from 10awg to 24awg The Red LED adjacent to terminal block is ON when output voltage is present Battery Connector is marked Bat This is a 156 2 position header with lock The provided battery cable plugs in to this Output is short circuit protected with electronic power limiting Not Class II and a self resetting circuit breaker in series with battery GE Security July 29 2005 2 19 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide ACU 5APWR Power Supply and Charger S pecifications AC Input 100 240VAC 47 63Hz 220 Watts Max DC Output Range 18 5 28 0 VDC 24 VDC nominal 4A Typical Output is 27 5 VDC Typical Output Ripple amp Noise 30mv Current Overload Short Circuit Protection Yes Service Switch Disables DC power and battery from Output Yes Service switch has been removed on European models with CE mark Battery PTC Circuit Breaker
162. D60 134812 1 REV A Use Figure 5 23 Figure 5 22 and Table 5 57 for pin outs when attaching the supplied cable J1 RJ 45 cable plugs into the connector from the bottom Figure 5 23 Rear View of the RMSC 10 left and a Rear View of the K11 Keypad right K11 To RRE Wiring RJ45 Cable a J1 on K11 from J1 to RRE Description OV Rcl D1 Rda DO 5V Green LED Yellow LED Red LED Buzzer Table 5 57 K11 To RRE Wiring NOTE If the K11 is not mounted on a grounded electrical box the frame of the K11 must be con nected to an earth ground wire insert lug under lower left PCB mounting screw RRE Switch setting for K11 when use with the RMSC 10 Reader RREO1 E1L RRE 2 4 ACU R2 amp ACU R4 Table 5 58 RRE Switch setting for K11 when used with the RMSC 10 Reader GE Security July 29 2005 5 51 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide K12 ESSEX X Y 3x4 MATRIX TOUCHPAD Wiring To RRE Refer to Table 5 10 through Table 5 13 for terminal identification shows the wiring connections for the InfoGraphic K12 Part 134829 X Y 3x4 Matrix Touchpad Keypad Essex Model KTP 32335SN See Table A 13 for current GE part number information Always follow the instructions that come with the reader See UL Specifications Section for additional information Description Red Input Voltage TB2 7 5V Black Ground TB2 4 OV Pink Red LED TB2 8 Red White Green LED TB2 10 Grn Gra
163. Defaults Reader Physical Zones Reader 0 16 17 18 Reader 1 20 21 22 Reader 2 24 25 26 Reader 3 28 29 30 Reader 4 32 33 34 Reader 5 36 37 38 Reader 6 40 41 42 Reader 7 44 45 46 Following Readers on ACU 2 16 Only Reader 8 Reader 9 128 129 130 Reader 10 Reader 11 Reader 12 Reader 13 Reader 14 Reader 15 Z0 Door Contact Z1 Exit Push Button Table 4 19 One Stage Reader Alarm Numbers for Host PC 460940001A GE Security Jumper Settings on a One Stage HP Reader If 20 and Z1 are used for Door Contact and Exit Push Button sensors then the alarm numbers in these columns are used to report a trouble condition at the sensor GE Security Logical Alarm Zones Reader 0 Door Forced Open 64 Door Held Open 65 Reader Tamper 66 Reader Off line Reader 1 68 69 70 Reader 2 72 73 74 Reader 3 76 78 Reader 4 80 81 82 Reader 5 84 85 86 Reader 6 88 89 90 Reader 7 92 93 94 Following Readers on ACU 2 16 Only Reader 8 96 97 98 Reader 9 100 101 102 Reader 10 104 105 106 Reader 11 108 109 110 Reader 12 112 113 114 Reader 13 116 117 118 Reader 14 120 121 122 Reader 15 124
164. E For purposes of clarity RDA is the Magstripe equivalent of the Wiegand DO and RCL the same of D1 These are labeled RDA amp RCL on the RRE and RxDO amp RxD1 on the RRE 4 What these inputs do depends on the DIP switch 5 setting ON for Wiegand data OFF for Magstripe and the attached reader technology July 29 2005 5 41 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide 4 Port RS 485 Expander This section contains instructions on installing and wiring the 4 Port RS 485 Expander The RS 485 Expander installations have not been evaluated by UL The 4 Port RS 485 Expander may not be installed within the ACU enclosure if the installation is to be UL 1076 and or UL 294 approved NOTE See Table A 13 for information about hardware model numbers The RS 485 Expander was designed to support remote reader electronics RRE connected in a star arrangement Since the device used standard RS 485 protocol installers can also utilize the expander with ACU devices This configuration is useful on installations that have existing readers wired back to one location Con necting a slave board to the 4 Port RS 485 Expander can double its capacity NOTE This device is intended only for retrofit projects and will not have UL approval Below is a block diagram example of a possible configuration using the 4 Port Expander with several RRE Readers Etpander Host Reader Port 1 Computer AC U 2 Deulce RS 485
165. E 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount Status LEDs seen 5 20 Table 5 26 RRE 4 Surface Mount Settings Input Zone 5 21 Table 5 27 RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount Relay 5 21 GE Security July 29 2005 T XVII ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Table 5 28 Table 5 29 Table 5 30 Table 5 31 Table 5 32 Table 5 33 Table 5 34 Table 5 35 Table 5 36 Table 5 37 Table 5 38 Table 5 39 Table 5 40 Table 5 41 Table 5 42 Table 5 43 Table 5 44 Table 5 45 Table 5 46 Table 5 47 Table 5 48 Table 5 49 Table 5 50 DIP Switch Settings LE 5 45 Table 5 52 Table 5 53 Table 5 54 Table 5 55 Table 5 56 Table 5 57 Table 5 58 Table 5 59 Table 5 60 Table 5 51 Table 5 61 Table 5 62 Table 5 63 Table 5 65 Table 5 64 Table 5 66 Table 5 67 Table 5 68 Table 5 69 Table 5 70 Table 5 71 Table 5 72 Table 5 73 Table 5 74 Table 5 75 Table 5 76 Table 5 77 Table 5 78 Table 5 79 T XVIII RRE 2 and RRE 4 DIP Switch Settings 5 22 RRE 2 and RRE 4 Jumper Settings sssssssssssssseeeeeeeeene nennen nennen nnns 5 23 Power Up LED rine oe ee ta ee ae aee dt ea di aus 5 24 Normal LED ero ro torri 5 24 RRE 4 Alarm Numbers for Host PC sss eene ener nens 5 24 RRE 4 Relay Numbers
166. H 00 gt KL 406H OE gt MN 407H OF gt OP Where ABCD EFGH IJKL MNOP is a 16 hexadecimal digit master key Successful key loading is indicated by the 4 LED s flashing at a rate of 1 Hz GE Security July 29 2005 A 11 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Appendix D Model Number Changes to Hardware NEW Model Number Description eod ACUZ2 PS5 ACU 5APWR 5 Amp 24VDC 110 220VAC UPS Ready Power Supply 2 17 for ACUXL Panels ACU2 PS10 ACU 8APWR 8 Amp 24VDC 110 220 VAC UPS Ready Power Supply for ACUXL Panels ici ACU2XL 16 ACU XL16B ACUXL 16 Board Only 3 7 Board ACU2XL 16 ACUXL 16 E0000A ACUXL16 16 remove reader panel serial and LAN w 3 7 AOAO backplate No enclosure No Power Supply ACU2XL 16 ACUXL 16 E1L08A ACUXL 16 16 remove reader panel serial and LAN w A2B0 key locked enclosure 8A BBU Power Supply Batteries 3 7 Optional Enclosure ACU ENC NEMA12 ACU ACUXL Weather Enclosure 3 7 ACU RS2 ACURSO2 E1L00A ACU RS2 Board with enclosure 128 000 card capacity 3 28 ACU RS4 ACURS04 E1L00A ACU RS4 Board with enclosure 128 000 card capacity 3 29 Batteries ACU BATO7 Two Battery 12 VDC 7 Amp Hr Gel Cell Battery no 2 32 mounting bracket Battery ACU BATMR Mounting bracket assembly and hardware to hold two Bracket batteries Additional ACU BATO1 Additional Battery for ACURS2 4 2 32 Batt
167. HID ThinLine Model TL 5395 and ProxPro Il Model 5455 Reader to the RRE 5 66 Table 5 82 Wiring HID Reader to the RRE sss eene eene eren en nennen nennen nens 5 67 Table 5 83 Wiring ASR 110 or ASR 112 to the ennemis 5 68 Table 5 84 Wiring ASR 142 to the sess eene mene nennen nennen nnn nnne nnn nennen 5 68 Table 5 85 Wiring MR 10 Read Head to the RRE sss eene ennemis 5 69 Table 5 86 RRE Switch setting when using RMS 18 MR 10 Reader 5 69 Table 5 87 P 300 P 500 P 600 Read Head to RRE 4 ssssssssssssseeeee emnes 5 70 Table 5 88 P 300 P 500 P 600 Read Head to or S 22 5 70 Table 5 89 P 300 P 500 P 600 Read Head to ACU R2 TB3 green connector 5 71 Table 5 90 P 300 P 500 P 600 Read Head to ACU R4 TB3 green connector and TB4 blue connector 5 71 Table 5 91 Wiring SecuraKey Read Head to the sss nenne eene nnns 5 72 Table 5 92 Wiring Dorado Read Head to the RRE ssssssssssssssee eene nennen nnne nnns 5 72 Table 5 93 Wiegand Read Head to RRE 4 sse eene 5 73 Table 5 94 Wiring Cotag Reader 280 to the 3321 Dual Zone Controller 5 74 Table 5 95 W
168. IKE readers and the various remote modules ACUXL 16 Networked Intelligent Controller DIMENSIONS 20 12 in 51 1 cm 16 50 in 41 9 cm 5 00 in 12 7 cm WITH BATTERIES 45 Ib 20 4 kg With 4 Amp Power Supply 62 Ib 28 1 kg With 8 Amp Power Supply WITHOUT BATTERIES 33 Ib 15 0 kg With 4 Amp Power Supply 38 Ib 17 2 kg With 8 Amp Power Supply ENVIRONMENTAL MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE 150 F 65 C MINIMUM TEMPERATURE 32 F 0 C HUMIDITY 0 to 95 Relative non condensing INPUT POWER VOLTAGE 6 0 Amp maximum with the 8 Amp Power Supply DC STANDBY BATTERY BACKUP 4 Hour Backup OPTIONAL Table 1 1 General Specifications ACUXL 16 Networked Intelligent Controller ACUXL 16 comes standard with the 8 Amp power supply and requires four 7 Amp hour batteries for battery backup GE Security July 29 2005 1 9 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide ACURS2 and ACURS4 Networked Intelligent Controller DIMENSIONS 20 12 in 15 1 cm 16 5 in 41 9 cm 5 0 in 12 7 cm WITH BATTERIES 45 Ib 20 4 kg WITHOUT BATTERIES ENVIRONMENTAL MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE MINIMUM TEMPERATURE 33 Ib 15 0 kg 150 F 65 C 32 F 0 C HUMIDITY 0 to 95 Relative non condensing INPUT POWER VOLTAGE DC STANDBY BATTERY BACKUP Table 1 2 General Specifications ACURS2 and ACURSA Networked Intelligent Controller ACU2 and ACU2X Networked Intelligent Controller DIMENSIONS 20 12 in 51 1 cm 16 50
169. IMUM TEMPERATURE 158 F 70 C MINIMUM TEMPERATURE 32 F 0 C HUMIDITY 0 to 95 non condensing POWER VOLTAGE 24 VDC 415 MAXIMUM CURRENT 40 mA With Add on card Total MAXIMUM CURRENT 60 mA Table 1 13 General Specifications RS485 4 Port Expander GE Security July 29 2005 1 15 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide REN Reader Enclosure Characteristic Specifications DIMENSIONS 20 12 in 51 1 cm 16 5 in 41 9 cm 5 0 in 12 7 cm WEIGHT Table 1 14 General Specifications of REN Two RIM16 E1Ls two RRM16 E1Ls or four RRM16 E1Ls can fit into one REN Enclosure ACU ENC NEMA12 Currents for Devices Model Description Operating Current ACU XL16 Networked Intelligent Controller 24vdc 0 275 ACURS2 Networked Intelligent Controller 24vdc 0 275 ACURS4 Networked Intelligent Controller 24vdc 0 275 IGR RMS2WG or B Mag Stripe Reader either Gray or Beige 24vdc 0 070 RPX Prox Reader 24vdc 0 090 RRE Remote Reader Electronics SMT 24vdc 0 060 RRE04 Remote Reader Electronics 4 SMT 24vdc 0 160 RRE02 Remote Reader Electronics SMT 24vdc 0 050 RIM Remote Input Module SMT 24vdc 0 140 Remote Relay Module SMT 24vdc 8 0 040 ACU Modem ACU Modem Card 5vdc 0 150 ACU LAN KIT ACU Local Area Network Card 5vdc 0 100 ACU NCEX4 RS485 Hub Expander Master 24vdc 0 040 Add 0 013 amps for each energized relay Maste
170. IP Switch SW2 see Table 4 4 LCD contrast control see page 4 25 LEDs see Table 4 6 Terminal Block TB2 see Table 4 2 Read Head connector GE Security Terminal Board connections Terminal Board connections Terminal boards are wired to a controller depending on the number and position of the reader See UL Specifications section for additional information Description 24 Volts In Reader Terminal TB1 Connected to ACU TB2 7 24V Cable Color Installer defined Ground ACU TB2 8 0V 12 VDC 0 4 A max From ACU TX ACU TB2 9 R1T From ACU TX ACU TB2 10 R1T From ACU RX ACU TB2 11 R1R From ACU RX ACU TB2 12 R1R Zone Input 0 Door Contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Zone Input 0 Door Contact Exit Push Button o Zone Input 1 Zone Input 1 Exit Push Button Table 4 1 Terminal Board TB1 wiring This page can be photocopied GE Security July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide TB2 wiring connections Description Zone Input 2 Reader TB2 Connected to Aux Alarm Input 1 Cable Color Installed Aux Alarm Input 1 Zone Input 2 Zone Input 3 Aux Alarm Input 2 Zone Input 3 Aux Alarm Input 2 Door Strike Relay Normally Closed Door Strike Relay Normally Open Door Strike Relay Common
171. IP switch SW2 located on the One Stage Reader see Figure 4 4 and Figure 4 5 should be set according to Table 4 16 or Table 4 17 NOTE The switches are read at power up or reset and will be ignored thereafter If it is necessary to change a setting power MUST be cycled OFF then AFTER the setting is changed ON S witch Settings pre version ARDR8N 2 OFF 1 OFF Address 0 Switches 1 amp 2 Communication 2 OFF 1 ON Address 1 Address 2 ON 1 OFF Address 2 2 ON 1 ON Address 3 OFF 500 1K 2K ohms ON 200 10K ohms OFF Normal Switch 4 ON The LCD will display the encoded data on magnetic striped badges OFF Magnetic ON Wiegand or Proximity Switch 6 Spare Table 4 16 One Stage Reader DIP Switch Settings S witch Settings Version ARDR8N and later Switch Address Switches 1 2 amp 3 Communication Address Switch 3 Alarm Termination Switch 5 Read Head Type Switches 4 amp 5 Reader support Magnetic stripe on Track 2 or 3 Wiegand Magnetic format on Wiegand input Magnetic on Track 1 Switch 6 Table 4 17 RRE DIP Switch Settings Used with ACU 16 option ONLY NOTE Previous to PROM Revision ARDR8N Switch was used to set the type of alarm termination 4 20 460940001A GE Security DIP Switch Settings for One Stage Reader Component and S witch Location R1 Tamper LCD Contrast Control SW2
172. L on the same port However the rules for the reader port still applies 4 readers per ACU and 8 readers per ACUXL Warning A Do not use the ACU controller Remote Reader Electronics RRE RRE 2 or RRE 4 Remote Input Module RIM or Remote Relay Module RRM to switch any voltage above 30 volts Failure to heed this WARNING can cause death personal injury or damage to unit s ACU Controller Reader Port RRE 2 RRE 2 Reader 0 1 Reader 0 1 Reader 0 Reader 2 Reader 1 Reader 3 SW1 Switch 1 amp 2 ON SW1 Switch 3 amp 4 ON Figure 5 5 Overview for use of more than one Surface Mount RRE 2 on the same port 5 12 460940001 GE Security RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount RREs RRE 2 Surface Mount Component Layout See Table 5 26 LED See Table 5 25 See Table 5 27 S GE SECURITY Ne Se RRE 2 OO00 0000 a000 1 K3 70717273 70717273 HB RX TX ON W3 sos 2 See Table 5 16 7 ON I See Table 5 14 WA ooo and Table 5 15 1 1 SW1 See Table 5 20 ON J2 2 x E EE Sw3 yon we K1 W1 tooo See Table 5 18 Figure 5 6 RRE 2 Surface Mount Component Layout Termination Board Ribbon Connector TB1 1 T
173. Left Blank 10 8 460940001A GE Security Appendix A ACU2 Alarm Zone Reporting Alarm Reporting for Host PC Alarm reporting for the ACU2 Controller ten Alarm Number 0 1 2 203 3 Z04 4 Z05 5 Z06 6 207 7 208 8 209 9 210 10 211 11 Low Battery 21 VDC 12 Cabinet Tamper 14 Power Fault 24 VDC 15 Table A 1 Alarm zone reporting on the Host PC GE Security July 29 2005 A 1 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide ACU2 Controller for the Host PC Reader Reader 0 Reader 1 Reader 2 Reader 3 Reader 4 Reader 5 Reader 6 Reader 7 Following Readers on ACU 2 16 On Reader 8 Reader 9 Reader 10 Reader 11 Reader 12 Reader 13 Reader 14 Reader 15 Table A 2 Physical alarm zone reporting on the One Stage Reader and RRE for Host PC NOTES Defaults Z0 Door Contact Z1 Exit Push Button If ZO and Z1 are used for Door Contact and Exit Push Button then the alarm numbers in these columns are used to report a trouble condition at the sensor 460940001A GE Security Alarm Number Reader Reader 0 Door Forced Open 64 65 ACU2 Alarm Zone Reporting Reader Tamper Reader Off line Reader 1 68 69 Reader 2 72 73 Reader 3 76 Reader 4 80 81 Reader 5 84 85 Reader 6 88 89 Reader 7 92 93
174. Loaded 261014 bytes Load Completed Boot in Progress antronix MSSLITE thernet Address 00 80 a3 za 9c b3 Internet Address undefined L E 2 Press the Enter key to get control of the ACU LAN Adapter NOTE Ifa typing error is made while following the steps below use the arrow up key one time to start the line over again After typing a command and striking the Enter key if no error is returned the command was accepted 3 68 460940001A GE Security ACUR2 and ACUR4 Controllers On the ACU LAN Adapter enter the commands shown in bold type after the prompts Username SYSTEM Local 1 SET PRIV Password SYSTEM will not appear Local 1 gt gt CHANGE IPADDRESS xxx xxx xxx xxx Where xxx xxx xxx xxx is the IP Address of the ACU LAN Adapter Get the IP Address from the Network Administrator NOTE If you have purchased the Multiple Server option SKIP THIS STEP and go to the next one Where yyy yyy yyyy yyy is the IP Address of the Host computer Get the Subnet Mask from the Network Administrator Local 1 CHANGE SUBNET MASK 255 255 255 0 Local 1 CHANGE DEDICATED TCP yyy yyy yyy yyy 3001U NOTE Enter the following step ONLY if you have purchased the Multiple Server option Multiple Server requires Lantronix MSSLITE Ver B3 6 101 Local 1 gt gt CHANGE DEDICATED TCP 3 US030 Use the number of the Server that the ACU will communicate to For example Serve
175. M and Remote Input Modules RIM Belden Cable numbers suggested ACU TB2 1 24V No 9329 22 AWG for 1000 ft 305 m max distance No 9369 18 AWG for 4000 ft 1220 m max distance RS 485 Terminators are supplied with each ACU controller Install one RS 485 terminator on each reader port Install RS 485 terminator on the farthest reader cable Readers and Remote Modules should be multi dropped with no longer than a 10 ft stub Normal Operation LED s on the RRM Description ON steady when board is Online Heart beat 1 flash per second Flashing when Offline Flashing when transmitting data to ACU Flashing when receiving data from ACU ON when Power is applied LED s 1 16 One LED per Relay LED is ON when relay is energized Table 7 3 RRM Normal LED Operation GE Security July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Connections for Relays K1 amp K2 on RRM Connected to Filled in by Installer TB Description Connected to Number Filled in by Installer Relay 2 Normally Open Relay 2 Normally Closed Relay 2 Common Relay 2 Normally Open Relay 2 Normally Closed Relay 2 Common Relay 1 Normally Open Relay 1 Normally Closed Relay 1 Common Relay 1 Normally Open Relay 1 Normally Closed Relay 1 Common Table 7 4 RRM Wiring Connections for Relays 1 amp 2
176. M Test Points and Voltages After the first reader is connected these voltages will modulate due to data on the line Most Digital Volt Meters should indicate about 2 0 VDC Power Up Self Test on the RIM The Remote Input Module should always be tested after installation The indicators for the RIM are the red LED s located on the component board See Figure 6 3 for the locations of LED s The LED s will light as shown in Table 8 16 and Table 8 17 Description ON at power up ON when successful RAM test is finished ON when successful PROM test and initialization completed ON when Power is applied LED s 1 16 All Green then All Yellow then All Red Table 8 16 Power up LED Indicators on the RIM GE Security July 29 2005 8 7 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Normal Operation Test on the RIM The operation and status LED s will light as follows Description ON steady when board is Online with the ACU controller B Heart beat 1 flash per second C Flashing when board is Off Line with the ACU TX Flashing when transmitting data to ACU RX Flashing when receiving data from ACU ON ON when Power is applied D79 ON when relay 2 is energized D80 ON when relay 1 is energized LED s 1 16 Status of 16 Alarm points Green Secure Red Active in Alarm Yellow Trouble open or short etc Table 8 17 Normal LED Indicators on the RIM RRM Field Wiring Test
177. Manual Number 460940001 GE Security July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers User Guide GE Security e 791 Park of Commerce Boulevard e Suite 100 e Boca Raton e Florida e 33487 561 998 6100 www GESecurity com REVISION STATUS Description Date Revised Rev G Added SPS5 Power Supply Added ACURS2 amp ACURS4 Added Figure 2 19 and 2 20 Added Information to Figure 2 8 and 2 9 Power Supply 4 amp 8 AMP Updated Modified Figure 2 2 Modified Figure 2 3 Removed Belden 9407 from Wire and Cable List Modified Figure 3 15 and 3 16 Rev G 1 Added New Figures 2 2 and 2 3 Removed 2 Wiring Tables Expander to ACU 2 Host Ports Rev G2 Added New PS10 Wiring diagram Rev G 2 a Modified Updated Cover update Corrections to chapter pagination Rev G2 b Updated cover and font info to GE Standard Rev G 3 Correction to Table 10 4 and Table 10 5 Rev GA Modified Table 5 29 Table 5 31 and Table 5 35 Added Figure 5 13 Rev G 5 Added Table 2 6 Correction to Table 5 39 Updated Figure 3 17 Added NOTE on page 10 2 Door Bounce Delay for Elevator Rev G 5 Correction to Table 3 71 Rev G 6 Correction to Elevator Control section page 10 1 and 10 5 Update to Figure 3 15 and 3 16 Added new alarm terminations to Table 6 11 Modified Figure 3 7 Rev H Correction to Figure 3 16 Relocated section on Host Communications Wiring to P II 460940001A September 15 2002 September 25 2002 October 11 2
178. Modem RS 485 Interface to the ACU Controller When GE Security software is to communicate to multiple ACU controllers or the ACU controller is fur ther than 50 ft 15 m from the server then RS 485 must be used to communicate to the ACU controller Configure the ACU controller for RS 485 communication and wire the units as shown in Figure 3 3 or Figure 3 4 On the ACU only the farthest unit on the communication line has the RS 485 terminated The maximum overall length of this cable from the GE Security server to the ACU controller is 4000 ft 1220 m Beyond this distance modems or line drivers must be used If the installation site is to be UL 1076 and or UL 294 approved the use of modems and or line drivers is not allowed therefore the maxi mum distance between the host and the ACU is 4000 feet Pull in 2 pair shielded cable five wires between the host communication ports and the ACU controller NOTE Communication cable can be T Tapped but the tap cannot exceed 10 feet GE Security July 29 2005 3 3 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide B amp B RS 485 Converters to the Server This section contains instructions on installing and wiring the B amp B RS 485 Converter The B amp B RS 485 Converter installations have not been evaluated by UL The B amp B RS 485 Converter may not be installed if the installation is to be UL 1076 and or UL 294 approved When a GE Security host computer is communicating to mult
179. N Adapter Click Save On the Diamond application select 6 Setup then 1 System then 3 SCP Device and lastly click New or Modify For Primary Port the drop down list should show the description of the ACU LAN Adapter Click Save If any changes in the LAN Adapter setup are required the LAN Adapter must be reset first by pushing and holding the reset button while power is applied July 29 2005 3 71 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide DIP And Rotary Switches on The ACU2 R2 and R4 The locations of the DIP and rotary switches are shown in Figure 3 19 for ACU2 and Figure 3 21 for the ACU R2 and ACU R4 The 8 position DIP switch SW1 and Rotary SW2 should be set according to Table 3 65 and Table 3 66 The rotary switch SW2 provides polling address 0 to 15 0 to F hexadecimal see Table 3 66 The 6 position DIP switch SW50 on the ACU2 should be set according to Table 3 67 The remaining DIP switches on the ACU R2 and ACU R4 SW3 SW4 and SW5 should be set according to Table 3 68 through Table 3 70 NOTE The switches are read at power up or reset and will be ignored thereafter If it is necessary to change a setting power MUST be cycled OFF then AFTER the setting is changed ON DIP Switch SW1 Settings on the ACU2 ACU R2 and ACU R4 Controllers Switch SW1 1 Through 3 Switch Setting Function Host Communication Baud Rate 19200 300 600 1200 1800 2400 4800 9600
180. Numbers on RRM and Surface Mount RRM RRM Relay Numbers for the Host PC Expansion port 1 Address Expansion port 2 Address Table 7 12 RRM Relay Numbers for the Host PC GE Security July 29 2005 7 11 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide This Page Intentionally Left Blank 7 12 460940001A GE Security Chapter 8 Testing Procedures Once the ACU controller One Stage Reader RRE RIM or RRM has been installed and the wiring and DIP switch settings have been verified the system should be tested according to the following proce dures Power Up Self Test On The ACU2X Controller LED1 Red Description ON indicating power up LED2 Red ON when successful RAM test finished blinks once if 1 Mbyte RAM installed LED3 Red ON when successful PROM test finished LED4 Red ON for one second when initialization completes Table 8 1 ACU2X LED Power Up Self Test Power Up Self Test On The ACU2 Controller The ACU2 controller should always be tested after installing any module The power up self test indica tors for the ACU2 controller are LED1 LED2 LED3 and LED4 on the ACU2 controller s PCB Assembly See Figure 3 19 The LED s will light at power up as follows after all ON at hardware reset then all OFF Description LED1 Green ON indicating power up LED2 Yellow ON when successful
181. ORADO IKE Keypad Wiring to RREO4 E00 5 85 Connections sss 4 28 Wiring to RRE 2 se 5 72 DIP Switch Settings 4 31 DS150i Series Exiting Device A 15 JUMP ONS s iie 4 30 Elevator IKE 1 Control Setup 10 1 Board Layout 4 27 Relay Interface 10 4 INDALA Proximity Relay Numbering 10 6 Wiring to RREOA EOO 5 84 Relay Numbering for Floor Tracking 10 3 10 6 Wiring to RRE 2 nii 5 68 Relay Numbering in Standard Mode 10 3 Installing ACU sem 2 3 Standard Elevator Wiring 10 7 Jumper Settings sse 5 2 Elevator Control sse 10 1 K11 and RMS 10 ECS EE 10 1 Wiring to RRE 2 eda 5 48 10 1 K11 Keypad Enclosure inta dan eder e den dans 2 4 DIP Switch Setting 5 51 Encryption DIP Switch Settings 5 49 5 56 DES Encryption A 11 J mpers seine eee t Ne 5 50 Master Key orsoline a aaa T A rents A 11 5 48 End of line termination
182. Output DC gu ON OFF AN el Wy BW Blk Wire to Board OV AC Fuse m 4A S B ah w i Black Wire DC Connect to Boards OV In NU g Wire 3 T LINE M M 120 VAC In lt NEUT C 4A Max 7 2 GND What BIk Wire OU wms f DC D gt 7 7 O gt Green Yellow Wire e To Cabinet Ground gt o z 2 E a E A NOTE For battery wiring Ww Ww connections see Figure 2 16 Figure 2 15 8 Amp Power Supply Charger Assembly NOTE The 8 Amp power supply can be used in either the ACU2 or with the ACU2 16 option 2 24 460940001A GE Security Wiring Power to The 8 AMP Power Supply Charger Obsolete 8 AMP Power Supply Charger Installed in Cabinet Obsolete Red Wire to 27V WARNING eooooosoo Blk Wire to OV 99 o9 KE 90 99 THE y 6 9ooocoooocoocoocooocoooGOG See NOTE IN ZY NS A X H I Wire To Cabinet Ground Figure 2 16 8 AMP ACU2 PS8 Power Supply Charger Installed in Cabinet NOTE The 8AMP power supply is normally supported by four 12 Volt 7Amp batteries An additional set of battery wires is provided The Black Stripe wires are Negative Red Stripe are Positive GE Security July 29 2005 2 25 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Wiring Power to The 4 AMP Power Supply Charger
183. P switch SW3 switch 1 be set to ON Also see Chapter 8 of the DIAMOND Il User Manual 3 16 460940001A GE Security LAN Connection for ACUXL Version Dual LAN Serial Path Setup When the primary reporting path should be the on board LAN secondary communication will be serial port H1 wired to a LANtronix adaptor To make the onboard LAN connection primary set both DIP switch SW2 switch 7 and DIP switch SW3 switch 1 to ON Dual Serial Path Setup When both of the reporting paths will use serial communications wire both port H1 and H2 to the host PC using RS 485 wiring Set both DIP switch SW2 switch 7 and DIP switch SW3 switch 1 to OFF Also see Chapter 8 of the DIAMOND II User Manual LEDs for Alarm Zone Status LEDs Z0 711 OFF Secure ON Active Status of 12 Alarm FAST FLASH Trouble open or short etc points SLOW FLASH Masked Table 3 19 Alarm Zone Status LED indicators BT2 Battery Replacement It is recommended that you replace the onboard AA memory backup batteries every 5 years with 3 NICAD AA size 1 2 volt 500 MA hour or larger batteries SANYO N 700AAC or equivalent To replace the batteries 1 If the ACU is not powered down while changing the batteries the memory will be maintained Cut the nylon cable tie retaining strap that holds the batteries in place 2 3 Remove the AA batteries from the holder 4 Place fresh AA batteries into the batter holder 5 Install 2 new nylon cable tie retaining
184. POSITION 2 amp 3 NOT TERMINATED NOTE Terminate the RS 485 loop at the start and on the farthest reader from the ACU controller DIP Switch Settings When ordering use the following model part number NCEX 1 135195 PORT2 One 1 Master Board in 12 x12 x4 enclosure with tamper switch PORT3 NCEX 2 135193 PORT 4 One 1 135187 01 Master Board and One 1 135187 02 Add On board in 12 x12 x4 enclosure with tamper switch NCEX 3 135194 PORT 1 PORT 5 PORT 6 PORT 7 Two 2 135187 01 Master boards in 12 x12 x4 enclosure with tamper switch PORT 8 Table 5 51 DIP Switch Settings OFF PORT DISABLED ON PORT ENABLED PORTS 5 8 RESIDE ON OPTIONAL ADD ON EXPANDER UNIT GE Security July 29 2005 5 45 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide LED Definitions Master Expander LED No Function LED1 5V Unit Powered on Add On Expander Optional LED No Function LED2 TXA Port A Receive Data LED3 RXA Port A Transmit Data LED4 RX1 Port 1 Receive Data LED4 RX1 Port 5 Receive Data LED5 RX2 Port 2 Receive Data LED5 RX2 Port 6 Receive Data LED6 RX3 Port 3 Receive Data LED6 RX3 Port 7 Receive Data LED7 4 Port 4 Receive Data LED RX4 Table 5 52 LED Definitions 460940001A Port 8 Receive Data GE Security RRE Reader and Keypad C
185. PROM Wiegand Input J4 TB1 Magnetic 1 Input J3 16 1 Figure 4 4 Location of DIP Switch SW2 on the One Stage Reader Tamper Switch LCD Contrast RX Led Control SW 2 PROM TX Led Buzzer volume control Read head With Fuse F2 installed 24 VDC is applied to common of relay 1 With Fuse F3 installed 24 VDC is applied to common of relay 2 Fuses are rated at 2 0 Amp 5 8 250 Volt mm x 20mm lGa Part number 135056 TB2 Connector Labels TB1 Connector Labels Figure 4 5 Location of Components and Connections on the One Stage HP Reader GE Security July 29 2005 4 21 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide J umper Settings on a One Stage HP Reader The 6 jumpers located on the One Stage HP Reader see Figure 4 4 Table 4 18 defines the function of the jumpers Jumper Up 1 amp 2 Terminated Down 2 amp 3 Not Terminated RS 485 Transmit RS 485 Receive Terminates Zone Input ZO with a 1k ohm resistor Terminates Zone Input Z1 with a 1k ohm resistor Terminates Zone Input Z2 with a 1k ohm resistor Table 4 18 One Stage HP Reader Jumper Settings Terminates Zone Input Z3 with a 1k ohm resistor If the Exit Push Button is not connected then another 1k resistor must be installed across Zone Input Z1 Alarm Zone Assignments One Stage Reader NOTE
186. RR mh 3 17 Setting TCP IP Address for ACUXL 16 ACURS2 and 54 3 18 Setting IP Address 2 2 220 sese eR aes e RR eee 3 18 ACURS2 and ACURSA Controllers llle hh 3 26 Enclosure Layout 2e etc edo ee dedu dei t edes Done oa d ee a E 3 26 ACURS2 and ACURS4 Circuit Board Layout 3 27 ACURS2 Block Diagram 0 A E rr rn 3 28 ACURSA Block Diagram asa i005 40 344 eld E ek ERA RS Le ER er PS 3 29 Connections for Terminal Block 1 ACURS2 and ACURS4 3 30 Host Communication POM sires utu er ped Duce bed PEGG x Aer du paesi e Ege 3 30 Connections for Terminal Block 2 3 and 4 ACURS2 and 54 3 31 Reader 0 Connections ell n hh mh hn hn es 3 31 Connections for Terminal Block 5 6 and 7 ACURS2 and 54 3 32 Reader 1 Cofinectioris eu ERI eae qe re ee Rake Ele Page dde 3 32 Connections for Terminal Block 8 ACURS2 and ACURS4 3 33 Expansion Module Communication Port RS 485 Connections 3 33 Connections for Terminal Block 9 ACURS2 and ACURS4 3 33 Reader 0 and 1 Auxiliary Relay 3 33 Connections for Terminal Block 10 ACURS2 and 54
187. RRE 2 4 ACU R2 amp ACU R4 Table 5 65 RRE Switch Setting for RMS 10 With K11 or Magstripe Extender 5 56 460940001A GE Security RRE Reader and Keypad Connections RMSC 10 IGS Mullion Smart Card Read Head Wiring To RRE Refer to Table 5 10 through Table 5 13 for RRE terminal identification shows the IGS Mullion reader and shows the wiring connections and for DIP Switch settings for the RRE The RMSC 10 reader draws 60 mA at 5V maximum The RMSC 10 read head can be located up to 500 feet from the RRE using 18g wire See UL Specification s Section for additional information Mullion Pin 1 Top of RRE TB2 4 OV TB2 6 Rcl Description OV Clock card reader TB2 5 Rda Data TB2 7 5V 5V TB2 10 Grn Green LED TB2 9 Yel Yellow LED TB2 8 Red Red LED RJ 45 cable plugs into bottom of connector on back of the reader above Figure 5 30 Rear view of IGS Mullion Smart Card Reader RRE Switch SW1 must be set as shown below when using the RMSC 10 reader Set RRE for standard Wiegand output LEDs Red RREO1 E1L RRE 2 4 ACU R2 amp ACU R4 Table 5 67 RRE Switch setting when using RMSC 10 Reader Set RRE for ABA Wiegand output Green RREO1 E1L RRE 2 4 ACU R2 amp ACU R4 Yellow Frame Ground Table 5 66 New IGS Mullion Reader to RRE NOTE Cable colors vary Connect Reader as shown Figure 5 31 Front vie
188. Relay Modules RRM16 E00 Part Numbers RRM16 E00 amp RRM16 E1L Remote Module Enclosure with power supply REN and REND Keypads IGR K11NLWG and IGR K11WLGW K 10 K 10L K 10P K 10LP K11 Read Heads RMS 10 and RWE 12 RPP2 50 RPP2 54 RPP2 56 RPP2 58 RPP2 60 HID ProxPro Model 5355 with and without keypad HID ProxPoint Model 6005 MiniProx Model 5365 Thin Line Il Model 5395 Magstripe Extender Part Number IGR RMSMAG EXT NOTE Any reader or keypads other than the ones listed are not to be used on a UL listed system GE Security July 29 2005 1 1 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide UL Specifications In order to comply with UL 1076 and or UL 294 the following items must be adhered to if these condi tions are not met the installation will be in violation of the UL requirements UL Installations with ACUs communicating on a LAN must utilize TDES Triple DES Encryption Only UL listed equipment may be connected to the GE Security system This includes external power supplies motion detector door contacts enclosures etc With reference to Table 3 48 through Table 3 52 the maximum current drawn from TB1 4 and TB5 3 must not exceed a total of 0 25 amps With reference to Table 3 49 the maximum current drawn from each reader port must be limited to 1 25 amps With reference to Table 4 11 Table 4 12 and Table 4 15 the following applies If the card reader is in an unprotected area the door strik
189. Relay Normally Open 9407 22 AWG at 1000 feet 305 meters 9409 18 AWG at 4000 feet 1220 meters 9409 18 AWG See WARNING Table 3 27 Terminal Block TB12 13 and 14 Pin Number Identification GE Security Warning The ACURS board requires 12 AV power The plug in AC power supply can only be use to power one ACURS board July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Connections for Terminal Block 15 16 and 17 ACURS4 Only Reader 3 Connections Term Strip ID 12 VDC Description Fused 12 VDC Output Maximum Distance Belden or Equivalent Cable No 9514 22 AWG 5 VDC Fused 5 VDC Output OV 0 Volts DATA 0 Reader Data 0 Green DATA 1 Reader Data 1 White RED LED Red LED GREEN LED Green LED BUZZER NI SINIJA AJOIN Buzzer Normally Closed Door Contact 9407 22 AWG at 1000 feet 305 meters 9409 18 AWG at 4000 feet 1220 meters Normally Open Request to Exit Contact 9407 22 AWG at 1000 feet 305 meters 9409 18 AWG at 4000 feet 1220 meters Normally Closed Spare Input Door Strike Relay Normally Closed Door Strike Relay Common Door Strike Relay Normally Open 9407 22 AWG at 1000 feet 305 meters 9409 18 AWG at 4000 feet 1220 meters 9409 18 AWG See WARNING Table 3 28 Terminal Block TB15 16 and 17 Pin Number Identification A
190. Remote Relay Modules RRM16 E1L and Remote Input Modules RIM16 E1L Terminate the last Module on the reader cable Remote Modules should be Multi dropped with no longer than a 10 ft stub e distance between the RRE 2 and the read head is limited to 500 feet maximum using 18 gauge overall shielded cable Always follow wiring instructions that come with the read head Belden Cable No 9409 18 suggested for door strikes e Belden Cable No 9407 22 AWG suggested for zone sensors e Terminating any unused zone inputs 5 32 460940001A GE Security RRE 4 Remote Reader Electronics RRE 4 Remote Reader Electronics The RRE 4 part numbers RREO4 E00 and RRE04 E1L Remote Reader Electronics Figure 5 16 pro vides the electronic interface between the ACU controller and four Wiegand or Magstripe card read heads The RRE 4 consists of the electronic circuit board and the screw terminal connector board con nected together by a ribbon cable and is installed within a tampered enclosure The RRE 4 provides the card read head communication interface as well as eight supervised alarm inputs for door contact and request to exit The RRE 4 can provide 12 and 5 volts for read heads and motion detectors The RRE 4 also provides four Single Pole Double Throw relays configurable for door strike relays Any of the four readers on the RRE 4 can be individually deactivated via DIP switch allowing you to also use an RREO1 E1L the same port H
191. Security system should use a consolidated earth ground in which the public utilities and the security system ground rods are bonded together A consolidated earth ground eliminates the problem of step voltage blowout in which measurable voltage potential exists between earth ground rods resulting in a current flow path and damage to the system during a lighting strike It is recommended that 12 AWG wire be used to connect the earth ground in the shortest and straightest path possible Avoid sharp turns and use a minimum radius of eight inches 203 mm for bends Ground wires should be run separate from other wires and be routed toward the earth Use of eight foot 2 4 m copper clad ground rod is recommended 2 2 460940001A GE Security Installing The ACU Enclosure Installing The ACU Enclosure CAUTION A THE ACU CONTROLLERS MUST HAVE SEPARATE CONDUIT RUN TO EACH ENCLO SURE Only cables wires that begin or terminate in the enclosure shall be run into the enclo sure DO NOT use the enclosure s as pull boxes for any foreign wiring The enclosures should be arranged for separate conduit runs Refer to Figure 2 1 for the identification of the components mounted inside the ACU controller enclosure ACU ENC NEMC 12 The installation procedure for the ACU controller enclosure is the same whether or not the controller is fully assembled or disassembled 1 Place the enclosure in desired position the ground lug in the lower right hand corner
192. Switch SW1 Settings on the ACURS2 and ACURS4 sss emen 3 38 Table 3 33 DIP Switch SW2 Settings on the ACURS2 and ACURSA Controller 3 39 Table 3 34 DIP Switch SW3 Settings on the ACURS2 and ACURSA Controller 3 39 Table 3 35 Rotary Switch SW4 Settings on the ACURS2 and ACURS4 3 40 Table 3 36 DIP Switch SW6 Settings Alarm Termination for Readers 3 40 Table 3 37 Switch SW7 Power Switch on the ACURS2 and ACURS4 sss e 3 41 Table 3 38 Power Up LED Status ccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeae cee E a e S aeaa 3 41 Table 3 39 ACURS Online Status LEDS iiare i a ea nnns 3 42 Table 3 40 LAN LED Status hae cce torret rne eem c eei dE ce e pese 3 42 Table 3 41 Host Port LED Status cresce etian ne eda eedem nie dad ee den eee 3 42 Table 3 42 Reader Zone LED Status sss ene enne nemen en nennen nennen enne 3 42 Table 3 43 Relay and Door Strike LED Status sssssssssssseeeeee eene eee nnnm nnne nennen 3 42 Table 3 44 Multi droop RS 485 Wiring From LAN Connected ACURS2 or ACURSA 3 43 Table 3 45 Relays Physical to Logical Zone Numbering sss e
193. TB 9 See Table 6 1 g See Table 6 5 QNO INT3 d 2 IN12 N1 2 BNC K2 IN13 IN12 IN1 ola QC N14 Q IN11 IN2 218 QNO IN14 So IN11 N2 2 1915 a IN10 IN3 2 ec Jj INT5 IN10 IN3 la See Table 6 3 24 INT6 25 4 INQ INA 21 2 IN16 9 2 INO INA 2 QIR IN17 Qd 2 INS INS 2 ne GND e QIN8 INS a Communication Connections QT IN18 2 IN7 N6 2 Z TB 11 QT GND 1 7 IN6 See Table 6 1 1 19 7 9 e GE Security See Table 6 6 GND ine e 16 Input Termination Figure 6 2 PIN Locations on the Terminal Board of the SMT RIM 6 2 460940001A GE Security RIM Board Layout RIM Board Layout Figure 6 3shows the location of components discussed in this section OOOOOOOOQOOOQOQOQOQOQO0 6 LED s shows PROM board s status Switch 51 RIBBON CABLE SOSSSESesesseo C C C C CO NN Figure 6 3 Location of Components the RIM GE Security July 29 2005 6 3 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Terminal Block Connector PIN Numbers on the SMT RIM Table 6 1 though Table 6 6 show SMT RIM terminal block wiring connections Refer to Table 3 49 for applicable ACU controller connections and cable identifications Connections for SMT RIM TB9 and TB11 to ACU Reader Port 1 Cable Color Filled in by Installer Connected to Description Filled in by Installer Aux Relay 2 Normally Open Aux Relay
194. TB2 4 0 V Green Data 0 TB2 5 Rda White Data 1 TB2 6 Rcl Shield Shield Ground Earth Ground Orange Green LED TB2 10 Grn Brown Red LED TB2 8 Red Yellow Beeper TB2 11 Buz Blue Data Hold No Connection Violet Card Present No Connection Table 5 82 Wiring HID Reader to the RRE The reader can be installed up to a maximum cable distance of 500 feet 152 meters from the RRE NOTE Shield must be connected to earth ground at one end only GE Security July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide INDALA Proximity Reader Model ASR 112 and ASR 142 to RRE Refer to Table 5 10 through Table 5 13 for terminal identification Table 5 83 shows the wiring connec tions for the Indala ASR 110 and ASR 112 readers to the RRE Table 5 84 shows the wiring connections for the Indala ASR 142 reader to the RRE Always follow the instructions that come with the Indala reader See UL Specification s Section for additional information Indala ASR 110 or ASR 112 Description 12 VDC Connection to RRE Ground Data 0 Data 1 Beeper Green LED Red LED TB2 8 Red Table 5 83 Wiring ASR 110 or ASR 112 to the RRE Indala ASR 142 Description 12 VDC Connection to RRE TB1 3 12V Ground TB2 4 0 V Data 0 Data 1 TB2 5 Rda TB2 6 Rcl Beeper TB2
195. Table Table 3 48 through Table 3 61 DIP Switch Settings ACU2X The locations of the various DIP switches on the ACU2X are shown Figure Figure 3 6 They are the same as on the ACUXL Dial up Modem Card for ACU2X The optional daughter board Dial Up modem can be easily installed into the ACU2X controller Refer to the section on installing the modem card for the ACUXL on page 3 11 They are the same The Dial up modem card may not be installed if the installation is to be UL 1076 and or UL 294 approved NOTE A battery backup or UPS is highly recommended for any ACU Device using Dial up 460940001A GE Security Chapter 4 One Stage Reader New Surface Mount Technology RMS RP X Reader The SMT RMS RPX Reader is a single stage design that includes a swipe pass through read head and an electronic interface to the ACU controller in a single housing NOTE The information in the manual refers specifically to the RMS reader If you have an RPX reader all the settings and information are the same with the exception of the read head technology switches on DIP switch SW1 These switches are set at the factory Do not adjust the switches of this read head or it will not function Overview Each reader may also include an optional 32 character LCD display that allows the use of text messages providing user prompts or event notices LED lamps on the board red yellow green visually indicate reader status and an audible annunciation provides
196. Terminal Block 8 ACURS2 and ACURS4 Expansion Module Communication Port RS 485 Connections Term Maximum Distance Strip ID Description Belden or Equivalent Cable No SIG GND Signal Ground 9842 24 AWG 4000 feet 1220 meters maximum TX Transmit TX Transmit RX Receive RX Receive Table 3 23 Terminal Block TB8 Pin Number Identification Connections for Terminal Block 9 ACURS2 and ACURS4 Reader 0 and 1 Auxiliary Relay Connections Term Description Maximum Distance Strip ID Belden or Equivalent Cable No Reader 0 Aux Relay Normally Closed 9409 18 AWG See WARNING Reader 0 Aux Relay Common Reader 0 Aux Relay Normally Open Reader 1 Aux Relay Normally Closed 9409 18 AWG See WARNING Reader 1 Aux Relay Common Reader 1 Aux Relay Normally Open Table 3 24 Terminal Block TB9 Pin Number Identification Warning A DO NOT switch any voltage over 30 VDC on these relays Connections for Terminal Block 10 ACURS2 and ACURS4 GE Security July 29 2005 3 33 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Power Connections Term Strip ID 24 VAC INPUT Description 24 VAC Input 40 Volt Amps from plug in transformer 24 VAC INPUT Frame Ground Frame Ground connected to cabinet stud OV Ground OV Ground Battery 24 V Positive Input from Power Supply or UPS Batteries Term Strip ID Battery 24 V
197. U controller s PCB Assembly Figure 2 1 on the supports with a support in each hole in the end of the assembly Press on the ACU controller s PCB Assembly at each support until the PCB assembly firmly rests in place on the support Install the power supply assembly in the upper left hand corner of the enclosure using the furnished hardware The power supply is installed using the tapped holes in the enclosure July 29 2005 2 3 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Tamper Switch Snap in Support Power Supply Charger 4 Amp shown Mounting Panel Ground Lug Panel Mounting Hardware Enclosure 4 Amp power supply with optional battery backup shown Figure 2 1 Components mounted inside the ACU controller Enclosure Mounting The Remote Module Enclosures Remote modules including the Remote Reader Electronics RRE Remote Input Module SMT RIM and Remote Relay Module SMT RRM are mounted inside a Remote Module Enclosure ACU ENCRM CAUTION A The printed circuit boards or modules contain static susceptible devices Prior to han dling them be sure to follow the two rules below to avoid damaging these devices by static electricity Handle all static sensitive components at a static safeguarded work area Transport all static sensitive components in static shield containers or packages Open the enclosure door Pull gently the circuit board assembly from each of the four snap in stando
198. Warning DO NOT switch any voltage over 30 VDC on these relays 460940001A GE Security ACURS2 and ACURSA Controllers Connections for Terminal Block 18 ACURS4 Only Reader 2 and 3 Auxiliary Relay Connections ACURS4 Only Term Maximum Distance Strip ID Description Belden or Equivalent Cable No Reader 0 Aux Relay Normally Closed 9409 18 AWG See WARNING Reader 0 Aux Relay Common Reader 0 Aux Relay Normally Open Reader 1 Aux Relay Normally Closed 9409 18 AWG See WARNING Reader 1 Aux Relay Common Reader 1 Aux Relay Normally Open Table 3 29 Terminal Block TB18 Pin Number Identification Warning A DO NOT switch any voltage over 30 VDC on these relays Relay Numbering for ACURS2 and ACURS4 Relay Numbers for Readers ACURS2 Relay ACURS4 Relay Number Number Reader 0 Door Strike Relay 16 16 Reader 0 Aux Relay 17 Reader 1 Door Strike Relay 18 Reader Number Reader 1 Aux Relay 19 Reader 2 Door Strike Relay Reader 2 Aux Relay Reader 3 Door Strike Relay Reader 3 Aux Relay Not Available Not Available Table 3 30 Relay Numbers for ACURS2 and ACURS4 Readers GE Security July 29 2005 3 37 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Alarm Numbering for ACURS2 and ACURS4 Alarm Numbers for Readers Physical Alarm Zones Logical Alarm Zones F O H O R T OFFL Reader Zone 0 Zone 1 Zone 2 Lock Number 51
199. ad IKE OORDIGW 1 15 Table 1 13 General Specifications RS485 4 Port Expander sss 1 15 Table 1 14 General Specifications of REN 1 16 Table 1 15 Typical Operating Currents for Devices ssssssssseeene enne 1 16 Table 2 1 ACU Alarm sense with 1k terminator essssssssssessseeeenee emere eren nn nn nennt 2 13 Table 2 2 ACU Alarm sense at 200 ohm terminator eene 2 13 Table 2 3 RREO2 E00 Alarm sense Surface Mount 1K 1K ohm 2 13 Table 2 4 SMT RIM Alarm sense 1K 1K and 200 10K ohm e 2 14 Table 2 5 General Specifications ACU 5APWR Power Supply and Charger 2 20 Table 2 6 General Specifications ACU 8APWR Power Supply and Charger 2 22 Table 3 1 PC 9 pin to ACU RS 232 sssssssssssssssssssssseeneenennn nne enne rmnrrIr nn nennen rennen 3 2 Table 3 2 PC 25 pin to ACU RS 232 Modem Connection sssssseeenne memes 3 2 Table 3 3 Host PC to ACU RS 232 3 2 Table 3 4 B amp B Model 485CON 422LCOR to ACUXL and ACURS sse 3 4 Table 3 5 B amp B Model 485CSP to 1 2
200. at the factory to a default of 192 168 0 132 6 Enter the IP address for the ACUXL The Port Number will be left at the default 3001 unless you have multi servers on your system If using multi server change the last three digit 3000 plus the LAN number of the Port Number to reflect the server number For server number two the Port Number would be 3002 8 If the ACU Comm Address SW4 is set to other than 0 adjust the address here to match the ACU 9 Click OK to continue GE Security July 29 2005 3 19 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide E InfoGraphic Systems Configurator EN irl xl 10 Click Start button to start the configuration of the IP Address Is InfoGraphic ACUX Board up and Running a 3 20 460940001A GE Security GE Security 11 Setting TCP IP Address for ACUXL 16 ACURS2 and ACURS4 Make sure SW3 DIP Switches 1 and 2 are turned ON at the ACUXL and click OK Infographic Systems ACU Configuration AculP Address pip x OK Sub Net Mask Es m Cancel Part Selection Existing Port No 2001 Gate IP Addr b p LE LE Redundant Server communication time out Time Qut Period in Second 30 DES Key range 0 255 TDES Key range 0 255 a a ed B The addresses for this screen mus
201. ates Zone Input Reader 0 Zone 0 with a 1k ohm resistor OFF Position Not Terminated Zone In Use With End Of Line Resistor Terminates Zone Input Reader 0 Zone 1 with a 1k ohm resistor Terminates Zone Input Reader 0 Zone 2 with a 1k ohm resistor Terminates Zone Input Reader 1 Zone 0 with a 1k ohm resistor Terminates Zone Input Reader 1 Zone 1 with a 1k ohm resistor Terminates Zone Input Reader 1 Zone 2 with a 1k ohm resistor Terminates Zone Input Reader 2 Zone 0 with a 1k ohm resistor Terminates Zone Input Reader 2 Zone 1 with a 1k ohm resistor Terminates Zone Input Reader 2 Zone 2 with a 1k ohm resistor Terminates Zone Input Reader 3 Zone 0 with a 1k ohm resistor Terminates Zone Input Reader 3 Zone 1 with a 1k ohm resistor Terminates Zone Input Reader 3 Zone 2 with a 1k ohm resistor Table 3 36 DIP Switch SW6 Settings Alarm Termination for Readers 460940001A GE Security ACURS2 and ACURSA Controllers f exit push button is not connected reader zone 1 then another 1000 ohm resistor must be installed across the zone input DIP Switch SW7 Power Switch Slide Switch Turns on Boards Power Supply Table 3 37 Switch SW7 Power Switch on the ACURS2 and ACURSA Status LEDs on the ACURS2 and ACURS4 ACURS Power Up Self test The ACURS2 and ACURSA should always be tested after installing any module The power up self test indicators are for both the ACURS2 and ACURSA controlle
202. ation of each unit requiring a hole cut for installing the unit NOTE The installer should ensure that the holes to be cut DO NOT exceed the dimensions of the bezel Cut a hole for the size of each 2 gang switch box to be installed Installing the 2 Gang S witch Box on New Installations The following procedure is used to install the 2 gang switch box for the One Stage Reader Remove the knockouts from the 2 gang switch box as required Install the 2 gang switch box in the precut opening in the wall Attach the appropriate conduits to the 2 gang switch box Securing The Mounting Plate On The 2 Gang Switch Box Remove the One Stage Reader from the mounting plate Place the One Stage Reader mounting plate onto the 2 gang switch box with mounting screws in a horizontal plane and secure the mounting plate with the four mounting screws Installing the One Stage Reader on the Mounting P late OoOahwn gt This procedure must be done after all other installation procedures for the One Stage Reader have been completed Route Wires from door monitor switch electric door locking hardware and exit request device to J box for card reader 1 Make certain that all cables and wires for the One Stage Reader are in place and connected 2 Position and secure the One Stage Reader onto the mounting Plate GE Security July 29 2005 2 5 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Running The Wire And Cables Note the following when
203. ble 3 72 ACU R Controller s PCB Assembly Jumper Configurations Default setting NOTE 24Volts DC on each relay is limited to 0 5 Amps Power Up Self test on The ACU2 Controller The ACU2 controller should always be tested after installing any module The power up self test indica tors for the ACU2 controller are LED1 LED2 LED3 and LED4 on the ACU2 Controller s PCB Assembly See Figure 3 19 The LED s will light as follows at power up all ON at hardware reset then all OFF LED LED1 GREEN LED2 YELLOW Description ON indicating power up ON when successful RAM test finished Blinks once if 1 Mbyte RAM installed LED3 GREEN ON when successful PROM test finished LED4 YELLOW ON when initialization completed 1 second Table 3 73 ACU2 Power Up Test LED Status 460940001A GE Security ACUR2 and ACUR4 Controllers Power Up Self test on the ACU R2 and ACU R4 The ACU R2 and ACU R4 should always be tested after installing any module The power up self test indicators are for both the ACU R2 and ACU R4 controller See Figure 3 21 The LED s will light as fol lows at power up all ON at hardware reset then all OFF LED Description ON indicating power up LED9 GREEN LED10 YELLOW ON indicating successful RAM test Blinks once if 1 Mbyte RAM installed LED11 GREEN ON indicating successful PROM test LED12 YELLOW ON indicating initialization complete 1 second
204. ble 4 8 Logical alarm zones GE Security July 29 2005 4 9 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Relay Assignments 4 10 Reader DIAMOND II Reader 0 Door Strike Output Reader 0 Aux Relay Reader 1 Door Strike Output Reader 1 Aux Relay Reader 2 Door Strike Output Reader 2 Aux Relay Reader 3 Door Strike Output Reader 3 Aux Relay Reader 4 Door Strike Output Reader 4 Aux Relay Reader 5 Door Strike Output Reader 5 Aux Relay Reader 6 Door Strike Output Reader 6 Aux Relay Reader 7 Door Strike Output Reader 7 Aux Relay Reader 8 Door Strike Output Reader 8 Aux Relay Reader 9 Door Strike Output Reader 9 Aux Relay Reader 10 Door Strike Output Reader 10 Aux Relay Reader 11 Door Strike Output Reader 11 Aux Relay Reader 12 Door Strike Output Reader 12 Aux Relay Reader 13 Door Strike Output Reader 13 Aux Relay Reader 14 Door Strike Output Reader 14 Aux Relay Reader 15 Door Strike Output Reader 15 Aux Relay Table 4 9 Relay numbers 460940001A GE Security Relay Assignments LCD Display Contrast Adjustment The LCD contrast has been adjusted at the factory The following steps will aid the user if an adjustment change is desired Remove the reader from the mounting plate 2 Access and adjust the Contrast Control See Figure 4 2 on the reader for the desired LCD contrast 3 Reinstall the reader Buzzer Volu
205. ble ACU controller connections and cable identifications RRE 4 TB1 Connections PIN Label Description Relay 0 Normally Open Relay 0 Normally Closed Relay 0 Common Relay 1 Normally Open Relay 1 Normally Closed Relay 1 Common Reader 0 Ground Reader 0 Data 0 Reader 0 Data 1 Reader 0 Red LED Reader 0 Green LED Reader 0 Buzzer Output Reader 0 Zone Input 0 Reader 0 Zone Input 0 Reader 0 Zone Input 1 Reader 0 Zone Input 1 RRE 4 Remote Reader Electronics Reader Terminal TB1 Connected to 13 Reader s Door Strike 21d Reader s Door Strike 13 Reader s Read Head 1 Reader Door Contact 13 Reader Exit Push Button Table 5 40 RRE 4 TB1 Wiring Connections This page can be photocopied NOTES Each ACU controller has 2 reader ports Two RRE 4s may be multi dropped on each port only if an ACU 16 is used along with Remote Relay Modules RRM and Remote Input Modules RIM Terminate the last Module on the reader cable Remote Modules should be Multi dropped with no longer than a 10 ft stub Cable Color Filled in by Installer The distance between the RRE 4 and the read head is limited to 500 feet maximum using 18 gauge overall shielded cable Always follow wiring instructions that come with the read head Belden Cable No 9409 18 suggested for door strikes Belden Cable No 9407 22 AWG suggested
206. cation 3 30 Table 3 21 Terminal Block TB2 and 4 Pin Number Identification 3 31 Table 3 22 Terminal Block TB5 6 and 7 Pin Number Identification 3 32 Table 3 23 Terminal Block TB8 Pin Number Identification cccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneaeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeteneieaeees 3 33 Table 3 24 Terminal Block TB9 Pin Number Identification ssssssssssssseeeeenees 3 33 Table 3 25 Terminal Block TB10 Pin Number Identification 3 34 Table 3 26 Terminal Block TB11 Pin Number Identification ssssssssssssseeene 3 34 Table 3 27 Terminal Block TB12 13 and 14 Pin Number Identification 3 35 Table 3 28 Terminal Block TB15 16 and 17 Pin Number Identification 3 36 Table 3 29 Terminal Block TB18 Pin Number Identification ssssssssssssseeee 3 37 GE Security July 29 2005 T XV ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Table 3 30 Relay Numbers for ACURS2 and ACURSA Readers 3 37 Table 3 31 Physical to Logical Zone Numbering sese nenne ennemis 3 38 Table 3 32
207. cccececeeeeeeeeeceneaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceesenaeaaeceeeeeeeeeeeseesecnecaeeeeeeeneees 6 2 PIN Locations on the Terminal Board of the SMT 6 2 Location of Components on the RIM 6 3 460940001A GE Security Figures Figure 7 1 Locations of Components on Surface Mount RRM sssssssseeee eene 7 2 Figure 7 2 Locations of Components the 7 3 Figure 8 1 Measuring DC Voltage on 4 Amp Power Supply Charger sseenm em 8 10 Figure 8 2 Measuring DC Voltage on 8 Amp Power 8 11 Figure 9 1 Measuring DC Voltage on Power 9 9 Figure 9 2 Location of PROM and DES Encryption Sockets ACU2 PCB 9 13 Figure 9 3 PROM Identification Label Example ssssssee eene eene 9 13 Figure 10 1 Elevator Control Relay Assignment Example sse 10 2 Figure 10 2 Elevator Control Relay Wiring sse ene eene nennen 10 4 Figure 10 3 Elevator Control Relay Interface sssssssssesese enne nnne 10 7 Figure A 1 051501 Wiring Diagram a 15 GE Security July 29 2005 T XIII
208. ced with a known good spare and the faulty assembly returned to GE Security The procedure for replacing an ACU2 PCB assembly is as follows Warning A DO NOT apply electrical power to the ACU2 controller while the ACU2 PCB assembly is being replaced Make certain that the 120 240 VAC power source circuit breaker is turned OFF BEFORE replacement procedure has been started and remains OFF until AFTER the replacement all procedure steps completed If this WARNING is not observed death or personal injury could result or the equipment could be dam aged 1 Turn OFF the 120 240 VAC power source to the ACU2 controller Unlock and open the front panel of the ACU2 controller If the batteries are installed disconnect the WHT RED wire Figure 2 17 battery terminal gently pull the wire connector from the battery terminal This must be done to remove DC power source from the ACU2 Power Supply 4 Turn off DC Out Switch NOTES sure the ACU2 PCB assembly to be replaced was properly wired correct wires going to correct terminal blocks e Besure to note the orientation of the terminal blocks so that they may be placed on the replacement ACU2 PCB assembly in the same position 5 Be sure to note the switch SW1 SW2 SW50 settings and jumper settings set the switch settings and jumper settings on the replacement PCB in the required positions CAUTION A The printed circuit boards or modules contain static susceptible
209. cifications Section for additional information Although each reader port may draw a maximum of 2 5 Amps per port to comply with UL 1076 and UL 294 the maximum current draw per port must be limited to 1 25 Amps TB2 1 2 and TB2 7 8 NOTE The 4 Amp power supply should not be used in a controller with the ACU2 16 option 2 26 460940001A GE Security Wiring Power to The 8 AMP Power Supply Charger Obsolete ACU2 P 4 Power Supply Charger Installed in Cabinet Obsolete WARNING OA TR lt gt P SY s ena HEU EHE LU eoooooooo AHR Q A G0o900G090990950909099 a MH BI CAUTION HIGH VOLTAGE DISCONNECT UNIT FROM BRANCH CIRCUIT BEFORE F SERVICING 060006000006000600000007 ln IINE
210. commendations 2 6 GE Security July 29 2005 I V ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide This Page Intentionally Left Blank VI 4609400014 GE Security This Page Intentionally Left Blank July 29 2005 l VII 460940001A
211. controller Turn off DC Out Switch If the batteries are installed disconnect the WHT RED wire Figure 2 17 battery terminal gently pull the wire connector from the battery terminal This must be done to remove DC power source from the ACU controller PCB assembly mss IS 2S CAUTION A DO NOT use a vacuum cleaner to clean the ACU controller PCB assembly Figure 2 1 If this is done static sensitive devices on the assembly could be destroyed 5 Use a vacuum cleaner to collect dirt accumulated within the enclosure 6 Reconnect the WHT RED wire disconnected in step 3 to the battery terminal 7 Turn on DC Out Switch NOTE If other preventive maintenance is to be performed proceed to the applicable procedure otherwise proceed to step 8 8 Close and lock the front panel 9 Reapply AC power removed in step 1 to the ACU controller 9 2 460940001A GE Security Checking The Batteries Checking The Batteries Warning The ACU controller enclosure contains electrical shock potential Be careful not to touch circuits that contain these potentials If this WARNING is not observed death or personal injury could result or the equipment could be damaged Unlock and open the front panel of the ACU controller N Inspect the two batteries for corrosion If it is determined that the batteries need to be replaced refer to Replacing ACU Batteries If other preventive maintenance is to be performed proceed t
212. cted back to the auxiliary power supply and to the OV terminal of the controller GE Security July 29 2005 4 13 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide IKE RMS RPX and RWE The One Stage Readers are a single stage design that includes a swipe pass through or proximity reader and the electronic interface to the ACU controller See Figure 4 1 Each may also include an optional 32 character LCD display that allows the use of various text messages for user prompts or event notices LED lamps red yellow green visually display reader status with an internal audible annunciation pro viding response to keypad entries and door alarm conditions The One Stage Readers can be configured for card only card with keypad or keypad only mode The One Stage Readers include four supervised alarm inputs that are user configured for door contact request to exit and two general purpose alarm points The One Stage Reader also has a solid state out put that can be configured to operate the door strike The One Stage HP Reader provides two Single Pole Double Throw relays One relay can be used for the door strike The other relay can be used for remote control functions The One Stage HP Reader is shown in Figure 4 5 This section contains instructions for Terminal Block Connector Pin Numbers on the One Stage Reader Setting the DIP Switch on the One Stage Reader One Stage Reader Alarm Zone Assignments Auxiliary Power Supply f
213. cuits that contain these potentials If this WARNING is not observed death or personal injury could result or the equipment could be damaged 12 Reconnect the WHT RED wire Figure 2 17 removed in step 3 to the battery terminal The battery DC power source is now being supplied to the ACU2 controller 13 Turn on DC Out Switch 14 Reapply the 120 240 VAC power removed in step 1 to ACU2 controller 15 Perform test procedures as described in Power Up Self Test on ACU2 Controller and Online Tests on ACU2 Controller sections 16 Close and lock the front panel of the ACU2 controller 9 8 460940001A GE Security Replacing ACU2 Controller Power Supply Charger Assembly Replacing ACU2 Controller Power Supply Charger Assembly The procedure for replacing the 4 Amp and 8 Amp power supply charger assembly is as follows Use a voltmeter to measure the DC output as shown in Figure 9 1 if there is a suspected fault in the power supply charger BAT BAT DC Measure between DC and DC DC the Voltage should be between 27 2 and 27 7 VDC AC AC Figure 9 1 Measuring DC Voltage on Power Supply Charger If troubles are isolated to a faulty power supply charger assembly replace the faulty unit with a known good spare Return the faulty unit to GE Security Warning A DO NOT apply electrical power to the controller while replacing the power supply charger assembly Verify that the 120 240 VAC power source circuit br
214. d The relay will drop off of normal when the standby batteries reach about 70 of their capacity This low voltage indication represents low battery and or AC power failure High voltage failure will also indicate power trouble Service Switch is provided to disable the power output When the switch is turned off the power supply is electronically disabled and the battery cut off relay is de energized to remove batteries form the output terminal Explanation of Terminal and LEDs The ACU 5APWR Supervised Power Supply Chargers with standby battery s provide an uninterruptible 24 VDC power source AC Input Terminals are marked High Voltage L ine N eutral and G round The terminal block and AC LED are mounted within a high voltage barrier T3he terminal block is self clamping and can accept wires from 12awg to 18awg The Green LED adjacent to terminals is ON when AC is applied NOTE AC Fuse Link is inside unit for catastrophic failure This fuse is not field replaceable unit must be returned to factory for service should this fuse blow A blown fuse is indicated by the AC LED off with AC power applied Power Trouble Terminals are marked NO Normally Open C Common and NC Normally Closed The normal relay position indicates the output power is in the normal range and the relay is energized The terminal block is self clamping and can accept wire form 14awg to 24awg The contacts are rated for up to 2A resistive load to 120 volts The Green LE
215. d the Power WD LED will stop flickering and glow steadily for half a second e Ifthe Card code is valid then the zone 1 Data LED will light Notes for Single Zone Controller 3311 The switches on the 3311 must be set as follows J1 RLYINT J2 R INT J3 A INT J4 G EXT J5 G NRM J6 DO T J7 D1 T J8 VO VL J9 A J10 A SW1 0 5 2 0 SW3 0 SW4 0 SW5 1 SW6 2 Prom must be 2 10 7C IF7 92 LP1 TX LED should be flashing brightly LP2 RX LED should light when a card is presented to the reader The LP5 OP will light when a valid card is read Cryptag Reader Head Wiring To RRE 2 and RRE 4 Table 5 76 shows the connections between the Cryptag Census card reader and the RRE 4 Cryptag Census re st nd rd n Reader Terminal Description 1 Reader 2 Reader 3 Reader 4 Reader V 12 Volts TB2 5 or 6 TB2 5 or 6 TB2 5 or 6 TB2 5 or 6 GREEN LED TB1 11 TB2 11 TB3 11 TB4 11 DAT D1 Data 1 TB1 9 TB2 9 TB3 9 TB4 9 CLK DO Data 0 TB1 8 TB2 8 TB3 8 TB4 8 OV Ground TB1 7 TB2 7 TB3 7 TB4 7 Buzzer Buzzer MO No ND Do Connection Connection Connection Connection Table 5 76 Wiring Cryptag Reader to the RRE 4 NOTE Refer to the Cryptag Reader Manual for detailed information on installation of antennas Cryptag Reader comes with resistors and capacitors to tune the antenna GE Security July 29 2005 5 61 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide HID MiniP rox Model 5365 Reader to RRE Re
216. d LED Yellow Beeper Blue Data Hold Table 5 101 Wiring HID MiniProx Model 5365 Reader to the RRE 4 The reader can be installed up to a maximum cable distance of 500 feet 152 meters from the RRE 4 5 78 460940001A GE Security Reader and Keypad Connection to RRE 4 Wiring HID MiniP rox Reader Model 5363 and 5364 to RRE 4 Refer to Table 5 40 through Table 5 44 for terminal identification Table 5 102 shows the wiring connec tions for the HID MiniProx Model 5363 12 Volt to the RRE Table 5 103 shows the wiring connections for the HID MiniProx Model 5364 5 Volt to the RRE 4 See UL Specification s Section for additional information MiniProx Reader Wire Color Red Description 12 Volts 1 Reader TB2 5 or 6 2nd Reader TB2 5 or 6 3 d Reader TB2 5 or 6 4th Reader TB2 5 or 6 Black Green Ground Data 0 TB1 7 TB2 7 TB3 7 TB4 7 White Data 1 Shield Data Return Orange Green LED Brown Red LED Yellow MiniProx Reader Wire Color Red Beeper Data Hold Description 5 Volts N C N C N C N C 1 Reader TB2 3 or 4 2 4 Reader TB2 3 or 4 Table 5 102 Wiring HID MiniProx Model 5363 Reader to the RRE 4 3 d Reader TB2 3 or 4 4th Reader TB2 3 or 4 Black Green Ground Data 0 TB1 7 TB2 7 TB3 7 TB4 7 White Data 1 Shield Data Return Orange Green LED
217. d can cause severe burns In the event of contact flush with water and obtain immediate medical attention Observe all batteries manufacturer s instructions Keep out of reach of children Re Charge in accordance with manufacturer s instructions GE Security July 29 2005 9 11 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Replacing The Tamper Switch Warning The ACU2 controller enclosure contains electrical shock potential Be careful not to touch circuits that contain these potentials If this WARNING is not observed death or personal injury could result or the equipment could be damaged 1 Turn OFF the 120 240 VAC power source to the ACU2 controller The power source is now supplied by the optional UPS batteries if installed 2 Unlock and open the front panel of the ACU2 controller Turn off ACU2 power switch 4 Loosen the mounting hardware securing the tamper switch assembly Figure 2 1 and remove the assembly from the enclosure 5 Tag and disconnect the wiring from the defective tamper switch 6 Loosen the mounting hardware securing the tamper switch to the mounting bracket and remove the tamper switch 7T Position and secure the replacement tamper switch onto the mounting bracket with the mounting hardware removed in step 6 8 Reconnect the tamper wiring removed in step 5 onto the replacement tamper switch 9 Position and secure the tamper switch assembly to the enclosure with the mounting hardwa
218. d in by Installer Ground ACU TB2 2 0V 12 VDC 0 4 A max From ACU TX ACU TB2 3 R2T From ACU TX From ACU RX ACU TB2 4 R2T ACU TB2 5 R2R From ACU RX ACU TB2 6 R2R Zone Input O Door Contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Zone Input 0 Door Contact Zone Input 1 Exit Push Button o 4 18 Zone Input 1 Exit Push Button Table 4 14 One Stage HP Reader TB1 Wiring Connections Readers 4 Through 7 This page can be photocopied NOTES Each ACU controller has 2 module ports Four readers may be multi dropped on each port along with Remote Relay Modules RRM16 E1L and Remote Input Modules RIM16 E1L Install RS 485 termination on the farthest remote reader or module RS 485 terminator is part number ACU EOLRS Readers should be Multi dropped with no longer than a 10 ft stub to the reader Belden Cable No 9409 18 suggested for door strikes Belden Cable No 9407 22 AWG suggested for zone sensors Terminate any unused zone inputs 460940001A GE Security Terminal Connector PIN Numbers on a One Stage Reader One Stage HP Reader TB2 Wiring Connections Alarm and Relay Cable Color Filled in by Installer Reader Terminal TB2 Description Connected to Zone Input 2 Aux Alarm Input 1 Zone Input 2 Aux Alarm Input 1 Zone Input 3 Aux Alarm Input 2 Zone Input 3
219. d in by Installer Relay 8 Common Relay 8 Normally Closed Relay 8 Normally Open Relay 8 Common Relay 8 Normally Closed Relay 8 Normally Open Relay 9 Common Relay 9 Normally Closed Relay 9 Normally Open Relay 10 Common Relay 10 Normally Closed Relay 10 Normally Open Relay 11 Common Relay 11 Normally Closed Relay 11 Normally Open Table 7 7 RRM Wiring Connections for Relays 8 11 This page can be photocopied 7 8 460940001A GE Security Setting the DIP Switches on the RRM and Surface Mount RRM Connections for Relays K12 K16 on RRM Connected to Filled in by Installer TB Desciipilon Connected to Number Filled in by Installer Relay 12 Normally Open Relay 12 Normally Closed Relay 12 Common Relay 13 Normally Open Relay 13 Normally Closed Relay 13 Common Relay 14 Normally Open Relay 14 Normally Closed Relay 14 Common Relay 15 Normally Open Relay 15 Normally Closed Relay 15 Common Relay 16 Normally Open Relay 16 Normally Closed Relay 16 Common Table 7 8 RRM Wiring Connections for Relays 12 16 Setting the DIP Switches on the RRM and Surface Mount RRM SW1 Settings on Surface Mount RRM The 6 position DIP switch S1 located on the RRM Figure 7 2 should be set according to Table 7 9 The 8 position DIP switch SW1 locate
220. d of the PROM Figure 9 2 to indicate the first pin 2 Locate Pin 1 on the ACU2 board One end of the socket will have a half circle cutout to indicate pin 1 3 Carefully insert the PROM into the far left side of the socket When the PROM is properly seated in its socket the PROM label will appear upside down Troubleshooting The One Stage Reader Troubleshooting the One Stage Reader is accomplished by performing the procedures One Stage Reader Field Wiring Test Power up Self Test on the One Stage Reader and Normal Operation Test on the One Stage Reader found in Section 8 of this manual Replacing The One Stage Reader This procedure enables the user to replace the One Stage Reader Warning A Be sure to remove all power from the One Stage Reader to avoid personal injury or damage to the unit 1 Remove all power from the One Stage Reader at the ACU2 controller or other auxiliary power source 2 Unscrew the One Stage Reader CAUTION A The printed circuit boards or modules contain static susceptible devices Prior to han dling them be sure to follow the two rules below to avoid damaging these devices by static electricity Handle all static sensitive components at a static safeguarded work area Transport all static sensitive components in static shield containers or packages 3 Remove the One Stage Reader from the mounting plate 9 14 460940001 GE Security 9 10 11 PROM Installation Tag the
221. d on the Surface Mount RRM Figure 7 1 should be set accord ing to Table 7 9 NOTE The switches are read at power up and will be ignored thereafter If it is necessary to change a setting power MUST be cycled OFF then AFTER the setting are changed back ON 1 OFF 2 OFF Address 4 Switches 1 2 Communication 1 ON 2 OFF Address 5 Address 1 OFF 2 Address 6 1 ON 2 Address 7 Switch 3 Spare Switch 4 Spare Switch 5 Spare Switch 6 Spare Switch 7 Surface Mount Only Spare Switch 8 Surface Mount Only Spare Table 7 9 RRM DIP Switch SW1 Settings GE Security July 29 2005 7 9 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide SW2 Settings on Surface Mount RRM The 2 position DIP switch SW2 located on the Surface Mount RRM Figure 7 1 is used to terminate the RS 485 communications and should be set according to Table 7 10 NOTE The switches on the surface mount RRM can be changed while power is still applied to the board and take effect immediately SW2 1 Receive Pair Termination SW2 2 Transmit Pair Termination Table 7 10 RRM DIP Switch SW1 Settings Alarm Numbers on RRM and Surface Mount RRM RRM Alarm Numbers for the Host PC Zone Expansion port 1 Address Expansion port 2 Address Number IN1 IN2 Offline Table 7 11 RRM Alarm Numbers for the Host PC 7 10 460940001A GE Security Relay Numbers on RRM and Surface Mount RRM Relay
222. d swipe access request except there is no test for issue code with or without an additional PIN keypad number Digits are entered until the count is reached or the is entered The key clears currently entered digits RRE 4 Remote Reader Electronics The RRE 4 Remote Reader Electronics Figure 5 17 provides the electronic interface between the ACU controller and four Wiegand card read heads The RRE 4 consists of the electronic circuit board and the screw terminal connector board connected together by a ribbon cable and is installed within a tampered enclosure The RRE 4 provides the card read head communication interface as well as twelve super vised alarm inputs for door contact and request to exit an d 5 volts for read heads and motion detec tors The RRE 4 also provides four Single Pole Double Throw relays configurable for door strike relays The RRE 2A can provide 8 Supervised input for door contact and request to exit Any of the four read ers on the RRE 2A can also be individually deactivated via DIP switch allowing you to use an RREO1 E1L on the same port However the rules of 4 readers per ACU reader port still applies Warning A Do not use the ACU controller Remote Reader Electronics RRE RRE 2 or RRE 4 Remote Input Module RIM or Remote Relay Module RRM to switch any voltage above 30 volts Failure to heed this WARNING can cause death personal injury or damage to unit s 5 40 460940001A GE Security RRE
223. ded Table 6 8 Surface Mount RIM16 E1L Switch SW2 for RS485 termination Added Table 6 9 Surface Mount RIM16 E1L Switch SW3 for Input zone termination Added Table 6 10 Surface Mount RIM16 E1L Jumper W1 and W2 to select power for relays K1 and K2 Added Table 6 12 Surface Mount RIM16 E1L Operation LEDs Added Surface Mount RRM16 E1L Board on page 7 2 Added Figure 7 1 Surface Mount RRM16 E1L Board Layout Added Table 7 10 Surface Mount RRM16 E1L Switch SW2 Settings Added Section on new Surface Mount RRE02 E00 and RRE04 E00 on page 5 2 Added Information for Flashing PROMs on page 9 13 Modified Termination Tables Table 3 15 and Table 3 16 Modified Termination Table Table 6 9 Modified General Specifications Tables Table 1 5 Table 1 6 Table 1 7 and Table 1 8 Rev H 5 Added information to reference note below Table 6 9 June 9 2004 Correction to Note above Table 6 9 Correction to Table 5 16 Rev H 6 Added information to reference note below Table 6 9 June 23 2004 Correction to Table 5 16 Modified Tables 5 37 and 5 41 Corrected title of Table 5 45 Rev H 7 Updated drawings and table references for the Remote Modules October 5 2004 Updated references to GE Security GE Security July 29 2005 P 111 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide 460940001A Added Reference Table with Model Number changes see Table A 13 July 29 2005 Added information about the Altronix Power Distribution Board See page 2 18
224. dee bade pte ii e dee a de ade dede adducet dede dd a aee ege 5 25 RRE 2 Alarm Numbers for Host 5 25 RRE2 Relay Numbers e le dee eve e seta get e e Dv d n add ene d e s 5 26 RRE 2 TB1 Wiring Connections sssssssseseene nennen nennen nnnm 5 29 RRE 2 TB2 Wiring Connections a a ei E EET E nene 5 30 RRE 2 TB3 Wiring Connections nennen 5 31 RRE 2 TB4 Wiring Connections sssssessssseeene 5 32 RRE 4 TB1 Wiring Connections nacinane A aiaeei enne nennen nens 5 35 RRE 4 TB2 Wiring Connections nennen eren nnn 5 36 RRE 4 TB3 Wiring Connections eia en nennen nennen nnns 5 37 RRE 4 TB3 Wiring Connections sssssssseseeene 5 38 RRE 4 TB4 Wiring Connections sssssesssee ennemi nen en nennen enn 5 39 RJ 45 Cable From RMS 10 and RRE sse ennemis 5 41 Settirig cttm ete ru oi es Een aee tacts oet bo usa nee te dcus 5 41 Wiring Connections from 4 Port RS 485 Expander to ACU 2 Reader Port 1 TB1 5 43 Wiring Connections from 4 Port RS 485 Expander to ACU 2 Reader Port 2 TB1 5 43 Typical Wiring Connections 4 Port RS 485 Expander TB2 through TB5 to RRE
225. dem near the FCC logo sticker there are some numbers model 0459 and Sportster 0083907 the current model is 000839 09 from the USR web site The 56K V 90 faxmodem can also be used The number on the back is model 0701 Sportster 005686 03 USR5686E from the web site NOTE DO NOT use internal modem cards or external modems without dipswitchs Information on these modems may be found at the US Robotics web site www usr com Click on U S Canada English then click Search Site tab at the top of the page then type sportster 005686 03 or sportster 00568 into the search field For external modem wiring diagram see Figure 3 2 on page 3 3 External Modem Setup The switches on the back of the modem must be configured with switches RAAF 5 and 6 set to the UP position all others should be in the down position as shown to the right 12345678 NOTE You will NOT need to install the modem or drivers in Windows When you power up the external modem LEDs AA TR and CS should be illuminated all other should be off Software Setup After installing the modem make sure dial up panels are configured in the Topaz server software as SCP Dial Up set to 9600 baud No parity and Active From Control and Service Functions you must setup the modem Choose Initialize Test Modem and Serial Port and say Go The modem LEDs SD and RD should blink several time This sends the correct AT commands necessary for the modem to work correctly NOTE
226. der TB2 3 or 4 2nd Reader TB2 3 or 4 3 d Reader TB2 3 or 4 4th Reader TB2 3 or 4 LED TB1 11 TB2 11 TB3 11 TB4 11 Data 1 TB1 9 TB2 9 TB3 9 TB4 9 Data 0 TB1 8 TB2 8 TB3 8 TB4 8 Ground TB1 7 TB2 7 TB3 7 TB4 7 GE Security Data Hold No Connection No Connection No Connection Table 5 93 Wiegand Read Head to RRE 4 NOTE On the Remote Reader Electronics board set SW1 Switch 5 to ON See Figure 5 1 July 29 2005 No Connection ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide COTAG Read Head Refer to Table 5 40 through Table 5 44 for RRE 4 terminal identification Table 5 94 though Table 5 96 shows the wiring connections for the Dual Zone Controller to the RRE 4 Table 5 97 though Table 5 99 shows the wiring connections for the Single Zone Controller to the RRE 4 Always follow wiring instruc tions that come with the Cotag reader We do not recommend powering the Cotag reader from the RRE 4 See UL Specification s Section for additional information Wiring Cotag Reader 280 to the 3321 Dual Zone Cotag Reader 280 TB1 Pin 2 V Pin 3 D1 3321 DZC Zone 1 Conn32 V Conn32 R Controller Function LED s common Red LED Pin 4 D2 Conn32 A Amber LED Pin 5 D3 Pin 6 Rx Conn32 G Conn31 Rx Green LED Receive line Pin 7 Rx Conn31 Rx Receive line Pin
227. der Wire Color Description 1 Reader 2 Reader 3 Reader 4 Reader Red 12 Volts TB2 5 or 6 TB2 5 or 6 TB2 5 or 6 TB2 5 or 6 Black Ground TB1 7 TB2 7 TB3 7 TB4 7 Green Data 0 TB1 8 TB2 8 TB3 8 TB4 8 White Data 1 TB1 9 TB2 9 TB3 9 TB4 9 Shield Data Return N C N C N C N C Orange Green LED TB1 11 TB2 11 TB3 11 TB4 11 Brown Red LED TB1 10 TB2 10 TB3 10 TB4 10 Yellow Beeper TB1 12 TB2 12 TB3 12 TB4 12 Blue Data Hold N C N C N C N C Violet Card Present N C N C N C N C Table 5 105 Wiring HID ThinLine Il Model 5395 Reader to the RRE 4 NOTE On the Remote Reader Electronics board set SW1 Switch 5 to ON See Figure 5 1 5 82 460940001A GE Security Reader and Keypad Connection to RRE 4 Wiring HID ProxPoint Plus 6005 to the RRE 4 Refer to Table 5 40 through Table 5 44 for RRE terminal identification Table 5 106 shows the wiring connections to the RRE 4 See Table A 13 for current GE part number information See UL Specifica tion s Section for additional information Figure 5 41 HID ProxPoint Plus 6005 MiniProx Reader Wire Color Description 1 Reader 2 Reader 3 Reader 4 Reader Red 12 Volts TB2 5 or 6 TB2 5 or 6 TB2 5 or 6 TB2 5 or 6 Ground Data 0 Data 1 Shield Data Return Orange Green LED Brown Red LED Yellow Beeper Blue Data Hold Table 5 106 Wiring HID Reader to the ACU The reader can be installed up to a maximum cable distance of 500 feet 152 m
228. ders on the same ACU controller can be configured as paired readers The configuration allows readers to operate as in and out readers for a single door with or without exit push button Mode changes for paired readers will affect both readers Commands sent to the first reader of the pair are accepted Commands sent to the second reader of a pair are ignored Paired readers share a single door contact The door contact is wired to the first reader of the pair Unused input zones can be used for more alarms or terminated with a resistor see Table 4 2 The Door Strike relays can be configured to operate a single relay for a door or separately for a turnstile Keypad Access Request The reader can be configured from the host computer to allow a card number to be entered from the keypad as well as accept card swipes The number of digits to be entered is configurable from 1 to 9 digits The card number entered from the keypad is processed like a card swipe access request except there is no test for issue code with or without an additional PIN keypad number Digits are entered until the count is reached or the is entered The key clears currently entered digits Auxiliary power supply In most cases the controller can supply the power for the RMS Reader When the controller cannot supply power an auxiliary power supply may be used When using an auxiliary power supply make sure the OV terminal on all Remote modules are conne
229. devices Prior to han dling them be sure to follow the two rules below to avoid damaging these devices by static electricity Handle all static sensitive components at a static safeguarded work area Transport all static sensitive components in static shield containers or packages 6 Unplug TB1 Yellow TB2 Pink TB3 Green TB4 Blue TB5 and TB6 terminal connectors from the ACU2 PCB Assembly 7 Pull gently the ACU2 PCB assembly from each of the snap in supports and remove the assembly from the enclosure NOTE Refer to Changing Installing PROMs if replacement ACU2 PCB assembly requires the installation of PROM U7 If the replacement ACU2 PCB assembly already has the required PROM proceed to step 8 8 Transfer PROM U7 from the removed ACU2 PCB assembly to the replacement ACU2 PCB assembly See Changing Replacing PROMs in this section 9 Position the replacement ACU2 PCB assembly on the supports with a support in each hole in the GE Security July 29 2005 9 7 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide end of the assembly 10 Press on the ACU2 PCB assembly at each support until ACU2 PCB assembly firmly rests in place on the support 11 Reconnect TB1 YELLOW TB2 PINK TB3 GREEN TB4 BLUE TB5 and TB6 terminal connectors to matching color terminal blocks on the replacement ACU2 PCB assembly Warning The ACU2 controller enclosure contains electrical shock potential Be careful not to touch cir
230. dule Enclosure Characteristic Specifications DIMENSIONS 12 0 in 30 5 cm 12 0 in 30 5 cm 4 0 in 10 2 cm Table 1 7 General Specifications Remote Module Enclosure Two RREs can fit into one Remote Module Enclosure ACU ENCRM One RIM or one RRM can fit into one Remote Module Enclosure One RREO4 can fit into one Remote Module Enclosure One Master with one RS485 4 Port Expander board can fit into Remote Module Enclosure Remote Modules Remote Reader Electronics RRE HP and RRE Surface Mount ENVIRONMENTAL MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE 158 F 70 C MINIMUM TEMPERATURE 32 F 0 C HUMIDITY POWER VOLTAGE OPERATING CURRENT 0 to 9596 non condensing 24 VDC 415 60 mA Maximum less read head amp LED current Add 0 013 amps for each energized relay Table 1 8 General Specifications RRE Remote Reader Electronics NOTE See Table A 13 for part numbers for all remote model options Remote Reader Electronics RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount ENVIRONMENTAL MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE 158 F 70 C MINIMUM TEMPERATURE 32 F 0 C HUMIDITY POWER VOLTAGE OPERATING CURRENT Add 0 013 amps for each energized relay 0 to 95 non condensing 24 VDC 415 160 mA Maximum less read head amp LED current Table 1 9 General Specifications RRE 2 and RRE 4 Remote Reader Electronics GE Security July 29 2005 1 13 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide RIM Remote Input Module and
231. dures If the possibility exists that these changes may affect the customer s service or the operation of the equipment the telephone company will provide written notice so that any changes necessary to maintain uninterrupted service may be made In certain circumstances it may be necessary for the telephone company to request information from you concerning which equipment you have connected to your telephone line Upon request of the telephone company provide the FCC registration number and the Ringer CURE Number REN both of these items are listed on the equipment label The sum of all the RENs on your telephone line should be less than five in order to assure proper service from the telephone company In some cases a sum of five may not be usable on a given line If Problems Arise If any of yourtelephone equipment is not operating you shouldimmediately remove it from your telephone line as it may cause harm to the telephone network If the telephone company notes a problem they may temporarily discontinue service When practical they will notify you in advance of this disconnection If advanced notice is not feasible nu will be notified as soon as possible When you are notified you will be given the opportunity to correct the problem and informed of your right to file a complaint with the FCC Contact your telephone company if you have any questions about your phone In the event repairs are ever needed on an GE Security ACU2 field panel
232. e Flashing when transmitting data to ACU Flashing when receiving data from ACU ON when Power is applied LED s 1 16 One LED per Relay LED is ON when relay is energized Table 8 20 Normal LED Indicators on the RRM GE Security July 29 2005 8 9 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Voltage Test on 4 AMP Power Supply Charge Assembly Use a voltmeter to measure the DC output as shown in Figure 8 1 BAT BAT DC DC 27 2 to 27 7 VDC AC AC Measure between DC and DC the Voltage should be between ACU2 Power Switch Battery Fuse AC Fuse 5 S B Figure 8 1 Measuring DC Voltage on 4 Amp Power Supply Charger Normal Operation For 4 AMP Power Supply The operation and status LED s will light as follows ON when AC Power is present ON when DC power is present Does not mean 5 Amp Fuse is Good Table 8 21 Normal LED Indicators on the 4 Amp Power Supply 8 10 460940001A GE Security Voltage Test on 8 AMP Power Supply Charger Assembly Voltage Test on 8 AMP Power Supply Charger Assembly Use a voltmeter to measure the DC output as shown in Figure 8 2 DC Pine E DC Measure between DC and DC the voltage DC DC AC Fuse Battery Fuse 10 Amp S B Figure 8 2 Measuring DC Voltage on 8 Amp Power Supply Charger Normal Operation For 8 AMP Power Supply The operation and status LED s will light as follows ON when AC Power is present ON
233. e AUX Relay Reader 7 Door Strike AUX Relay To use the RRE 2 Door Strike relay instead of the ACU controller s relay Table 5 35 RRE 2 Relay Numbers 460940001A GE Security RRE 2 Remote Reader Electronics Paired Reader Operation Readers on the same ACU controller can be configured as paired readers The configuration allows readers to operate as in and out readers for a single door with or without exit push button Paired read ers share a single door contact Mode changes for paired readers will affect both readers Commands sent to the first reader of the pair are accepted Commands sent to the second reader of a pair are ignored The door contact is wired to the first reader of the pair Unused input zones can be used for more alarms or terminated with a resistor see Table 5 8 The Door Strike can be configured to operate a single relay for a door or separate relays for a turnstile Keypad Access Request An RRE can be configured from the host computer to allow a card number to be entered from the keypad as well as accept card swipes The number of digits to be entered is configurable from 1 to 9 digits The card number entered from the keypad is processed like a card swipe access request except there is no test for issue code with or without an additional PIN keypad number Digits are entered until the count is reached or the is entered The key clears currently entered digits RRE 2 Re
234. e Ged eR iata genes 5 22 DIP Switch Settings on the RRE 2 and RRE 4 0 0 ccc ae 5 22 RRE 2 Component Layout 0 5 22 RRE 4 Components Layout 0 0 0 ehm 5 23 Jumper Settings on the RRE 2 RRE 4 0 0 cette eee 5 23 Power Up Self Test on the RRE 2 and RRE 4 nunaa aaan 5 24 Normal Operation on the RRE 2 and RRE 4 2 0 000 cece eee eee 5 24 Alarm Zone Assignments For RRE 4 00000 eee 5 24 Relay Assignments For RRE 4 2 2 0 ede ene eee bee bene 5 25 Alarm Zone Assignments For 2 5 25 Relay Assignments For RRE 2 0 eee eens 5 26 Paired Reader Operation 0000 eee eee 5 27 Keypad Access Request coyre a on coa dole eg wae ad bane ba fea utt anu aya ale 5 27 RRE 2 Remote Reader Electronics liliis ses 5 27 Circuit Boards ISRE 2 As ELS ERE ERR 5 28 Connections to RRE 2 000 hrs 5 29 RRE 4 Remote Reader Electronics 0020s 5 33 Circuit Boards RRE 1 oue db c ERE IRR Rer eR ee esie eres 5 33 Connections ae beer Rellene AES eI e Rede E ERE E Mss 5 35 RRE 4 TB1 Connections 0 020 ees 5 35 Readers 0 through or 8 through 11 ACU Reader Port 1 5 37 Readers 4 through 7 or 12 through 15 ACU Reader Port 2 5 38 T VI 460940001A GE Security Table of
235. e Table 3 71 Setting Description Installed Watchdog Timer Enabled Removed Watchdog Timer Disabled A EPROM 27C040 512K 32 pin EPROM 27C020 256K or smaller B Not Present on P N135524 Boards A EPROM any 32 pin 27C010 or larger EPROM any 28 pin 27C512 and smaller B A EPROM 27C512 64K or Larger 28 or 32 pin EPROM 27C256 32K 28 pin B A Power Fail Detect Voltage 4 5 volts Power Fail Detect Voltage 4 75 volts Default setting Table 3 71 ACU2 Controller s PCB Assembly Jumper Configurations GE Security July 29 2005 3 75 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide J umper Settings ACU R2 and ACU R4 Controllers For ACU R2 and ACU R4 controller s jumper locations refer to Figure 3 21 and for jumper identifications refer to Table 3 72 Jumper Positions Description W1 Not Present Factory use only W2 1 amp 2 places 24V DC on relay common Relay 1 KO 2 amp 3 relay common is open W3 1 amp 2 places 24V DC on relay common Relay 2 K1 2 amp 3 relay common is open WA 1 amp 2 places 24V DC on relay common Relay 3 K2 2 amp 3 relay common is open w5 1 amp 2 places 24V DC on relay common Relay 4 K3 2 amp 3 relay common is open W6 Always leave the jumper in position Watch Dog Timer enabled B amp C Leave the jumper installed Less than 256K Memory default A amp C Not used Ta
236. e must be controlled by the ACU 2 The End Of Line resistor must be located within the alarm zone sensor enclosure Shielded cables must be used for all communication and read head runs The temperature range for UL listed sites is 0 to 65 degrees C FOR YOUR SAFETY The following WARNINGS and CAUTIONS appear here for your safety They are general in nature and do not pertain to specific procedural steps There are however additional safety precautions that do per tain to specific procedural steps These precautions appear at the point in the installation and or mainte nance procedures where a hazard is most likely to be encountered BE SURE to read and follow all personal safety WARNINGS and equipment CAUTIONS appearing in this document PRIOR to beginning ACU installation Warning A Be sure to observe battery manufacturer s instructions Danger Explosive Gases cause blindness or severe injury Usein a well ventilated area away from open flame cigarettes sparks and other Sources of ignition Shield eyes and face when working around battery Do not make direct contact between the positive and negative terminals Do not puncture disassemble or incinerate battery Dispose of in accordance with environmental regulations Poison Contains lead compounds and corrosive acid e Contains sulfuric acid and can cause sever burns In the event of contact flush with water and obtain immediate medical attention
237. e reader card slot This could result in severe damage to the read head and or mounting assembly Wet a strip approximately 1 in 25 mm wide along one edge of the textured side of the head cleaning card Use the squeeze bottle of the head cleaning solution found with the cleaning kit Pass the wet edge of the cleaning card through the reader slot from top to bottom in the same manner as a regular access card with the textured side to the right Repeat step 2 using the dry edge of the cleaning card to remove any stubborn contaminates Repeat steps 1 through 3 until the read head is clean no additional contaminants appear on the cleaning card GE Security July 29 2005 9 1 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Enclosure Cleaning In order to reduce the cost of repairs and keep the ACU system components downtime to a minimum the enclosures should be kept clean See Table A 13 for current GE part numbers Perform the following procedure once every three months Warning A DO NOT apply electrical power to the ACU controller while it is being maintained Make certain the 120 240 VAC power source circuit breaker is turned OFF until after the maintenance has been completed all procedure steps completed If this WARN ING is not observed personal injury or death could occur or the equipment could be damaged Turn OFF the 120 240 VAC power source to the ACU controller Unlock and open the front panel of the ACU
238. e relay numbering will be different See Page 10 3 for Elevator Control Relays 3 46 460940001A GE Security ACUXL16 Configuration Information The RRE 2 and RRE 4 will require replacing the standard address 0 3 PROM with a optional version for reader address 4 7 Compatible PROMs will be identified with one of the following labels Base Address 0 3 Standard PROM PL 135485 A 2 READER SUPPORT RRE 4 U2 ADDR 0 3 RRE2 BC BC01 Copyright 2000 IGYS RRE 2 Higher Address 4 7 Optional PROM PL 135822 A 2 READER SUPPORT RRE 4 U2 ADDR4 7 RRE2XBC 48 Copyright 2000 IGYS Base Address 0 3 Standard PROM PL 135354 C 4 READER SUPPORT RRE 4 ACU R U2 ADDR 0 3 RAMWO3LB _ 9FA5 Copyright 2000 IGYS RRE 4 Higher Address 4 7 Optional PROM PL 135824 B 4 READER SUPPORT RRE 4 ACU R U2 ADDR 4 7 RAMWA47CB 726 Copyright 2000 IGYS DIP Switch Settings Switch 1 enables Address 0 Switch 2 enables Address 1 Switch 3 enables Address 2 Switch 4 enables Address 3 DIP Switch Settings Switch 1 enables Address 4 Switch 2 enables Address 5 Switch 3 enables Address 6 Switch 4 enables Address 7 DIP Switch Settings Switch 1 enables Address 0 Switch 2 enables Address 1 Switch 3 enables Address 2 Switch 4 enables Address 3 DIP Switch Settings Switch 1 enables Address 4 Switch 2 enables Address 5 Switch 3 enables Address 6 Switch 4 enables Address 7 When setting switches on the RRE 2 addresses
239. e server GE Security July 29 2005 3 57 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide The Dial up modem installation and wiring connection in the ACU Controller Enclosure is made as fol lows NOTE A battery backup or UPS is highly recommended for any ACU Device using Dial up Warning Make certain that the AC power source circuit breaker s is OFF before proceeding Failure to heed this WARNING can cause death personal injury or damage to unit s 1 Remove the screws from the upper left and upper right battery bracket 2 Carefully slide the dial up modem bracket into place See Figure 3 25 and Figure 3 26 3 Replace and tighten screws on the upper left and upper right of the battery bracket securing the modem bracket 4 Connectthe J1 cable to the modem as indicated in Table 3 54 if connecting to an ACU2 or Table 3 55 if connecting to an ACU R2 R4 5 Connect a phone line from a RJ 11 POTS line to either telephone connector on the ACU Dial up modem NOTE Phone lines used for Dial up should be dedicated analog lines and not routed through a PBX or multi plexer 6 SW1 on the ACU2 should be set as follows 1 2 3 5 and 8 set to NOTE The systems administrator will need to know the ACU Controller s Serial Number The serial number is located on top of the ACU controller board ACU 7 Controller 0 0 SIDE VIEW ACU Dial up Modem Modem mounting bracket Mounting Panel O
240. eG ha 9 17 Replacing The SMT RRM eeir eeto iin ee A OE hh rh hh 9 18 SMT RRM Parts Replacement 0 0000 cee ern 9 18 Chapter 10 Elevator Control 2 3 woe Red aoa cun ec ko Dine EUR oe esa na Cera inte c Ue RR 10 1 OVervioWc uote cuis ces a cg Bt Reich crib AE Rus A AS iuc 10 1 ACU Field Panel Relay Installation 10 2 Elevator Relay Numbering for Standard 10 3 Elevator Relay Numbering for Floor Tracking 10 3 Elevator Relay Interface renere be ee ee xh hme 10 4 Elevator Control for ACURS2 ACURS4 0 0 tenes 10 5 Elevator Floor Definition This Page Intentionally Left Blank 10 5 Elevator Relay and Alarm Input 10 6 Floor Tracking Numbering for On Board Relays and Alarm Inputs 10 6 Floor Tracking Relay and Alarm Numbering for RRM and RIM Modules 10 6 Standard Elevator Wiring cee ee eee bee bb be eee ees 10 7 Appendix A ACU2 Alarm Zone Reporting A 1 Alarm Reporting for Host PC 2 1 2 ents A 1 Appendix B AGU2 Relay Assignments A 7 Relay Assignments For GE Security Host PC 0 2 2 cette ee A 7 ACU Relay Numbe
241. ead to ACU R2 TB3 green connector Description 12 VDC Beeper 15 Reader No Connection 2 d Reader No Connection 3 d Reader See Figure 5 36 TB3 12 12V TB3 12 12V TB4 12 12V See RRE for additional reader hook up 4th Reader TB4 12 12V See Figure 5 36 OV TB3 11 OV TB3 11 OV TB4 11 OV 4 11 OV Brown Red LED TB3 21 RORD TB3 7 R1RD TB4 21 R2RD TB4 7 R3RD White Data 1 TB3 9 R1D1 TB4 23 R2D1 TB4 9 R3D1 Green Data 0 TB3 23 ROD1 TB3 24 RODO TB3 10 R1DO TB4 24 R2D0 TB4 10 R3D1 Shield Shield TB314 OV TB3 14 0 TB4 14 0 TB4 14 OV Orange Green LED No Connection No Connection No Connection No Connection Blue Beeper No Connection No Connection No Connection No Connection Table 5 90 P 300 P 500 P 600 Read Head to ACU R4 TB3 green connector and TB4 blue connector NOTES beeper output is not supported the reader s built in beeper provides the noise e Use the brown wire for Red LED the green LED function is provided from the reader Pin numbers are read bottom to top right to left the exception is the RREO4 E1L which has the pin numbers printed on the termination board NOTES SPECIFIC TO THE P 600 reader comes with Single LED control as defaul
242. eader 1 Zone Input 0 Door Contact Reader 1 Zone Input 0 Door Contact Reader 1 Zone Input 1 Exit Push Button Reader 1 Zone Input 1 Table 3 59 Terminal Block TB3 Green Pin Number Identification NOTE 5 VDC output is rated at 1 0 amps maximum divided between both TB3 and This page can be photocopied See read head manufacture data Exit Push Button 460940001A GE Security ACUR2 and ACUR4 Controllers Connections for Terminal Block 4 ACU R4 only Cable Color Filled in by Installer Connected to Description Filled in by Installer 1 Reader 2 Data 0 2 Reader 2 Data 1 Reader 2 Buzzer active low i Reader 2 Red LED active low Reader 2 Yellow LED active low E Reader 2 Green LED active low i 7 R2Z0 Reader 2 Zone Input 0 Door Contact 9 R2Z1 Reader 2 Zone Input 1 Exit Push Button 9407 22 AWG Reader 2 Zone Input 1 Ground 5 Volt output see note below 12 VDC 0 4 A max Ground Reader 3 Data 0 Reader 3 Data 1 Reader 3 Buzzer active low Reader 3 Red LED active low Reader 3 Yellow LED active low Reader 3 Green LED active low Reader 3 Zone Input 0 Door Contact Reader 3 Zone Input 0 9407 22 AWG Reader 3 Zone Input 1 Exit Push Button 9407 22 AWG Reader 3 Zone Input 1 Table 3 60 Terminal Block TB4 Blue Pin Numb
243. eaker is OFF before starting replacement procedures and remains OFF until after all replacement steps are complete Death personal injury or equipment damaged could result if this WARNING is not observed Turn OFF the 120 240 VAC power source to the ACU2 controller Unlock and open the front panel of the ACU2 controller Turn off the ACU2 power switch If the batteries are installed disconnect all wires Figure 2 17 from battery terminals gently pull the wire connector from the battery terminal This must be done to remove DC power source from the Power Supply FON GE Security July 29 2005 9 9 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide NOTE Retain all mounting hardware 5 T Remove the Terminal Block TB1 clip on cover barrier on the ACU2 Controller Power Supply Charger Assembly Figure 2 17 Tag and disconnect the three wires for the AC power source black white and green for 120 VAC or black red and green for 240 VAC Tag and disconnect the wiring from the PCB Controller Assembly and optional back up batteries NOTE Be sure to note that power supply charger assembly s DC wire YELLOW for 4 Amp BLACK for 8 Amp is connected to the mounting hardware on the upper right hand side of the power supply charger assembly Loosen and remove the mounting hardware securing the power supply charger mounting plate to the enclosure Remove the power supply charger assembly Position the re
244. ecessary for proper operation Lastly the software must be programmed correctly Note that the Host controls the LEDs Also do not install the cover on the reader until completely finished WIRING Follow recommended gauge sizes for distance That is 7 conductor 18 AWG loose bundle of stranded conductors with an overall shield for a maximum 400 ft run 22 AWG for a maximum run of about 220 feet Wiring Cotag Reader 5280 to the RRE Function DC 10 7 15 6V DC 0 5 amps Wiegand data 0 Wiegand data 1 Red LED G Green LED GRN A Yellow LED YEL Shield do not connect at reader OV Table 5 100 Wiring Cotag Reader 5280 to the RRE Notes for Dual Zone Controller At Power Up The Zone 1 Status Led will flash a number of times indicating the first identification number of the data interface programmed into the EPROM Then the Zone 2 Status Led will flash a number of times indicating the second identification number of the data interface programmed into the EPROM When this process is complete both Status LED s flash together once and then the green Power WD LED starts to flicker indicating that the controller has started polling the zones After Power Up The Power WD and RX1 LED will flicker As the Card comes within the range the zone 1 RX1 LED will glow more brightly As the Card starts being read the Power WD LED will stop flickering and glow steadily for half a second If the
245. ect the battery cables AFTER all other wiring is connected to the battery as shown in Figure 2 17 460940001A GE Security REN Remote Enclosure ACU Alarm Reporting Voltage Levels for AC fail is 24 VDC for low battery is 21 VDC Flat Washer Split Washer SIDE VIEW Mounting Panel Battery Strap Bracket Battery Shelf 2 Batteries Figure 2 21 Optional Battery Shelf for ACU UPS Batteries NOTE See Table A 13 for information on the UPS Battery Model Numbers GE Security July 29 2005 2 31 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide ACU Power amp Battery Worksheet Model Description Quantity Current Extended ACU2 amp ACU2 16 Networked Intelligent Controller ACU R2 Networked Intelligent Controller w 2 Reader Interface ACU R4 Networked Intelligent Controller w 4 Reader Interface RMS 1 Magnetic Stripe One Stage Reader RMS 2 Magnetic Stripe One Stage Reader w Display RWE 1 Wiegand Effect One Stage Reader RWE 2 Wiegand Effect One Stage Reader w Display RPX 1 Proximity One Stage Reader RPX 2 Proximity One Stage Reader w Display IKE 2 Integrated Keypad Electronics w Display IKE 10 Integrated Keypad Electronics RRE Remote Reader Electronics 1 read head read head excluded RREO2 amp RRE04 Remote Reader Electronics 2 amp 4 read heads read heads excluded RIM Remote Input Module RRM Remote Relay Module NCEX 1 RS485 HUB extender NCEX 3 RS485 HUB
246. ected then another 1k resistor must be installed across the Zone Input EOLR is End Of Line Resistor 460940001A GE Security ACUR2 and ACUR4 Controllers DIP Switch SW5 Settings on the ACU R2 and ACU R4 Controllers Switch S5 ON Terminated OFF Not Terminated Host Port 1 RS 485 Transmit Data Host Port 1 RS 485 Receive Data Reader Port 1 RS 485 Transmit Data Reader Port 1 RS 485 Receive Data Reader Port 2 RS 485 Transmit Data Reader Port 2 RS 485 Receive Data Table 3 70 DIP Switch SW5 Settings on ACU2 R2 and ACU2 R4 Available for ACU R4 only NOTE Default is all ON however only the farthest ACU R2 or ACU R4 controller should have its Host port terminated On all others do not terminate the Host port Clearing the Memory on the ACU2 ACU R2 and ACU R4 To clear memory first power off the ACU2 ACU R2 and ACU R4 Set the even switches positions 2 4 6 amp 8 on DIP switch SW1 to ON and the odd switches positions 1 3 5 amp 7 to OFF Set the polling address of the Rotary Switch SW2 to F Apply power to the ACU2 ACU R2 or ACU R4 Wait a minimum of 45 seconds for all memory to clear LEDs 1 4 will blink together indicating that the operation is complete Turn power off and reset switches SW1 and SW2 to the desired settings J umper Configuration on ACU2 Controller For ACU2 Controller s PCB Assembly jumper locations refer to Figure Figure 3 19 and for jumper iden tifications refer to Tabl
247. ections Readers 4 Through 7 em 5 10 Table 5 12 RRE TB 2 Wiring Connections ssssssssssseeenne eene 5 11 Table 5 13 RRE TB 3 Wiring Connections sssssssseseeenee eene nenne nennen rne enne nnne nnns 5 11 Table 5 14 RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount DIP Switch SW1 Reader Settings 5 16 Table 5 15 RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount DIP Switch SW1 Reader Type Setting 5 16 Table 5 16 RRE 2 Surface Mount DIP Switch SW2 Zone Termination Settings 5 17 Table 5 17 RRE 4 Surface Mount DIP Switch SW2 Zone Termination Settings 5 17 Table 5 18 RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount DIP Switch SW3 Communications Termination Settings 5 17 Table 5 19 RRE 4 Surface Mount DIP Switch SW4 Zone Termination Settings 5 18 Table 5 20 RRE 2 Surface Mount Settings for Jumpers W1 WA 5 18 Table 5 21 RRE 4 Surface Mount TB1 Connections ssssssssssseeeeeeenee enne nennen 5 19 Table 5 22 RRE 4 Surface Mount TB2 Connections sssssssssseseeeeneen eene nnne 5 19 Table 5 23 RRE 4 Surface Mount TB3 Connections sse eene nnne 5 20 Table 5 24 RRE 4 Surface Mount Settings for Jumpers W1 W8 5 20 Table 5 25 RR
248. ed by Installer Ground TB1 2 OV Transmit plus from Expander Port TB1 4 TX Transmit neg from Expander Port TB1 5 TX Receive plus from Expander Port TB1 6 RX Receive neg from Expander Port TB1 7 RX Table 5 49 Typical Wiring Connections 4 Port RS 485 Expander TB2 through TB5 to RRE This page can be photocopied NOTES e Each ACU controller has 2 reader ports One 4 Port RS 485 Expander can be connected on each port along with RREs Remote Relay Modules RRM and Remote Input Modules RIM Belden Cable numbers suggested 9842 24 AWG for 4000 ft 1220 meters maximum distance and use Belden 9409 18 to power the remote modules for 4000 ft 1220 meters maximum distance Tapping of the RS 485 circuit should be avoided but if necessary should not exceed 10 feet GE Security July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide 4 Port RS 485 Expander Component Location Boards Only RX RM TX FCR OV 240 RX Gv 24W RX EX TX D DW 2744 esos pesoso 164 TBS p 3 wa a 1 1 bo e KORE W3c W7 m3 J TB3 1872 MEN 292909 SER NOM EXPANDER 4 PORT RS 485 241 OF TX RX FX 24Y OY TX4 TX RX INFOGRAPHIC SYSTEMS CORF Figure 5 19 Four Port RS485 Expander Component Location 135187 01 Board Only
249. ed within the ACU enclosure if the installation is to be UL 1076 and or UL 294 approved Auxiliary power for the LAN Adapter LAN Adapter LAN Adapter mounting bracket Tow two screws used to secure battery mounting bracket Figure 3 27 ACU LAN Adapter Mounting Kit Installed Inside the ACU Controller Enclosure 4 Amp power supply with optional battery backup shown GE Security July 29 2005 3 65 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide The ACU LAN installation and wiring connection in the ACU Controller Enclosure is made as follows NOTE An UPS or Battery backup is highly recommended for any ACU Device Warning Make certain that the AC power source circuit breaker s is OFF before proceeding Failure to heed this WARNING can cause death personal injury or damage to unit s 1 Remove the screws from the upper left and upper right battery bracket 2 Carefully slide the ACU LAN adapter bracket into place See Figure Figure 3 28 and Figure 3 29 3 Replace and tighten screws on the upper left and upper right of the battery bracket securing the modem bracket 4 Connect the cables on the ACU LAN Adapter as indicated in Table Table 3 62 if connecting to an ACU2 or Table 3 63 if connecting to an ACU R2 R4 5 Connect the Network Cable 6 Switch SW1 on the ACU should be set as follows 1 2 3 and 8 set to ON position ACU LAN RJ 45 Controller Connector SIDE VIEW Reset button LED s
250. ee mk 9 eee 1 3 System Overview Diagrami eie trie e rA E nee eens 1 4 System OVervioW uus cu ne UE thane DANA EARE T RATES REAL I HEAR eee 1 5 AGU Goritrollerz ssd utei Ga dial ogiath cee beans E ERRAT D DEA A OE AERA SN ene 1 5 Redders Lusso rae vex I ca ve Uu epus ean ve db duos Se eH duds Su sr cesis 1 5 Access Control exte e E vedmeedde ie x vdd 1 5 Alarm Monitoring ea ns ay Re EET SR E EE I E 1 6 Remote Control ES RUE Eis dere pis pA eatin gt esdasis 1 6 Unpacking Packing and Returning Instructions llli 1 7 Unpacking Procedure cor erine deeded PUE baud deep edens 1 7 Packing Instructions geek EA A ERA GaGa UA EAD REED 1 7 Returning Procedure zoo cie dele ig 1 7 General Specifications ma res 1 9 ACUXL 16 Networked Intelligent 1 9 ACURS2 and ACURS4 Networked Intelligent 1 10 ACU2 and ACU2X Networked Intelligent 1 10 ACU R2 Networked Intelligent 1 11 ACU R4 Networked Intelligent 1 1
251. el Yellow LED TB2 7 5V LED Common TB2 10 Grn Green LED No Connections Earth Ground TB2 4 0V 1 2 3 4 5 5 7 8 TB2 7 5V TB2 5 Rda TB2 6 No Connection No Connection Heater If Used No Connection Heater If Used Table 5 63 IGS Mullion Reader to RRE Figure 5 28 Rear view of IGS Mullion Reader The reader can be installed up to a maximum cable distance of 12 feet 3 64 meters from the RRE If additional cable distance is required a Magstripe Extender IGR RMSMAG EXT can be used See Table 5 65 NOTES Cable colors vary Connect Reader as shown above The latest style of the RMS 10 Magnetic Mullion Reader uses a RJ 45 telephone connector instead of screw terminals GE Security July 29 2005 5 55 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Mullion Description E Top of card reader TB2 4 0V OV TB2 6 Rcl Clock TB2 5 Rda Data TB2 7 5V 5V TB2 10 Grn Green LED TB2 9 Yel Yellow LED TB2 8 Red Red LED Earth Ground Table 5 64 New IGS Mullion Reader to RRE gt RJ 45 cable plugs into bottom of connector on back of the reader O Figure 5 29 Rear view of new IGS Mullion Reader RRE Switch SW1 must be set as shown below when the RMS 10 is connected to a K11 keypad or used with the magstripe extender Set RRE for Magstripe output RREO1 E1L
252. elay and Door Strike LED Status All Relays ON Relay is energized Table 3 43 Relay and Door Strike LED Status 3 42 460940001A GE Security ACURS2 and ACURSA Controllers Clearing the Memory on the ACURS2 and ACURS4 To clear memory first power off the ACURS2 and ACURSA Set the even switches positions 2 4 6 amp 8 on DIP Switch SW2 to ON and the odd switches positions 1 3 5 amp 7 to OFF Set the polling address of the Rotary Switch SW4 to F Apply power to the ACURS2 or ACURS4 LEDs 1 4 will blink together indicating that the operation is complete Turn power off and reset switches SW2 and SWA to the desired settings Multi dropping RS 485 from LAN Connected ACUs You may still multi drop any ACU from an ACURS2 4 connected to the LAN via RS 485 up to a maxi mum of 4 000 feet to the last ACU from the ACURS2 4 See the wiring diagram below and the wiring table that follows Up to 15 panels may ACURS2 4 be added to the loop ACURS2 4 ACURS2 4 Address 15 WP Address 1 Address 0 ern 1 Sig GND 1 Sig GND 1 Sig GND 1 Sig GND 2178101 6 TX 6 TX 6 TX 6 TX 7 TX 7 TX 7 TX 7 TX 8 RX 8 RX 8 RX 8 RX 9 RX U 9 RX U 9 RX 9 RX Last panel in loop must be terminated 4 000 feet maximum Figure 3 17 Multi droop RS 485 Wiring From LAN Connected ACURS2 or ACURS4 NOTES 1 SW3DIP switch 1 must be ON to enable the L
253. elays are available on the ACUXL They are type form C dry contact Sixteen relays are available on the Remote Relay Mod ule They are type form C dry contact Two form C dry contact relays are available on the Remote Reader Electronics the One Stage HP Reader and Remote Input Module Since the relays are used for door strikes and outputs the ACU Controller will accept both door strike commands and user activated relay commands designated to the same relay The relay contacts are rated at 30 volts AC DC at 2 amps maximum The DS output on the one stage reader is rated at 28 VDC at 1 amp maximum 1 6 460940001A GE Security Unpacking Packing and Returning Instructions Unpacking Packing and Returning Instructions The following is a step by step procedure for unpacking inspecting and returning any of the ACU System equipment CAUTION Prior to handling ACU System components be sure to follow the two rules below to avoid damaging the IC s by static electricity 1 Handle all static sensitive components at a static safeguarded work area 2 Transport all static sensitive components in static shield containers or packages Unpacking P rocedure NOTE If any damage to the shipment is noticed BEFORE unpacking a claim MUST be filed with the commercial carrier immediately All containers should be opened and unpacked carefully in order to prevent damage to the contents The shipment bill of materials is in an envelope taped t
254. elephone number is 800 800 2626 and FAX is 828 324 4185 They are located at 1510 Tate Boulevard SE Hickory North Carolina 28603 When you call please have available GE Security part number and the serial number of the equipment GE Security July 29 2005 1 7 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide A description of the problem or reason you are returning the equipment Purchase order number that the repair is to be billed if the equipment is not under warranty 2 Obtain a Return Authorization RA Number from Customer Support Be sure to reference the RA Number on all communications concerning the returned equipment 3 Markthe RA Number on all containers returned to GE Security NOTE Parcels that are not marked with an RA Number will be delayed for repair processing at GE Security and may be returned at sender s expense 4 Pack carefully and return the equipment to GE Security 4609400014 GE Security General Specifications General Specifications This section provides general specifications for the various hardware components used to construct a typical access control alarm monitor security system This includes the dimensions weight environmental requirements and power limitations The specifications are for hardware components that are currently available through GE Security are listed first They include the ACU XL16 ACURS2 and ACURSA controllers the RMS2 and 10 along with the
255. en relay common is open places 24V DC on relay common See Note Below Table 4 27 IKE Keypad Jumper Configurations z Default setting NOTE The 24Volts DC on each relay is limited to 0 5 Amps 4 30 460940001A GE Security IKE Integrated Keypad Electronics DIP Switch Settings IKE Keypad Reader Reader Number Address eo NL AINI oO AI OINI gt oco NM gt NINI NO DN N s a aj Table 4 28 Switch SW1 Reader Address Settings Used with ACU2 16 Option ONLY See Figure 3 20 Read Head Technology Magstripe Track 2 or 3 Magstripe with Wiegand Input Signaling Wiegand Magstripe Track 1 Format Table 4 29 Switch SW1 Reader Technology Settings SW1 S6 Spare Not Used SW1 S7 Spare Not Used SW1 S8 OFF Special Customer Configuration Zone Termination ON Special Customer Configuration Table 4 30 SW1 Zone Termination Settings GE Security July 29 2005 4 31 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide 4 32 460940001A GE Security Chapter 5 Remote Reader Electronics RRE RRE HP The Remote Reader Electronics or RRE Table 5 10 provides the electronic interface between the ACU controller and the card read head One or Two RRE s may be installed within a tampered enclosure or separate enclosure The RRE provide
256. ene 2 15 Figure 2 8 Door Strike Wiring for OLD One Stage Reader sse 2 15 Figure 2 9 Door Strike Wiring for OLD One Stage Reader board 133277 with External Power 2 15 Figure 2 10 ACU 5APWR Power Supply Charger Assembly sss 2 17 Figure 2 11 Altronix PDAULCB Power Distribution Module sse mem 2 18 Figure 2 12 8 Amp ACU 8APWR Power Supply Charger Assembly 2 21 Figure 2 13 120VAC Wiring for 8AMP Power Supply and Charger 2 23 Figure 2 14 240VAC Wiring for ACU 8APWR Power Supply and 2 23 Figure 2 15 8 Amp Power Supply Charger Assembly sss enne 2 24 Figure 2 16 8 AMP ACU2 PS8 Power Supply Charger Installed in 2 25 Figure 2 17 ACU 4 Amp 120 VAC Power Supply Charger wiring 2 26 Figure 2 18 ACU2 PS4 Power Supply Charger Installed in 2 27 Figure 2 19 120VAC Wiring for 4AMP Power Supply and Charger 2 28 Figure 2 20 240VAC Wiring for 4AMP Power Supply and Charger
257. ent Controllers Installation Guide RRE 4 DIP Switch SW4 Zone Termination RRE 4 Only The 8 position DIP switch SWA located on the RRE 4 Figure 5 9 should be set according to Table 5 19 NOTE The switches are dynamic Changes will take effect immediately Reader 0 zone 2 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor Reader 0 zone 3 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor Reader 1 zone 2 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor Reader 1 zone 3 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor Reader 2 zone 2 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor 6 ON Reader 2 zone 3 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor 7 ON Reader 3 zone 2 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor 8 ON Reader 3 zone 3 Terminated with 1K ohm resistor Table 5 19 RRE 4 Surface Mount DIP Switch SW4 Zone Termination Settings Jumper W1 W4 on the RRE 2 Surface Mount Table 5 20 defines the function of the 4 jumpers located on the RRE 2 Figure 5 6 Pins 1 amp 2 Pins pees W1 Provides 24vdc for Reader 0 relay Dry Contacts W2 Provides 24vdc for Reader 0 AUX relay Dry Contacts W3 Provides 24vdc for Reader 1 relay Dry Contacts W4 Provides 24vdc for Reader 1 AUX relay Dry Contacts Current for each relay contact limited to 2 Amps Current for each relay contact limited to 5 Amps Table 5 20 RRE 2 Surface Mount Settings for Jumpers W1 W4 Connections for RRE 2 Surface Mount Termination Board All connection are the same as the RRE 2 see Table 5 36 through Table 5 39
258. entified in the same manner The labels contain as shown in Figure 9 3 the following information e PROM PART NUMBER ISSUE LEVEL The PROM part number is PL 134659 and the C is the issue level e MODULE IDENTIFICATION Assembly name plus the PROM socket number on the assembly Security PROGRAM IDENTIFICATION ACU2256RF PROGRAM CHECKSUM CC99 used for diagnostics COPYRIGHT Year the PROM was produced PL 134659 C ACU CONTROLLER U7 ACU2256RF CC83 COPYRIGHT 2000 IGYS Figure 9 3 PROM Identification Label Example GE Security July 29 2005 9 13 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide PROM Installation The user should exercise CAUTION when inserting a PROM into a socket The pins bend easily and the PROM could be damaged A PROM that is installed incorrectly will be damaged when the equipment is powered up See Table A 13 for current GE part numbers CAUTION A Prior to handling PROMs and the circuitry of the ACU2 controller and Readers be sure to follow the two rules below to avoid damaging PROMs by static electricity Handle all static sensitive components at a static safeguarded work area Transport all static sensitive components in static shield containers or packages Refer to Figure 9 2 while following the explanation below 1 Locate the PROM pin 1 Some PROMs have a dot on the top Figure 9 2 to indicate the first pin location Some PROMs have a small half circle cutout on one en
259. er Identification NOTE 5 VDC output is rated at 1 0 amps maximum divided between both TB3 and This page can be photocopied See read head manufacture data GE Security July 29 2005 3 63 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Connections for Terminal Block 5 ACU R4 only Connected to Cable Color Description Filled in by Installer Filled in by Installer Fused 24 VDC output Ground Reader Port 2 Transmit 9842 24 AWG Data Reader 2 Port Transmit 4000 ft 1220 m Data Reader 2 Port Receive Data Reader Port 2 Receive Data Table 3 61 Terminal Block TB5 Pin Number Identification This page can be photocopied 3 64 460940001A GE Security ACUR2 and ACUR4 Controllers ACU LAN Kit Serial Server Optional Installing and Connecting The ACU LAN Adapter allows the ACU to communicate over an existing 10BaseT or 10 100BaseT Net work With host software version 8 11 30 or higher a serial server ACU LAN KIT is not required at the host computer The ACU LAN Adapter uses UDP which is a subset of the TCP IP protocol Like any network device contact the network administrator to obtain a TCP IP address for the ACU LAN adapter and IP address of the router if required The ACU LAN kit installation and wiring connections are contained in this section The ACU LAN instal lations have not been evaluated by UL The LAN Adapter may not be install
260. er Model ASR 112 and ASR 142 to RRE 5 68 MR 10 RMS 18 Read Head Wiring RRE n 5 69 Notes for MR 10 RMS 18 Reader 0 0 0 n 5 69 Keri Read Head P 300 500 and P 600 5 70 Wiring P 300 P 500 P 600 Read Head to RRE 4 5 70 Wiring P 300 P 500 P 600 Read Head to RRE 5 22 5 70 SECURAKEY Read Head Wiring TORRE 1 1 2 2 0 ce eae 5 72 DORADO Read Head Wiring TORRE 0 0 ce eee 5 72 Reader and Keypad Connection to RRE 4 0 0000s 5 73 SENSOR WR 1 Wiegand Read Head Output Wiring 5 73 Wiring Wiegand Read Head to 4 0 0 0 5 73 COTAG Read Head ocena ce leer eile PV ae I ee Red oe ee 5 74 Wiring Cotag Reader 280 to the 3321 Dual Zone 5 74 Wiring Cotag Reader 090 to the 3321 Dual Zone 5 74 GE Security July 29 2005 T VII ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Wiring the 3321 Dual Zone Controller to the 4 5 74 Wiring Cotag Reader 280 to the 5311 Single Zone 5 75 Wiring Cotag Reader 090 to the 5311 Single Zone
261. ery Modem Card ACU MODEM Remote Dial Up ACU Upgrade Use with ACUXL 3 11 ACURS2 and ACURSA K 11 IGR K11NLWG 12 Key Wiegand Output Keypad W O LEDs 5 48 K 11L IGR K11WLGW 12 Key Wiegand Output Keypad with LEDs 5 48 RMS 2W IGR RMS2WG or B Magnetic Stripe Integrated Card Reader with 12 key 4 14 keypad and LCD Status Display Weatherized Mag Extd IGR RMSXMAG EXT Magstripe Extender for RMS 10 5 41 IKE 2DL IKE OORDIGW 16 Button Keypad with LCD Display and LEDs 4 27 One Stage IGR RPX2WB or G One Stage Reader with either a Beige or Gray housing 4 14 Reader Remote ACU ENCRM Enclosure for Remote Modules Module 1 13 Enclosure RIM O RIM16 E00 Remote Input module No Enclosure W Mounting Plate 6 2 RIM 1 RIM16 E1L Remote Input Module with Enclosure 6 2 RRE 0 RREO1 E00 Remote Reader Electronics No Enclosure with Mounting 5 4 Plate A 12 4609400014 GE Security Model Number Changes to Hardware NEW Model Number Description LS RRE 1 RREOT E1L Remote Reader Electronics With Enclosure 5 1 RRE2 A 0 RREO2 E00 Remote Reader Electronics for 2 Readers no enclosure 5 12 RRE2 A 1 RREO2 E1L Remote Reader Electronics for 2 Readers with backplate 5 12 enclosure and tamper switch RRE 4 0 RREO04 E00 Remote Reader Electronics 4 Reader Control with 5 33 backplate no enclosure RRE 4 1 RREOA4 E1L Remote Reader Electronics 4 Reader Control wit
262. es Program memory consists of 64 Kilobytes EPROM Reader communication is non encrypted polled serial protocol up to 4000 ft 1220 m for the One Stage Readers and remote modules We provide alarm monitoring by 12 UL grade A supervised inputs cabinet tamper inputs and power loss inputs The supervised inputs may also be configured for exit push button and door contact inputs for the card readers Twelve relays with form C contacts are provided for strike activation and or remote control DIP switches and a rotary device polling address switch are available for user configuration Communication to the host computer is either RS 232 RS 485 or over a LAN system It has been eval uated by UL to meet Grade AA requirements in UL 1076 A dual reporting path configuration is available Readers The ACU Controller supports the reader communication protocol The ACU Controller polls each reader for card data or status changes constantly Six wires are required for transmit data receive data power and ground Six additional wires are required two for door contact monitor two for door strike and two for exit push button Each ACU Controller port supports four readers with the address set on the reader DIP switch i e read ers 0 to addresses 0 to 3 are on reader port 1 and readers 4 to 7 addresses 0 to 3 are on reader port 2 Each ACUXL 16 Controller port supports eight readers with the address set on the reader DIP switch i e
263. eters from the RRE 4 GE Security July 29 2005 5 83 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide INDALA Proximity Read Head Refer to Table 5 40 through Table 5 44 for terminal identification Table 5 107 shows the wiring connec tions for the Indala ASR 110 and ASR 112 readers to the RRE 4 Table 5 108 shows the wiring connec tions for the Indala ASR 142 reader to the RRE 4 Always follow the instructions that come with the Indala reader See UL Specification s Section for additional information Wiring ASR 110 or ASR 112 to the RRE 4 Indala ASR 110 or ASR 112 Red Description 12 Volts 13 Reader TB2 5 or 6 2 d Reader TB2 5 or 6 3 d Reader TB2 5 or 6 4th Reader TB2 5 or 6 TB4 7 Black Ground Data 0 TB1 7 TB2 7 TB3 7 Data 1 Green LED Red LED Beeper Table 5 107 Wiring ASR 110 or ASR 112 to the RRE 4 Wiring ASR 142 to the RRE 4 Indala ASR 110 or ASR 112 Description 12 Volts 1 Reader TB2 5 or 6 2nd Reader TB2 5 or 6 3 d Reader TB2 5 or 6 4th Reader TB2 5 or 6 TB4 7 Ground TB1 7 TB2 7 TB3 7 TB3 8 TB4 8 Data 0 TB1 8 TB2 8 TB3 9 TB4 9 Data 1 TB1 9 TB2 9 TB4 11 Green LED TB1 11 TB2 11 TB3 11 TB4 10 Red LED Table 5 108 Wiring ASR 142 to the RRE 4 TB1 10 TB2 10 TB3 10 NOTE On the Remote Reader Electronic
264. extender NCEX 2 RS485 HUB extender RMSC 10 Mullion Smart Card Reader 5Vdc 0 10A TOTAL OPERATING CURRENT DRAW This table assumes all devices except for RMSC 10 are 24Vdc nominal and powered from ACU If the total operating current draw is less than 3 0 amps use the standard 4 amp power supply ACU2 PS4 that provides e 3 0 amps for operating the controller reader modules and door hardware 1 0 amp for charging the optional batteries a maximum of 15 Amp hour If the total operating current draw is greater than 3 0 amps and less than 6 0 amps use the extended 8 amp power supply ACU 8APWR that provides e 6 0 amps for operating the controller reader modules and door hardware 2 0 amps for charging the optional batteries a maximum of 30 Amp hour Battery Backup Calculation To determine battery capacity required to maintain full operations of ACU and devices powered by ACU Note 3 use the formula below Each pair of Gel Cell Batteries Part no 133 319 is rated at 24Vdc 7 Amp hour Note 4 The ACU enclosure can hold up to 4 batteries Total Operating Current Draw X Number of Hours of Operation Required Amp hour Capacity Requirement Amps X Hours Amp hours NOTES 1 Supports all Two stage Card Readers Bar Code Magnetic Stripe Wiegand and Passive Proximity etc 2 3 4 5 Assumes none of the relays are energized Add 0 013 amp for each energized relay
265. fer to Table 5 10 through Table 5 13 for RRE terminal identification Table 5 77 shows the wiring con nections to the RRE See Table A 13 for current part number information See UL Specification s Section for additional information D CARD PRES 10 VIOLET HOLD 9 BLUE BEEPER 8 YELLOW REDLED 7 BROWN 6 00 GRNLED 6 ORANGE 15 2 SHIELD GNO 5 DRAIN DATA t 4 WHITE DATA 3 GREEN GROUND 2 BLACK voc 1 RED LJ a 1 70 4 4 3 cm 1 00 L 2 54 cm Figure 5 32 HID MiniProx 5365 Reader Wire Color Description 12 Volts Connection to RRE TB1 3 12V Ground TB2 4 0 V White Data 0 Data 1 TB2 5 Rda TB2 6 Rcl Shield Ground Earth Ground Orange Green LED TB2 10 Grn Brown Red LED TB2 8 Red Yellow Beeper TB2 11 Buz Blue Data Hold No Connection Violet Card Present No Connection Table 5 77 Wiring HID MiniProx Model 5365 Reader to the ACU NOTE Shield must be connected to earth ground at one end only The reader can be installed up to a maximum cable distance of 500 feet 152 meters from the RRE 460940001A GE Security RRE Reader and Keypad Connections HID MiniP rox Reader Model 5363 and 5364 to RRE Refer to Table 5 10 through Table 5 13 for terminal identification Table 5 78 shows the wiring connec tions for the HID MiniProx Model 5363 12 Volt to the RRE
266. ffs Loosen and remove the mounting hardware 4 places securing the mounting plate to the enclosure Save the hardware Determine the desired position and punch drill an opening in the enclosure for the required wiring installation Position the enclosure onto the applicable mounting surface Mounting holes 4 provided on the enclosure are used as a template to mark the installation position Position and secure the enclosure with user supplied hardware to the mounting surface Position the mounting plate and the attached circuit board assembly into the enclosure Secure the 460940001A GE Security Installing The ACU Enclosure mounting plate with the mounting hardware removed in step 3 8 Position the circuit board on the snap in standoffs with a stand off in each hole on the circuit board 9 Press the circuit board at each standoff until the circuit board firmly rests in place on the standoff Preparing The Site For One Stage Reader Before it can be installed the installer must first determine the exact location for the One State Reader IGR RPX2WB Beige or G Gray A hole must be cut into the wall for mounting the One Stage Reader Cutting the Wall Each One Stage Reader requires a hole cut for the 2 gang switch box For new installations one side of each hole for the box should be against a wall stud in order to secure the box to the stud For retrofit installations use a double 52 0W tiger grip box Establish the loc
267. for zone sensors Terminating any unused zone inputs GE Security July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide TB2 Connections RRE 4 PIN Label Description Tamper Ground Reader Terminal TB2 Connected to Enclosure s Tamper Switch N AIO Oo Oc Tamper Switch 5 800 Milli Amps 12 800 Milli Amps Reader 1 Ground 5 VDC Power 12 VDC Power 7 8 Reader 1 Data 0 Reader 1 Data 1 Reader 1 Red LED 21d Reader s Read Head Reader 1 Green LED Reader 1 Buzzer Output Reader 1 Zone Input 0 Reader 1 Zone Input 0 Reader 1 Zone Input 1 2nd Reader s Door Contact 21d Reader s Exit Push Reader 1 Zone Input 1 Button Table 5 41 RRE 4 TB2 Wiring Connections This page can be photocopied NOTES Cable Color Filled in by Installer Each ACU controller has 2 reader ports Two RRE 4s may be multi dropped on each port only if an ACU 16 is used along with Remote Relay Modules RRM and Remote Input Modules RIM Terminate the last Module on the reader cable Remote Modules should be Multi dropped with no longer than a 10 ft stub distance between the RRE 4 and the read head is limited to 500 feet maximum using 18 gauge overall shielded cable Always follow wiring instructions that come with the read head Belden Cable No 9409 18 suggested f
268. ge Belden or Equivalent Cable No Description Maximum Distance Connected to NI Power Fault amp Tamper Input Not Applicable Factory Wired Cabinet Tamper Switch 24 Gauge H1SG Host Port 1 Signal Ground Oyo 2 o Host Port 1 RS 232 Transmit Data 9534 24 AWG 50 ft Host Port 1 RS 232 Receive Data Host Port 1 RS 232 RTS Host Port 1 RS 232 CTS Host Port 1 RS 485 Transmit Data Host Port 1 RS 485 Transmit Data 9842 24 AWG Host Port 1 RS 48 5 Receive Data 4000 ft 1220 m Host Port 1 RS 485 Receive Data 15 H2SG Host Port 2 Signal Ground 16 H2TD Host Port 2 RS 232 Transmit Data 9534 24 AWG 50 ft 17 H2RD Host Port 2 RS 232 Receive Data 18 H2RTS Host Port 2 RS 232 RTS Oo Table 3 57 Terminal Block TB1 Yellow Pin Number Identification Not available on the ACU R2 Terminals are present but not active This page can be photocopied 3 60 460940001A GE Security ACUR2 and ACUR4 Controllers Connections for Terminal Block 2 ACU R2 and R4 Cable Color Filled in by Installer Belden or Equivalent Cable No Maximum Distance Connected to Description Fused 24 VDC Output 9842 24 AWG 4000 ft 1220 m Reader Ground Reader Port 1 Transmit Data Reader Port 1 Transmit Data Reader Port 1 Receive Data Reader Port 1 Receive Data Relay 0 Normally Closed 9409 18 AWG 1000 ft 305 m
269. ge 3 4 RS 485 Wiring with SMT RRM or SMT RIM as Last Device ACUX RRE RRE RRM Readers or or OR Port Reader Reader RIM 24 24 24 24 Deane ov ov ov oV Terminator T T T T T T T T R R R R R y R y R R Terminator is only required if the last device is an SMT RIM or SMT RRM Figure 2 2 RS 485 Communication Wiring for SMT RRM and SMT RIM as last device RS 485 Wiring with RRE as Last Device ACUX RRE RRE RRE Readers or or or Port Reader Reader Reader 24 24 24 24 0 4 0V OV OV T T T T T T T T R R R R R U R U R U R Figure 2 3 RS 485 Communication Wiring for RRE as last device 2 8 460940001A GE Security RS 485 Information Pulling Wires and Cables 1 Pull in the wiring to the remote module from the ACU controller All the wires except the strike pair may be run as one cable The cable should have low capaci tance twisted pairs and a braided shield Attach pigtail to shield and connect to chassis ground The following Belden cable numbers or equivalent are suggested Belden No 9409 18 AWG for power 1000 ft 305 m maximum distance Belden No 9842 24 AWG for communication 4000 ft 1220 m maximum distance Pull in a single pair of wires from the enclosure t
270. h Remote Relay Modules RRM16 E1L and Remote Input Modules RIM16 E1L Terminate the last Module on the reader cable Remote Modules should be Multi dropped with no longer than a 10 ft stub Cable Color Filled in by Installer The distance between the RRE 2 and the read head is limited to 500 feet maximum using 18 gauge overall shielded cable Always follow wiring instructions that come with the read head Belden Cable No 9409 18 suggested for door strikes Belden Cable No 9407 22 AWG suggested for zone sensors Terminating any unused zone inputs GE Security July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide TB2 Connections RRE 2 Description Reader Terminal TB2 Connected to N 5 VDC Power Cable Color Filled in by Installer OV Tamper Ground Enclosure s Tamper Switch TMP Tamper Switch 5 800 Milli Amps 12 800 Milli Amps 12 VDC Power OV Ground OV Ground CO NI I 2 o Reader 0 Buzzer Zone Input 2 Reader 0 Buzzer Reader 0 Aux Input 2 Zone Input 2 Zone Input 3 This page can be photocopied NOTES Zone Input 3 Reader 0 Aux Input 3 Table 5 37 RRE 2 TB2 Wiring Connections e Each ACU controller has 2 reader ports The RRE 2 may be multi dropped on each port along with Remote Relay Modules RRM16 E1L and Remote Inpu
271. h 5 33 backplate enclosure and tamper switch RRM 0 RRM16 E00 Remote Relay Module No enclosure with Mounting Plate 7 2 RRM 1 RRM16 E1L Remote Relay Module with enclosure 7 2 RWE 12 RWE 12 Wiegand Card Reader Swipe Surface Mount 4 14 RS485 4 Port ACU NCEX4 RS485 Hub Expands 1 ACU2 port to 4 Ports 4 45 Expander RS485 4 Port ACU NCEX8 RS485 Hub Expands 1 ACU2 port to 8 Ports 4 45 Expander RS485 4 Port ACU NCEXD RS485 Hub Expands 2 ACU Ports each to 4 ports 1 15 Expander Includes two NCEX 1s in one enclosure B amp B 5485 PC NCIC5C PER B amp B Model 485CSP2 RS 232C to RS 485 Converter Communications Converter with transient surge 3 4 protection Includes power supply and RS485 Terminator and cable Computer PC EMODEM PER Computer Modem External Serial 36 K baud 3 14 Modem LAN Kit ACU LAN KIT ACU LAN connection Option Kit 3 65 Prox Reader 430177001 GE Security Proximity Reader Model 240 Standard 5 47 240 contactless smart card reader Prox Reader 430182001 GE Security Proximity Reader Model 245 Standard with 5 47 245 Keypad contactless smart card reader RMS 10 IGR RMS10S IGW Magnetic Stripe Door Frame Reader includes standard 4 14 mounting bracket RMS 10 IGR RMS10H IGW Magnetic Stripe Door Frame Reader includes built in 4 14 heater and standard mounting bracket RMS 10 IGR 10SBPK IGW RNS 10 Finished mounting backplate beige or black 4 14 Screwdriver IGR TPSSDRV IKE Tamper Proof Security Screwdriver for RMS 10 and K
272. hart for RRM16 E1L 9 18 Table 10 1 Elevator Relay Numbering for Standard Mode 10 3 Table 10 2 Elevator Relay Numbering for Floor Tracking essem 10 3 Table 10 3 Relay Numbering for Elevator Control sss emm eene 10 6 Table 10 4 Elevator Relay Numbering for Floor Tracking seem mm 10 6 Table 10 5 Elevator Relay Numbering for Floor Tracking seem 10 6 Table A 1 Alarm zone reporting on the Host PC sssssssssssseeeee e ene ennemi nre nnns A 1 Table 2 Physical alarm zone reporting on the sssssssssse emm emm eene nnns A 2 Table A 3 ACU Reader Logical Alarm Numbers for the Host A 3 Table 4 RRM alarm numbers for the Host A 3 Table 5 RIM alarm numbers for the Host A 4 Table 6 ACU Alarm Reporting Voltage Levels ssssseeeeene nee ennemis A 4 Table A 7 Physical to Logical Reader Zone Numbering ACU2 16 A 5 Table 8 One Stage Reader and RRE Relay numbers for the Host A 7 Table 9 ACU2 Controller Relay Numbers for the Host PC sssssssssseeee ener A 8 Table A 10 ACU2 RIM Relay numbers for the Host eee A 8 Table A 11 ACU2 RRM Relay numbers for the Host PC
273. hat power is being supplied to the ACU controller Turn OFF the 120 240 VAC power source to the ACU controller Observe that the LED s are operating and that power is being supplied to the ACU controller Verify at the control center that it has received an AC POWER FAILURE alarm from the ACU controller under test The power now is being supplied by the UPS batteries BG Ne uc 5 Allow the ACU controller to operate with the DC power for 5 minutes If a more rigorous test of backup availability is desired operate with the DC power from to 4 hours time should never exceed 6 hours NOTE If it is determined that the batteries need to be replaced batteries cannot supply adequate power to operate ACU controller refer to Replacing ACU Batteries section If other preventive maintenance is to be performed proceed to the applicable procedure If the batteries do not have to be replaced and before power is reapplied to the ACU verify at the control center that NO LOW BATTERY alarm has been received from the ACU controller under test proceed to step 6 6 Reapply AC power source turned OFF in step 3 to the ACU controller 7 Observe that the LED s are operating and that power is being supplied to the ACU controller Verify at the control center that it has received an AC POWER FAILURE cancel from the ACU controller under test 8 Close and lock the front panel NOTE ACU Alarm Reporting Voltage Levels for AC fail i
274. have a read head with an LED perform rou tine function tests of the system Normal Operation Test on the RRE The RRE should always be tested after installation The operations and status indications are shown in Table 8 13 See Figure 5 2 for the locations on LED s Description Flashing when transmitting data to ACU Flashing when receiving data from ACU ON when power is supplied ON when relay 1 is energized ON when relay 2 is energized Table 8 13 LED Indicators on the RRE The LED on the read head installed can be used as the indicator for the test The operation and status indications are shown in Table 8 14 Online Off Off Line Dim Flash Access Grant Flashes Door Unlocked On Door In Alarm Bright Flashing Note The IGS Mullion Reader has 3 LED s refer to Table 8 2 Table 8 14 Read Head LED Usage for RRE 8 6 460940001A GE Security RIM Field Wiring Test RIM Field Wiring Test After making all connections and prior to connecting the ribbon cable to the RIM the following tests should be made Connections should already be completed at the ACU and external power supply if used Test points and expected voltages Voltage Tolerance 24 VDC 4 0 VDC 25 VDC Bldg Gnd 24 VDC Bldg Gnd 0 VDC Bldg Gnd Less than 6 0 VDC Bldg Gnd Less than 6 0 VDC Bldg Gnd Less than 6 0 VDC Bldg Gnd Less than 6 0 VDC Table 8 15 RI
275. hearing range This coupled with extensive filtering provides a balance of super clean power and efficiency This low frequency also eliminates interference problems with card readers The ACU 5APWR becomes an uninterruptible power supply when stand by batteries are connected with the wiring harness It has a special power limiting circuit that allows the batteries to be charged across the output without lock up or chirping on and off The batteries are protected with an automatic resetting circuit breaker and diode for over current and accidental reversed battery hookup Float charging means faster recovery time for the batteries There is no switch over or voltage drop when power fails Standby batteries can be any capacity above 4 amp hours The precise output voltage provides longer battery life Reserve 1 Amp of your output power for charging the batteries Power Supervision includes a battery cut off relay and a separate power trouble alarm relay The batteries cut off relay removes the batteries from the load when the batteries reach their service limit This prevents the battery from going into deep discharge A typical Gel Cell battery left in deep discharge for more than a couple of days will usually have to be replaced The power trouble alarm relay output form C contacts can be used to signal a buzzer and or other signaling device The relay is normally energized for fail safe operation The relay has a green LED that is on when power is goo
276. hed end toward the communications status LED s 4 Connect the green wire of the keypad to the terminal marked DATA 0 This wire will be connected to the same terminal with the RMS 10 DATA 0 wire 5 Connect the white wire from the keypad to the terminal marked Data 1 This wire will be connected to the same terminal as the RMS 10 Data 1 wire 6 Connect the red wire of the keypad to the 12V terminal Configure the jumper on the back of the keypad for a 12 volt input 7 Connect the black wire of the keypad to the OV terminal of the RRE 4 Please refer to the proper section of this manual for connecting the RMS 10 NOTE The RRE 4 does not support the yellow WAIT LED It is advisable to set the reader configu ration option Area Secure LED Option Blink to blink when the security area is secure This will let cardholders know to open the area as there is no LCD display for feedback K13 ESSEX 26 Bit Wiegand TOUCHPAD Wiring To RRE Refer to Table 5 10 through Table 5 13 for RRE terminal identification Table 5 61 shows the wiring con nections for the InfoGraphic K13 Part 135105 26 BIT Wiegand Touchpad Keypad Essex See Table A 13 for current GE part number information Always follow the instructions that come with the reader See UL Specifications Section for additional information Description Input Voltage TB2 7 5V Ground TB2 4 OV Red LED TB2 10 Grn Data 0 TB2 5 RDA Data 1 TB2 6 RCL Case Ground connect to earth grou
277. holder Black wire 7 L2 jumper m White wire neutral Ea 5 from terminal block 7 Black wire line from fuse holder Blue wires to AC input on PCB 28VAC Figure 2 19 120VAC Wiring for 4AMP Power Supply and Charger 2 28 460940001A GE Security Wiring Power to The 8 AMP Power Supply Charger Obsolete Wiring 240VAC for 4 AMP Power Supply Charger White wires neutral R L 12 from terminal block 6 C Black wire m jumper Black wires ine L sS from fuse holder Blue wires to AC input on PCB 28VAC Figure 2 20 240VAC Wiring for 4AMP Power Supply and Charger GE Security July 29 2005 2 29 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide REN Remote Enclosure When large numbers of alarm inputs and or relay outputs are required Remote Input Module SMT RIM and Remote Relay Modules SMT RRM may be combined into a special enclosure then provides numerous options for SMT RIM capacity SMT RRM capacity and power supply configuration The dimensions are the same as the ACU enclosure and also come in a version with a display window so the LEDs on the SMT RIM modules as visible from the out side of the enclosure Installing and Connecting the Optional Uninterruptible Power Supply UPS Batteries A A A Warning Be sure to observe battery manufacturer s instructions Danger Explosive Gases e cause blindness or severe injury U
278. hout the power distribution module The ACU2 16 requires the 8 Amp power supply GE Security July 29 2005 2 17 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Altronix PDAULCB Power Distribution Module This power distribution module is required on the ACURS2 and ACURSA models It comes from the factory mounted on top of the has either 12VDC or 24VDC up to 10 Amps It has 8 outputs which are individually fused and have a maximum output of 2 5 amps each The fuses are rated at 3 5 Amps 250 Volts O O o nf x 0 1N 2N 3N 4N COMMON OUTPUTS elelelo 2888 3 1P 1N 2P 2N 3P 3N 4P 4N INPUT 1 2 3P 4P FUSED OUTPUTS Figure 2 11 Altronix PDAULCB Power Distribution Module Connect the auxiliary devices such as Door Contacts to the PD4ULCB board using the terminal pairs as shown above For Example wire the first device to the terminals 1P and 1N wire the second device to terminals 2P and 2N etc NOTE Measure the output voltage before connecting device This will avoid any potential damage All of the terminals marked with the suffix P are positive The terminals with the suffix N are negative 2 18 460940001A GE Security ACU 5APWR Power Supply Charger Assembly Wiring Power to The ACU 5APWR Power Supply Charger The ACU 5APWR is a clean efficient heavy duty low frequency off line switching power supply charger The ACU 5APWR uses a very low switching frequency of 23KHz just above our
279. ic sensitive components in static shield containers or packages Note the orientation and disconnect ribbon cable on the SMT RIM 4 Note the positions of the switches on DIP switch Figure 6 3 Set the switch settings on the replacement PCB to the required positions 5 Note the revision level of PROM U3 located on the SMT RIM Figure 6 3 The revision letter should be the same or higher Refer to Installing a PROM section if applicable 6 Pull gently the SMT RIM circuit board from each of the snap in standoffs and remove the circuit board 7 Position the replacement circuit board on the snap in standoffs until the circuit board firmly rests in place on the standoffs 8 Reconnect the ribbon cable removed in step 3 9 Perform Power up Self Test on the SMT RIM and Normal Operation Test on the SMT RIM found in Section 8 of this manual SMT RIM Parts Replacement ACU RIMBO RIM16 E1L Electronic board Printed Circuit Board Assembly ACU RIMRC RIM16 E1L Cable from Terminal Board to Electronics Board Table 9 5 Parts replacement chart for RIM16 E1L GE Security July 29 2005 9 17 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Replacing The SMT RRM This procedure enables the user to replace the SMT RRM Warning Be sure to remove all power from the SMT RRM to avoid personal injury or damage to the unit 1 Remove all power from the SMT RRM from the ACU2 controller or other auxiliary power source 2
280. in the cabinet just above the board See Figure 3 13 Connect the modem to a standard dial type telephone line by plugging the phone line s RJ45 connector into J3 A telephone instrument for testing can be connected to J2 NOTE DO NOT use PBX or Key Switch type phone lines Component Layout To Frame Ground J2 To Phone for testing J3 To Phone Line J1 Id lt LED1 LED3 1 2 Figure 3 9 Component Layout of the Dial up Modem Board 3 12 460940001A ACUXL Networked Controllers LEDs on Modem Board The LEDs will show the modem status and help in trouble shooting the modem LED s on Modem Description Power Lights when modem is powered Ring Detect Lights when the modem has called Carrier Detect Lights when the Modem has established communication with the host modem Table 3 17 Dial up Modem LED Indicators Connecting MDD Multi Drop Dial Up Panels The dial up ACUXL 16 panel may have up to 15 additional ACUXL panels multi dropped to its RS485 port as shown below However the ACURS dial up panel may only have 14 additional MDD panels connected The additional panels must be configured in the server software as dial up panels with the same phone number as the panel with the dial up modem card installed NOTE DO NOT use PBX or Key Switch type phone lines Up to 14 15 panels may
281. ine contact usage on its four relays DIP switches set the device s communication baud rate and address DIP switches are also used to ter minate alarm inputs and host communications ports NOTE See Table A 13 for specific Model Numbers GE Security July 29 2005 3 1 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Host Communications Wiring Communication between the controller and input devices such as readers or alarm points and output devices such as relays is carried by either RS 232 or RS 485 interfaces RS 232 Interface to ACU Controller RS 232 Interface is a simple interface between a host computer and Modem to a SINGLE ACU Control ler Maximum overall length of the wires from host computer to the ACU controller is 50 ft 15 m Pull in a two pair shielded cable four wires and shield from the host processor serial communications port to the ACU controller Table 3 1 through Table 3 3 shows the cable connections Attach pigtail to shield and attach to chassis ground A Personal Computer s comm port 1 is typically 9 pin male connector ACUXL Controller H1RD TB1 19 ACURS Controller TXD TB1 2 Description Receive Data H1TD TB1 18 RXD TB1 3 Transmit Data H1SG TB1 17 SIG GND TB1 1 Signal Ground Table 3 1 PC 9 pin to ACU RS 232 A Personal Computer s comm port 2 is typically a DTE 25 pin male connector DB 25 DTE ACUXL Controller ACURS Controller
282. ings 5 3 LEDs RRE Surface Mount eens 5 4 RRE Circuit Board pce ey i oven hae ect DU TIE oca ect Ree oe Ea 5 5 Setting the DIP SW1 Switches on the RRE 0 2 0 2 ec eae 5 6 GE Security July 29 2005 T V ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide RRE DIP SW1 Switch Settings ent eee eae 5 6 RRE HP Jumpers Settings eia reaa e a 5 7 RRE Alarm Zone Assignments secors r esya nu drer hr 5 8 Relay Assignments has deems eae Free oda TR bce eds 5 8 Terminal Block Connector PIN Numbers RRE and Surface Mount 5 9 TB1 Wiring Connections Readers 0 Through 3 5 9 TB1 Wiring Connections Readers 4 Through 7 5 10 RRE TB2 Wiring Connections 0 0 e e rs 5 11 RRE TB3 Wiring Connections cossas ie i e A 5 11 2 and 4 Surface Mount RRES ssseeeseeeeee 5 12 2 6 nea date eaa era rgo M dale ale tert I aed 5 12 RRE 2 Surface Mount Component Layout 5 13 RRE A Surface Mount E iL M
283. ions are shown in Table 8 9 Online Dim Flash Off Beeper None Off Line Dim Flash Dim Flash None Access Grant Dim Flash Flashes One 2 Second Beep Door Unlocked Dim Flash On None Access Denied Dim Flash Off Three 1 2 Second Beeps Not Configured Dim Flash Off None Door In Alarm Bright Flash Bright Flash Bright Flash Interrupted Beep Door In Alarm Masked Bright Flash Bright Flash Bright Flash None Enter Keypad Off Bright Flash Off None Key Pressed Flash Bright Flash When Keypad Pressed Second Card Bright Flash Dim Flash Off None Area Secured On Dim Flash Off One 4 Second Beep Area Unsecured Off Dim Flash On Two 2 Second Beeps Table 8 9 One Stage Reader LED Beeper Usage 8 4 460940001A GE Security RRE Field Wiring Test RRE Field Wiring Test After making all connections and prior to connecting TB1 to the RRE reader the following tests should be made Connections should already be completed at the ACU and external power supply if used 15 14 33 2 11 108 8 7 8 5 4 3 2 1 Layout of the connector block as viewed from the front of RRE TB1 Terminal Numbers With Function Description PIN Description 24 VDC 0 VDC 12 VDC Transmit Data Transmit Data
284. iple ACU controllers that is further than 50 ft 15 m then RS 485 must be used The installer must connect an RS 232C to RS 485 Converter GE Security currently supports four different B amp B Converters please check the table heading for the converter you are using B amp B Model 485CSP Part Number PC NCIC5C PER Configure the ACU controller for RS 485 communication and wire the units as shown in Figure 3 3 and Figure 3 4 Only the farthest unit on the communication line requires RS 485 to be terminated The max imum overall length of this cable from B amp B Converter to ACU controller is 4000 ft 1220 m Beyond this distance modems must be used Wiring B amp B 485CON and 422LCOR pees ee ACUXL Controller ACURS Controller Description 7 H1SG TB1 17 SIG GND TB1 1 Signal Ground 17 H1T TB1 21 TX TB1 6 Transmit Data 5 H1T TB1 22 TX TB1 7 Transmit Data 14 H1R TB1 23 RX TB1 8 Receive Data 2 H1R TB1 24 RX TB1 9 Receive Data Table 3 4 B amp B Model 485CON or 422LCOR to ACUXL and ACURS NOTE Communication cable can be T Tapped but the tap cannot exceed 10 feet RS 485 Terminator 4000 feet maximum end to end Terminate screw terminal to earth ground NCIC 5 TX R8 485 T CONVERTER 8 5 SIG GND Terminated NOTE See Table 3 67 to terminate the last panel Figure 3 3 B amp B Model 485CON to ACU 460940001A GE Security Wiring B amp
285. iring Cotag Reader 090 to the 3321 Dual Zone Controller 5 74 Table 5 96 Wiring the 3321 Dual Zone Controller to the RRE 4 5 74 Table 5 97 Wiring Cotag Reader 280 to the 3311 Single Zone Controller 5 75 Table 5 98 Wiring Cotag Reader 090 to the 5311 Single Zone Controller 5 75 Table 5 99 Wiring the 5311 Single Zone Controller to the RRE 4 sem 5 75 Table 5 100 Wiring Cotag Reader 5280 to the sss eene ennemis 5 76 Table 5 101 Wiring HID MiniProx Model 5365 Reader to the RRE 4 5 78 Table 5 102 Wiring HID MiniProx Model 5363 Reader to the RRE 4 5 79 Table 5 103 Wiring HID MiniProx Model 5364 Reader to the RRE 4 5 79 Table 5 104 Wiring HID ProxPro Model 5355 Reader to the RRE 4 5 80 Table 5 105 Wiring HID ThinLine Il Model 5395 Reader to the RRE 4 5 82 Table 5 106 Wiring HID Reader to the ACU ssssssssssssseeee enne eene nennen en nnne enne ns 5 83 Table 5 107 Wiring ASR 110 or
286. k Diagram 0 Host Port Expansion Port Features 0 Reader 0 1 ACUR2 and ACUR4 Controllers These read heads use the on board Alarm inputs and relay outputs for door monitor REX and Lock Address 0 and 1 may instead be used as RREs 0 and 1 on the Expansion Port but not both 4 RREs may be connected to the Expansion port See Note below A maximum of 4 RIMs or RRMs may be connected to the Expansion port Address 4 7 1 2 1 4 4 Host Port RS 232 or RS 485 Read Head Support Expansion Module Port for up to 4 SMT RRMs or SMT RIMs and 2 Readers Alarm Inputs Relay Outputs NOTE RRE 0 1 can be used in place of read heads 0 1 above that are directly connected to the ACU R2 Figure 3 22 ACU R2 Block diagram NOTE Numbers in boxes represent the polling address See DIP Switch tables for more information GE Security July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide ACU R4 Block Diagram t Read Head 0 Address 0 and 1 may instead be used as RREs 0 and 1 on the Read Head 1 Expansion Port but not both 0 2 the on board alarm inputs and relay outputs for door monitor REX and lock 0 Host Port
287. ker s is OFF before proceeding An electrical disconnect device must be included as part of the building Failure to heed this WARNING can cause death personal injury or damage to unit s NOTE Connect the AC power circuit according to local electrical codes after all other wiring is con nected CAUTION A Power wiring must be dressed so that it does not come in contact with the ACU controller printer circuit board or any low voltage wiring Conduit should be mounted to the enclosure on the left side 1 Disconnect the AC power circuit until after all other wiring is connected 2 When two or more ACU controllers are connected to the 120 VAC power source splice the wires with wire nuts DO NOT attempt to connect two or more wires to the same terminal 3 Use 12 AWG maximum wire size Factory recommends the use of stranded wire color coded black white and green for 120 VAC and color coded black red and green for 240 VAC If 12 AWG wire is used the three solderless lugs supplied with the power supply assembly must be used to connect AC power to the power supply terminal strip 3M part number 123 6S P The crimping tool required to install these lugs is 3M crimping tool TH 440 TH 450 or Panduit crimping tool number CT 100 CT 160 CT 200 CT260 or equivalent 4 Remove the clip on cover barrier lock from the terminal TB1 Line Neutral GND input on the Power Supply Charger Assembly 5 Pull in and connect the three wires for the
288. larm Relay Input Location Outputs ACURS2 and ACURS4 0 20 0 Strike Relay 0 21 0 AUX Relay 0 22 1 Strike Relay Reader 1 Z0 Reader 1 AUX Relay ACURSA Only Reader 1 Z1 Reader 2 Strike Relay Reader 1 22 Reader 2 AUX Relay Reader 2 Z0 Reader 3 Strike Relay Reader 2 Z1 Reader 3 AUX Relay Physical Relay Location Table 10 4 Elevator Relay Numbering for Floor Tracking Floor Tracking Relay and Alarm Numbering for RRM and RIM Modules ACURS2 ACURSA Physical Location of Relays Alarm Inputs for Floor Tracking 4 19 8 23 1 16 on RRM Address 6 1 16 on RIM Address 4 20 35 24 39 1 16 on RRM Address 7 1 16 on RIM Address 5 Table 10 5 Elevator Relay Numbering for Floor Tracking 10 6 460940001A GE Security Elevator Control Standard Elevator Wiring Elevator Side ux GE Security Side N C k Relay Wiring for either Floor Select Button Standard Mode or Floor Tracking Modes N O GE Security Relay Figure 10 3 Elevator Control Relay Interface NOTE When an ACURT is used for elevator control all of its relays are set to energize when not selected If the ACURT were to fail all floors will be enabled Fail Safe GE Security July 29 2005 10 7 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide This Page Intentionally
289. lation Guide LAN Surge Protector Server Installation NOTE Surge protection is not allowed if the system is to be CE approved LAN surge protection must be installed at the Server for all UL installations Connect to PC s Network Card ET Surge Protector Connect to PC s Cabinet Figure 3 12 LAN Surge Protection Installed At Server PC LEDs for LAN Connection LED s for LAN Description D101 LAN TX on indicates transmitting data to server Connect To To LAN LAN RX on indicates receiving data from server LAN Collisions on indicates collision LAN Polarity on indicates wires swapped LAN Link on indicates network detected Table 3 18 LAN Connection LED Indicators Location for LAN LEDs 0101 0100 U 014 D13 Dual Reporting Paths The ACUXL provides for dual reporting path function When the primary reporting path from the ACU to the host computer fails the secondary reporting path becomes available providing more secure redundant communication The communication may be two LAN connections a primary LAN connection with a secondary LANtronix adaptor connected to serial port H1 or two serial port connections Dual LAN Reporting Path Setup When both of the reporting paths will be on the LAN serial port H1 will be wired to a LANtronix adaptor See page 3 65 The IP address for both the on board LAN connection and the LANTronix unit are entered into DIAMOND II This only requires that DI
290. licable terminal block 2 Is the Abbreviation on the terminal block or printed circuit board 3 15 the description of the terminal 4 Identifies the cable number and the maximum distance and where it is connected The Installer can write the sensor or relay connected 5 installer writes the color code of the cable connected to terminal 3 48 460940001A GE Security ACUXL16 Configuration Information Terminal Block TB1 Yellow Pin Number Identification On the ACUXL Controller s PCB Assembly Belden or Equivalent Cable No Cable Color Description Maximum Distance Filled in by Connected to Installer 27 5 Power Supply Charger Not Applicable Factory Wired Violet or Red NI 0 volts Yellow or Black 0 volts AI 12 Volts output 0 4 Amp max AC Power Fault Input Common Not Applicable Factory Wired on AC Power Fault Input 24 Gauge Cabinet Tamper Switch Common Not Applicable Factory Wired N Cabinet Tamper Switch 24 Gauge Host Port 2 Signal Ground Host Port 2 RS 232 Transmit Data 9534 24 AWG 50 ft Host Port 2 RS 232 Receive Data Host Port 2 RS 232 RTS Host Port 2 RS 485 Transmit Data Host Port 2 RS 485 Transmit Data 9842 24 ANG Host Port 2 RS 485 Receive Data 4000 ft 1220 m Host Port 2 RS 485 Receive Data Host Port 1 Signal Ground Host Port 1 RS 232 Transmit Data 9534 24 AWG 50 ft Host Port 1 RS 232 Recei
291. ly PCB Part Number ACU RS02B Section Heading Replacing ACU2 PCB Assembly Power Supply Assembly 4 Amp ACU 5APWR Replacing ACU2 Controller Power Supply Charger Assembly Power Supply Charger Assembly 8 Amp ACU 8APWR Replacing ACU2 Controller Power Supply Charger Assembly Battery Rechargeable 12 VDC 7 Amp hr ACU BATO7 Replacing ACU2 Batteries 4 AMP Power Supply Power Supply Fuse ac input For 125 VAC operation use 2 0 A 250 V Slow Blow For 240 VAC operation use 1 0 A 250V Slow Blow Located in ACU2 Power Supply Charger For 120 VAC use 110627 For 240 VAC use 122038 Obsolete 4 AMP Power Supply Power Supply Fuse battery 5 0 A 250 V Slow Blow Located on ACU2 Power Supply Charger PCB 122020 Obsolete 8 AMP Power Supply Power Supply Fuse ac input For 125 VAC operation use 4 0 A 250 V Slow Blow For 240 VAC operation use 2 0 A 250V Slow Blow Located in ACU2 Power Supply Charger For 120 VAC use 126161 For 240 VAC use 110627 Obsolete 8 AMP Power Supply Power Supply Fuse battery 10 0 A 250 V Slow Blow Located on ACU2 Power Supply Charger PCB 128508 Obsolete Table 9 2 Replaceable Parts on the ACU2 Controller 460940001A GE Security Replacing ACU2 PCB Assembly Replacing ACU2 PCB Assembly If troubles have been isolated to a faulty ACU2 PCB assembly part number ACU XL16B the assembly should be repla
292. ly Open 9407 22 AWG 9409 18 AWG 1000 feet 305 meters 4000 feet 1220 meters 9409 18 AWG See Warning Table 3 21 Terminal Block TB2 3 and 4 Pin Number Identification Warning DO NOT switch any voltage over 30 VDC on these relays July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Connections for Terminal Block 5 6 and 7 ACURS2 and ACURS4 Reader 1 Connections Term Maximum Distance Strip ID Description Belden or Equivalent Cable No 12 VDC Fused 12 VDC Output 9514 22 AWG 5 VDC Fused 5 VDC Output OV 0 Volts DATA 0 Reader Data 0 Green DATA 1 Reader Data 1 White RED LED Red LED GREEN LED Green LED BUZZER Buzzer Normally Closed 9407 22 AWG o 1 0 oO AJOIN Door Contact at 1000 feet 305 meters 9409 18 AWG at 4000 feet 1220 meters Normally Open 9407 22 ANG Request to Exit Contact at 1000 feet 305 meters 9409 18 AWG at 4000 feet 1220 meters Normally Closed 9407 22 ANG Spare Input at 1000 feet 305 meters 9409 18 AWG at 4000 feet 1220 meters Door Strike Relay Normally Closed 9409 18 AWG See Warning Door Strike Relay Common Door Strike Relay Normally Open Table 3 22 Terminal Block TB5 6 and 7 Pin Number Identification Warning The plug in AC power supply can only be use to power one ACURS board 3 32 460940001A GE Security ACURS2 and ACURSA Controllers Connections for
293. mal Operation Test LED s 8 6 Connections for Relays 7 6 Power Up Self Test 8 6 Field Wiring Test 8 8 Relay Assignments 5 8 Normal Operation LED s 7 5 Replacement sss 9 16 Normal Operation Test 8 9 Troubleshooting ssseeeeeeee 9 16 Operation LEDs see 8 9 RRE Surface Mount Parts Replacement 9 18 DIP SW1 Switch Settings 5 3 Power Up Self Test 8 9 RRE04 E00 Surface Mount Power Up Self Test LED s 8 9 Components Layout 5 15 Relay Numbers 7 11 Connections on RRE Board 5 18 Relay Numbers for Host _ A 9 DIP Switch Settings 5 16 Remote Relay Module 7 1 Input Zone LEDS see 5 21 Surface Mount Jumper Settings 5 20 Circuit Board ARS 7 2 Relay LEDS wc dsc cce edenda 5 21 SW2 S
294. manage floor access This feature is turned on in the Field Panel configuration page The Host Software associates cab and floor numbers with a security area and relay All currently available ACUs ACUXL ACURS2 and ACURS4 support elevator control NOTE ACU devices must have the proper firmware that supports the ECS feature ECS will not support secondary card access or door control The Elevator Control Software ECS can support up to 128 elevator cabs even if the cabs are in different buildings Elevator cabs used in conjunction with this feature should be equipped with card readers which may or may not have keypads Additionally remote control relays within an ACU2 filed panel are interfaced to the elevator control panel The SCP devices can be networked or non networked intelligent devices The maximum number of cabs per ACU2 is four ECS controls access to different floors for each cardholder using security area s group and time schedules per card per floor The software verifies that the cardholder has access to the cab and floor combination If access is allowed the system will send a momentary relay activation command to the elevator control panel The activation stops the elevator at the selected floor NOTE Any ACU2 used for Elevator Control must have EPROM version 2 39 or later and ACU2X Version 3 65 or later Configuring the Elevator Control is a five step process 1 Install the specific hardware that supports the ECS option
295. me 3 46 Table 3 46 RRE 2 amp RRE 4 DIP switch settings ssssssssseeee menm ennemis 3 47 Table 3 47 DIP Switch Settings Deed eo Eee 3 47 Table 3 48 ACU2 TB1 amp nebit adissa enne S AR LIAI entente nennen 3 49 Table 3 49 ACU2 TB2 Connections 3 50 Table 3 50 ACU2 TB3 COnnections oriniai iaae enm nennen nemen nnn enter nnn nn 3 51 Table 3 51 ACU2 TB4 Connections siackt tn need a A daas innen 3 52 Table 3 52 ACU2 TBS Connections artien AE A A nennen enne nn a 3 53 Table 3 53 ACU2 TB6 Connections ACU2 only sss 3 53 Table 3 54 ACU Dial Up Modem Cable connections 3 59 Table 3 55 ACU Dial up Modem Cable connections 2 3 59 Table 3 56 Dial up Modem LED indicators enne tnn n nennen 3 59 Table 3 57 Terminal Block TB1 Yellow Pin Number Identification 3 60 Table 3 58 Terminal Block TB2 Red Pin Number Identification m 3 61 Table 3 59 Terminal Block TB3 Green Pin Number Identification 3 62 Table 3 60 Terminal Block TB4 Blue
296. me Adjustment The Buzzer Volume has been adjusted at the factory The following steps will aid the user if an adjustment change is desired 1 Remove the reader from the mounting plate 2 Access and adjust the Buzzer Volume Control See Figure 4 2 on the reader for the desired loudness 3 Reinstall the reader GE Security July 29 2005 4 11 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Reader Status LCDs Each reader has three LCD indicators and a buzzer that indicates reader status 4 12 Online Dim Flash Off None Off Line Dim Dim Flash Flash None Access Grant Dim Flash Flashes One 2 Second Beep Door Unlocked Dim Flash ON None Access Denied Dim Flash Off Three 1 2 Second Beeps Not Configured Dim Flash Off None Door In Alarm Bright Flash Interrupted Beep Door In alarm Masked Bright Flash None Enter Keypad Bright Flash None Key Pressed Bright Flash When Keypad Pressed Second Card Dim Flash None Area Secure On Dim Flash One 4 Second Beep Area Unsecured Off Dim Flash Two 2 Second Beeps Power Up All Off Green On Yellow On if RAM OK Red On if PROM OK Pause one second then yellow heartbeat Dim Flash Table 4 10 Status LCDs on the front of the RMS reader 460940001A GE Security Paired Reader Operation Paired Reader Operation Rea
297. minals Figure 2 8 shows door strike power wiring when power is supplied by the One Stage Reader Figure 2 9 shows door strike power wiring for the One Stage Reader when power is supplied from external power source Always use a spike suppression diode installed at DC door strikes The diode in the Noise Suppressor ACU DSTNS is a 1N4933 The dry relay contacts are rated at 2 amps at 30 DC volts maximum ACU Controller or RRE N C Door Strike Noise Suppresser One Stage Reader TB 1 1 Door Strike Noise Suppresser External Power Source Reader TB1 1 24 2 jov Suppresser 16 05 Figure 2 9 Door Strike Wiring for OLD One Stage Reader board 133277 with External Power For installations that require UL listing the external power supply must be a UL listed power limited power supply See UL Specifications for additional information GE Security July 29 2005 2 15 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Wiring Power to The ACU Controllers The Power Supply Charger transforms 120 VAC or 240 VAC to 27 5 VDC to power the ACU controller and its remote modules reader alarm and relay modules See Power Supply information on pages 2 20 and 2 22 ACU Alarm Reporting Voltage Levels for AC fail is 24 VDC for low battery is 21 VDC It also provides charging power for the UPS Batteries installed in the same enclosure Warning A Make certain that the AC power source circuit brea
298. mit line Conn2 10 Ext Receive line Conn2 11 Rx Receive line Table 5 97 Wiring Cotag Reader 280 to the 3311 Single Zone Controller Wiring Cotag Reader 090 to the 5311 Single Zone Controller 090 Read Head 3311 SZC Function Term 3 Conn2 3 G Green LED Term 4 Conn2 4 Va LED s common Term 2 2 8 Tx Transmit line Term 1 Conn2 9 S Transmit line Term 5 Conn2 10 Ext Receive line Term 6 Conn2 11 Rx Receive line Table 5 98 Wiring Cotag Reader 090 to the 5311 Single Zone Controller Wiring the 5311 Single Zone Controller to the RRE 4 3311 SZC Zone 1 Data Conn2 3 G Description 13 Reader 2 d Reader 3 d Reader 4th Reader Conn3 4 01 Conn3 5 DO Conn 3 2 OV Table 5 99 Wiring the 5311 Single Zone Controller to the RRE 4 NOTES Do not jumper D1 and S on Conn33 On the Remote Reader Electronics board set SW1 Switch 5 to ON See Figure 5 1 GE Security July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Wiring Cotag Reader 5280 to the ACU and RRE 4 The following explains how to successfully hook up and program a Cotag 5280 reader This is a 280 read head with a 5311 interface in one unit This is done in three parts Part one is the physical wire hookup to the RRE RRE4 ACU2 R2 ACU2 R4 Next the reader must be programmed it must learn the features n
299. mote Reader Electronics The RRE 2 Remote Reader Electronics Figure 5 11 provides the electronic interface between the ACU controller and two Wiegand card read heads The RRE 2 consists of the electronic circuit board and the screw terminal connector board connected together by a ribbon cable and is installed within a tampered enclosure The RRE 2 provides the card read head communication interface as well as eight supervised alarm inputs for door contact and request to exit The RRE 4 can provide 12 and 5 volts for read heads and motion detectors The RRE 4 also provides four Single Pole Double Throw relays config urable for door strike relays Any of the four readers on the RRE 2 can be individually deactivated via DIP switch allowing you to also use an RREO1 E1L on the same port However the rules of 4 readers per ACU reader port still applies Warning A Do not use the ACU controller Remote Reader Electronics RRE RRE 2 or RRE 4 Remote Input Module RIM or Remote Relay Module RRM to switch any voltage above 30 volts Failure to heed this WARNING can cause death personal injury or damage to unit s GE Security July 29 2005 5 27 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Circuit Boards RRE 2 Figure 5 14 Shows the location of components discussed in this section AUX WIS W14 amp Door Strike 6 PH RS485 Termination Relay amp e Relay e TX Jumpers 4 3 RX p Reader 1 ON 1
300. must remain sequential For example set switches 0 amp 1 or 2 amp 3 The board will not accept gaps in addresses such as 0 amp 3 Table 3 46 RRE 2 amp RRE 4 DIP switch settings InfoGraphic s single stage readers and two stage Remote Reader Electronics RREO1 E1L shipped after 10 99 are equipped with PROM allowing for all address Current PROMs will carry the following label DIP Switch Settings Switch 1 2 PL 135823 A Off Off ACU READER U2 On Off Address 0 Address 1 Magnetic stripe on Track 2 or 3 Wiegand ARDR8Q AE1A Copyright 2000 IGYS ACU Reader Port 1 Reader Port 2 Address 2 Address 3 Address 4 Address 5 Address 6 Address 7 Off On On On Off Off On Off Off On On On Magnetic Format on Wiegand Output Magnetic stripe on Track 1 Table 3 47 DIP Switch Settings Figure 3 20 Reader addressing per port of ACU for 16 readers NOTE The base address combined with the ACU Port determines the logical reader number GE Security July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Terminal Block PIN Outs on The ACUXL Table 3 48 through Table 3 53 show cable types and connections to the ACUXL controller s terminal blocks TB1 through TB6 Explanations of the table column headings are as follows 1 2 3 4 5 Belden or Equivalent Cable No Cable Color Description Maximum Distance Filled in by Connected to Installer 1 Identifies the pin number on the app
301. n ever cards are being used with an encoded number is 65 535 or higher GE Security July 29 2005 5 69 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Keri Read Head P 300 P 500 and P 600 Refer to Table 5 10 through Table 5 13 for RRE terminal identification The tables show the wiring color code identification See Table A 13 for current GE part number information Figure 5 36 shows a wiring diagram for installing the filter that is required for the Keri reader The reader and filter have pigtail connections It is recommended that all splices be soldered and wrapped in heat shrink or crimp style connectors be used Filter must be install at the reader ACU Rn or RRE n Red 12 Black 0 Field Wiring RED hn Back VU VU Filter Pigtails Fiter Wiring P 300 P 500 P 600 Read Head to RRE 4 Wire Color See Figure 5 36 Description 12 VDC 1 Reader TB2 5 or 6 12V 2 Reader TB2 5 or 6 12V Reader Pigtails R BLACK B ED LACK Y Figure 5 36 Block diagram of Filter Hook up 3 d Reader TB2 5 or 6 12V P 300 P 500 or P600 Reader Red 12V Black 0 4th Reader TB2 5 or 6 12V See Figure 5 36 OV TB1 7 OV TB2 7 OV TB3 7 OV TB4 7 OV Brown Red LED TB1 10 RED LED TB2 10 RED LED TB3 10 RED LED TB4 10 RED LED White Data 1 TB1 9 D1 TB2 9 D1 TB3 9 D1
302. nal information NOTE Shield must be connected to earth ground at one end only Figure 5 33 HID ProxPro PR 5355 With Keypad and PK 5355 Without Keypad ProxPro Reader Description 12 Volts Connection to RRE TB1 3 12V Ground TB2 4 0 V Data 0 Data 1 TB2 5 Rda TB2 6 Rcl Ground Green LED Earth Ground TB2 10 Grn Red LED Beeper TB2 8 Red TB2 11 Buz Data Hold Tamper Common No Connection TB3 9 0 V Tamper TB3 8 Tam Table 5 80 Wiring HID ProxPro Model 5355 Reader to the RRE The reader can be installed up to a maximum cable distance of 500 feet 152 meters from the RRE Switches on HID ProxP ro reader DIP Switch 1 On Identifies unit as Wiegand 2 On Turns on Beeper 3 Off Control Green LED by Host 4 On Keypad Data through Data lines 5 On 2 Wire LED Control 6 On Common Ground to Data lines 7 On Common Ground to Data lines 8 On Common Ground to Data lines 460940001A GE Security RRE Reader and Keypad Connections J umpers P1 Jumper 1 2 when mounting on a metallic surface otherwise jumper 2 3 P3 Jumper 1 2 Normally Open tamper switch LED Operation Red Ready to read card OFF Prompting User for PIN number Green Access was granted or door is unlocked Red Flashing Access was denied or reader is in alarm NOTE The keypad will only work if the unit is fully assembled before the unit is powered up GE Security July 29 2005
303. nd Table 5 61 Wiring K13 Essex 26 Bit Wiegand Keypad Figure 5 26 K13 Essex 26 Bit Wiegand Touchpad PN135105 For any other wiring information refer to the Essex documentation that comes with the keypad GE Security July 29 2005 5 53 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide SENSOR WR 1 Wiegand Read Head Output Wiring To RRE Refer to Table 5 10 through Table 5 13 for RRE terminal identification Table 5 62 shows wiring color code identification use it as a guide for making the user supplied cable See UL Specification s Section for additional information Figure 5 27 Front view of Sensor Wiegand reader Wire Color Code Description Connection to RRE Red 5 Volts TB2 7 5V TB2 10 Grn TB2 6 Rcl TB2 5 Rda Ground TB2 4 0 Data Hold No Connection Table 5 62 Wiegand Read Head to RRE NOTE On the Remote Reader Electronics board set SW1 Switch 5 to ON See Figure 5 1 5 54 460940001A GE Security RRE Reader and Keypad Connections RMS 10 IGS Magnetic Mullion Read Head Wiring To RRE Refer to Table 5 10 through Table 5 13 for RRE terminal identification Figure 5 31 shows the IGS Mul lion reader and Table 5 63 shows the wiring connections See Table 5 65 for DIP Switch settings for to the RRE The RMS 10 reader draws 34 mA maximum See UL Specification s Section for additional information Mullion Description TB2 8 Red Red LED TB2 9 Y
304. nding on which ACURS is used see the relay numbering chart on the next page The example below is using an ACURS4 with one RRM addressed 6 There are 3 Elevator Cabs controlling 4 floors each Each relay would be given a security area for access authorization Each elevator cab must have its own reader When a card is read in Elevator Cab 2 and the user has access to areas Floor 4 and Floor 5 then only relays 4 and 5 would operate NOTE Only RRMs addressed 6 and 7 can be used for an ACURS that is configured for elevator control Relays on ACURS4 Security Areas Relay 0 Floor 2 Elevator Cab 1 Card Reader 1 This elevator cab starts at Relay 1 Floor 3 relay 0 and has 4 floors Relay 2 Floor 4 Floor 5 Relay 3 Relay 4 Floor 2 Elevator Cab 2 Card Reader 2 Relay 5 Floor 3 Relay 6 Relay 7 UR RRM Address 6 Relay 8 Floor 2 Elevator Cab 3 Card Reader 3 Floor 3 This elevator cab starts at Relay 9 relay 8 and has 4 floors Relay 10 Floor 4 Relay 11 Floor 5 GE Security July 29 2005 10 5 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Elevator Relay and Alarm Input Numbering Relay Numbering for Elevator Control ACURS2 ACURS4 On board ACURS 0 3 0 7 RRM Address 6 4 19 8 23 RRM Address 7 20 35 24 39 Table 10 3 Relay Numbering for Elevator Control Floor Tracking Numbering for On Board Relays and Alarm Inputs Physical A
305. nel 3 40 DIP Switch SW5 SW6 Settings Alarm Zone Termination for Readers 3 40 DIP Switch SW7 Power Switch 000000 eee ee 3 41 Status LEDs on the ACURS2 and ACURS4 0 00 3 41 ACURS Power Up Self test 2 0 0 02 0200 s 3 41 ACURS Online Status i deett exe Gade eeu fa da ae tans RS aie 3 42 LAN LED Status 4 rene utes doe d a en c eee 3 42 Host Port EED Be tole a Bil 3 42 Reader Zones LED Status 0 00 0 ccc cee ee 3 42 Relay and Door Strike LED SIAUS eeso merta da EERE E R es 3 42 Clearing the Memory on the ACURS2 ACURS4 3 43 Multi dropping RS 485 from LAN Connected ACUS 3 43 Installing Dial up Modem on the ACURS2 and ACURS4 3 44 ACU2 16 Controller Circuit Board 0 2 nen hh 3 45 ACUXL16 Configuration Information liess RI HI eh 3 46 Terminal Block PIN Outs on The ACUXL sssssssllll eee 3 48 Terminal Block TB1 Yellow Pin Number Identification 3 49 Terminal Block TB2 Red Pin Number Identification 3 50 Terminal Block TB3 Green Pin Number 3 51 Terminal Block TB4
306. nnected only to port 1 of the ACU will be used for floor selecting feedback The relay numbering will be different depending on which ACU is used see the relay numbering chart below The example below is using an ACU2 with one RRM Address 4 Port 2 The Elevator Control Mode is Standard Mode There are three Elevator Cabs controlling four floors each Each Relay would be given a Security Area for access authorization Each elevator cab must have its own reader When a card is read in Elevator Cab 2 and the user has access to Areas Floor 2 and Floor 3 only relays 4 and 5 would operate Relays on ACU Panel Security Areas Relay 0 Floor 2 Elevator Cab 1 Card Reader 1 This elevator cab starts at relay 0 and has 4 floors Relay 1 Floor 3 Relay 2 Floor 4 Relay 3 Floor 5 Relay 4 Floor 2 Elevator Cab 2 Card Reader 2 Relay 5 Floor 3 relay 4 and has 4 floors Relay 6 Floor 4 Relay 7 Floor 5 RRM Address 6 Relay 44 Floor 2 Elevator Cab 3 Card Reader 3 Floor 3 This elevator cab starts at Relay 45 relay 44 and has 4 floors Relay 46 Floor 4 Relay 47 Floor 5 Figure 10 1 Elevator Control Relay Assignment Example NOTE Some older elevators require the relay to be activated longer If this is necessary in the soft ware set the Door Bounce Timer to 2 seconds This should take care of any additional delay required by the elevator Requires ACU firmware version 5 72 or later
307. nnections Readers 0 Through Description 24 Volts In Reader Terminal TB1 Connected to ACU TB2 7 24V Cable Color Filled in by Installer Ground ACU TB2 8 0V 12 VDC 0 4 A max From ACU TX ACU TB2 9 R1T From ACU TX ACU TB2 10 R1T From ACU RX ACU TB2 11 R1R From ACU RX ACU TB2 12 R1R Zone Input 0 Door Contact Zone Input 0 Door Contact Exit Push Button Zone Input 1 Zone Input 1 Exit Push Button Table 4 13 One Stage HP Reader TB1 Wiring Connections Readers 0 Through 3 This page can be photocopied NOTES Each ACU controller has 2 module ports Four readers may be multi dropped on each port along with Remote Relay Modules RRM16 E1L and Remote Input Modules RIM16 E1L Install RS 485 termination on the farthest remote reader or module RS 485 terminator is part number ACU EOLRS GE Security Readers should be Multi dropped with no longer than a 10 ft stub to the reader Belden Cable No 9409 18 suggested for door strikes Belden Cable No 9407 22 AWG suggested for zone sensors Terminate any unused zone inputs July 29 2005 4 17 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide One Stage HP Reader TB1 Wiring Connections Readers 4 Through 7 Description 24 Volts In Reader Terminal TB1 Connected to ACU TB2 1 24V Cable Color Fille
308. nplug TB1 TB2 and TB3 terminal connectors from the RRE Figure 5 2 5 Note the revision level of PROM U2 Figure 5 2 located on the RRE The revision letter should be the same or higher Refer to Installing a PROM section if applicable 6 Pull gently the RRE circuit board from each of the snap in standoffs and remove the circuit board 7 Position the replacement circuit board on the snap in standoffs until the circuit board firmly rests in place on the standoffs 8 Reconnect the terminal connectors removed in steps 4 9 Perform Power up Self Test on the RRE and Normal Operation Test on the RRE found in Section 8 of this manual 9 16 460940001A GE Security RRE Parts Replacement RRE Parts Replacement 134972 RRE HP Printed Circuit Board Assembly Table 9 4 Parts replacement chart for RRE Replacing The SMT RIM This procedure enables the user to replace the SMT RIM Warning A Be sure to remove all power from the SMT RIM to avoid personal injury or damage to the unit 1 Remove all power from the SMT RIM from the ACU2 controller or other auxiliary power source 2 Open SMT RIM cover to access the wiring CAUTION A The printed circuit boards or modules contain static susceptible devices Prior to han dling them be sure to follow the two rules below to avoid damaging these devices by static electricity Handle all static sensitive components at a static safeguarded work area Transport all stat
309. o reduce the risk of damage to the equipment The entire alarm and or access system should be tested at least once a year to ensure that lightning damage has not gone undetected Grounding must be in accordance with the National Electrical Code NEC Article 250 and state and local codes GE Security July 29 2005 2 4 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Grounding Connections It is important to connect each ACU panel on the communication loop individually to earth ground not to chassis or electrical ground Grounding is imperative for proper data communications between panels and to ensure full functionality of the lighting and transient voltage protection devices Voltage protection devices are designed into all ACU panels and will channel most transient surges to ground if the panel is properly connected to earth ground If the panels are not properly connected to ground the surge suppression devices may not function and data communications may be erratic For proper grounding all ACUs should be connected to earth ground not to chassis or electrical ground Cold water pipes or a grounding rod usually make a good earth ground The grounding wire should be as heavy as possible with as short and straight a run as possible Avoid sharp bends in the wire because a large power surge might arc across the board Recommended Grounding Sources Cold Water Earth Ground Building Ground Electrical Ground The GE
310. o a maximum cable distance of 500 feet 152 meters from the RRE 4 Switches on HID ProxPro reader DIP Switch On On Off On On On On On ONOOaARWDND Identifies unit as Wiegand Turns on Beeper Control Green LED by Host Keypad Data through Data lines 2 Wire LED Control Common Ground to Data lines Common Ground to Data lines Common Ground to Data lines 460940001A GE Security Reader and Keypad Connection to RRE 4 Jumpers P1 Jumper 1 2 when mounting on a metallic surface otherwise jumper 2 3 P3 Jumper 1 2 Normally Open tamper switch LED Operation Red Ready to read card OFF Prompting User for PIN number Green Access was granted or door is unlocked Red Flashing Access was denied or reader is in alarm NOTE The keypad will only work if the unit is fully assembled before the unit is powered up GE Security July 29 2005 5 81 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Wiring HID ThinLine Il Model 5395 Reader to the RRE 4 Refer to Table 5 40 through Table 5 44 for terminal identification Table 5 105 shows the wiring connec tions for the HID ThinLine Il Model 5395 to the RRE 4 See Table A 13 for current GE part number infor mation See UL Specification s Section for additional information 1 73 cm 3 00 68 7 62 cm 4 02 10 21 4 70 11 94 Figure 5 40 ThinLine Il Model 5395 Reader to the RRE 4 MiniProx Rea
311. o one of the containers in the shipment The following procedure is used to unpack the ACU System components in preparation for installation 1 Open the container and remove the unit and all packing material Retain the container and all of the packing material They can be used again for reshipment of the component if required 2 Inspect the container contents for shortages If any items are missing contact GE Security Customer Service 3 Visually check the condition of the unit If damage or defect is discovered perform the following e damage was caused in transit a claim MUST be filed with the commercial carrier e other defect is apparent proceed as described in Packing Instructions and Returning Procedure below Packing Instructions Printed circuit boards may be shipped in anti static packing material available directly from GE Security The following procedure is used to pack the ACU System components NOTE Carefully pack the defective component using either the original or spare component con tainer and packing material Wrap Printed Circuit Boards in anti static packing material Plastic bags and white foam peanuts are unacceptable packing materials Return the component to GE Security as described in Returning Procedure Returning Procedure The following procedure is used to return any equipment to GE Security 1 Contact GE Security Customer Repairs in advance of returning the equipment The t
312. o the applicable procedure If the batteries do not have to be replaced proceed to step 3 3 Close and lock the front panel Warning The ACU controller enclosure contains electrical shock potential Be careful not to touch circuits that contain these potentials If this WARNING is not observed death or personal injury could result or the equipment could be damaged 4 Unlock and open the front panel of the ACU controller e Use a voltmeter to test the output of the two batteries see Table 9 1 Refer to Replacing ACU Batteries section if the batteries require replacing Output Charging Discharging No Load Output Voltage Charging Voltage ac ON 27 2to 27 6 VDC Discharging Voltage ac OFF 20 to 27 VDC No Load Voltage 23 to 27 VDC NOTE A single battery may also be tested for 12 VDC Table 9 1 Output DC Voltage s on the ACU Batteries GE Security July 29 2005 9 3 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Checking Batteries Without Power Warning A DO NOT apply electrical power to the ACU controller while it is being maintained Make certain that the 120 240 VAC power source circuit breaker is turned OFF until after the maintenance has been completed all procedure steps completed If this WARNING is not observed personal injury or death could occur or the equipment could be damaged Unlock and open the front panel of the ACU controller Observe that the LED s are operating and t
313. o the electric door strike The following Belden cable number or equivalent is suggested Belden No 9409 18 AWG Pull in the wires from the enclosure from each alarm zone sensor door contact and exit push button The following Belden cable number or equivalent is suggested Belden No 9407 22 AWG Pull in the wires from the enclosure from passive exit device if required The following Belden cable number or equivalent is suggested Belden No 9744 22 AWG Auxiliary Power Supply for RRE 2 RIM and RRM In most cases the ACU can supply the power for the RREs RIMs and RRMs When the ACU cannot supply power an auxiliary power supply may be used When using an auxiliary power supply make sure the OV terminal on all Remote Modules is connected back to the auxiliary power supply and the OV terminal on the ACU GE Security July 29 2005 2 9 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Alarm Zone Sensor Wiring Pull in twisted pair of wire Belden 9409 22 AWG or equivalent from each alarm zone sensor to the assigned input terminals on the ACU Controller or Remote Module See Terminal Block Tables in each section for Alarm Zone terminations End of line EOL resistor for the SECURE state is 200 Ohms or 1 000 Ohms DIP switch selectable see DIP Switch setting on ACU The End Of Line resistor must be located within the alarm zone sensor enclosure otherwise the alarm zone circuit will be considered unsu pervised
314. ocopied NOTES e Each ACU controller has 2 module ports Four readers may be multi drop on each port along with Remote Relay Modules RRM16 E1L and Remote Input Modules RIM16 E1L e Belden Cable numbers suggested No 9329 22 AWG for 1000 ft 305 m max distance e No 9369 18 AWG for 4000 ft 1220 m max distance e Two RS 485 Terminators are supplied with each ACU controller e Install RS 485 termination at the end of the longest reader cable RS 485 terminator is part number ACU EOLRS Readers should be Multi dropped with no longer than a 10 ft stub to the reader Belden Cable No 9409 18 suggested for door strikes Belden Cable No 9407 22 AWG suggested for zone sensors e Terminate any unused zone inputs 5 10 460940001A GE Security RRE TB2 Wiring Connections Description Buzzer active low Green LED active low Connected to Filled in by Installer RRE RRE HP Cable Color Filled in by Installer Yellow LED active low Red LED active low 5 Volt output 300 mA Data 1 or Mag Clock Data 0 or Mag Data Ground Aux Relay Normally Closed Aux Relay Common InN vja aloin 3 Aux Relay Normally Open Table 5 12 RRE TB 2 Wiring Connections RRE TB3 Wiring Connections Description External Keypad Row 1 External Keypad Column 0 External Keypad Row 0 External Keypad Column 1 External Keypad Column 2 External Key
315. olts In ACU TB2 7 24V Table 7 1 RRM Wiring Connections for Reader Port 1 This page can be photocopied NOTES 1 Each ACU2 controller has 2 reader ports Four readers may be multi dropped on each port along with Remote Relay Modules RRM and Remote Input Modules RIM Belden Cable numbers suggested No 9329 22 AWG for 1000 ft 305 m max distance No 9369 18 AWG for 4000 ft 1220 m max distance RS 485 Terminators are supplied with each ACU controller Install one RS 484 terminator on each reader port Install RS 485 terminator on the farthest ACU reader cable Readers and Remote Modules should be multi dropped with no longer than a 10 ft stub 460940001A GE Security Terminal Block Connector PIN Numbers on the RRM Connections for Reader Port 2 on RRM Description Unsupervised Alarm 1 Connected to Filled in by Installer Connected to Filled in by Installer Unsupervised Alarm 2 Alarm common ground Alarm common ground To ACU RX ACU TB2 5 R2R To ACU RX ACU TB2 6 R2R From ACU TX ACU TB2 3 R2T From ACU TX ACU TB2 4 R2T Ground Ground ACU TB2 2 0V 24 Volts In Table 7 2 RRM Wiring Connections for Reader Port 2 This page can be photocopied NOTES Each ACU2 controller has 2 reader ports Four readers may be multi dropped on each port along with Remote Relay Modules RR
316. on RIM RIM Relay Numbers for the Host PC Expansion port 1 Address Expansion port 2 Address 4 6 7 4 5 6 7 6 12 Table 6 15 RIM Relay Numbers for the Host PC 460940001A GE Security Chapter 7 RRM Remote Relay Module and RRM SMT The Surface Mount Remote Relay Module part numbers RRM16 E00 and RRM16 E1L provides eight Single Pole Double Throw SPDT and eight Double Pole Double Throw DPDT dry contact relays Each relay is rated 2 Amps at 24 VDC Three LED s provide heartbeat feedback and online status Twenty two hardware controlled LED s pro vide communication power and relay status Two unsupervised inputs are available for power fault and cabinet tamper The Remote Relay Module requires 24 VDC 15 Warning A Do not use the ACU controller Remote Reader Electronics RRE Remote Input Module RIM or Remote Relay Module RRM to switch any voltage above 30 volts Failure to heed this WARNING can cause death personal injury or damage to unit s Auxiliary Power Supply for RRM In most cases the ACU can supply the power for the RRM When the ACU can not supply power an auxiliary power supply may be used When using an auxiliary power supply make sure the OV terminal on all Remote modules are connected back to the auxiliary power suppl GE Security July 29 2005 7 1 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide
317. one voltage reference is ever out of range indicates board or power supply failure LED5 Green ON when transmitting data to host LED6 Yellow ON when receiving data from host Table 8 4 ACU Online Test LEDS If LEDs 1 2 3 and 4 flash simultaneously once a second usually indicates that the memory module SIMM is not being recognized or the EPROM has a problem One Stage Reader Field Wiring Test After making all connections and prior to connecting TB1 to the RMS RWE reader the following tests should be made Connections should already be completed at the ACU and external power supply if used Layout of the connector block as viewed from the rear of the reader 460940001A GE Security TB1 Terminal numbers with function description PIN Description 24 VDC 0 VDC Not Used Make No Connection Transmit Data Transmit Data Receive Data Receive Data Zone Input 0 Norm Door Contact Zone Input 0 Norm Door Contact Zone Input 1 Norm Exit Push Button Zone Input 1 Norm Exit Push Button Zone Input 2 Aux Input 1 Zone Input 2 Aux Input 1 Zone Input 3 Aux Input 2 Zone Input 3 Aux Input 2 Door Strike Table 8 5 One Stage Reader Wiring Test Voltage Tolerance Term 2 24 VDC Term 5 4 0 VDC Term 7 2 5 VDC Bldg Gnd 24 VDC Bldg Gnd 0 VDC Bldg Gnd Less than 6 0 VDC Bldg Gnd Less than 6 0 VDC Bldg Gnd Less than
318. oning correctly Flashing when offline Flashing when transmitting data to ACU Flashing when receiving data from ACU D57 ON when Power is applied to board ON when relay 2 is energized D52 ON when relay 1 is energized LED s 1 16 Status of 16 Alarm points Green Secure Red Active Yellow Trouble Table 6 12 RIM and Surface Mount RIM Normal LED Status Normal Operation LED s on the RIM The LED s on the Remote Input Module will light as follows Description ON steady when board is Online Heart beat 1 flash per second Flashing when board is Off line Tx Flashing when transmitting data to ACU Rx Flashing when receiving data from ACU ON ON when Power is applied D79 ON when relay 2 is energized D80 ON when relay 1 is energized Status of 16 Alarm points Green Secure LED s 1 16 Red Active GE Security Yellow Trouble open or short etc Table 6 13 RIM Normal LED Status July 29 2005 6 11 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Alarm Numbers on RIM RIM Alarm Numbers for the Host PC Expansion port 1 Address Expansion port 2 Address 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 IN9 IN10 IN 11 IN12 IN13 IN14 IN15 IN16 IN17 IN18 IN19 Offline Table 6 14 RIM Alarm Numbers for the Host PC Relay Numbers
319. onnections RRE Reader and Keypad Connections GE Security Proximity Readers 240 and 245 Refer to Table 5 10 through Table 5 13 for RRE terminal identification Table 5 53 shows the wiring con nections for the GE Security Proximity readers to the RRE Always follow the instructions that come with the GE Security readers See Table A 13 for current part number information See UL Specification s Section for additional information Function Connection to RRE Buzzer TB2 11 BUZ OV TB2 4 0 V 12 vdc TB1 3 12V Not Used No Connection Not Used No Connection Not Used No Connection Green LED TB2 10 GRN Red LED TB2 8 RED Not Used No Connection Not Used No Connection Data 0 TB2 5 Rda Data 1 TB2 6 Rcl 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 e Ai N Table 5 53 Wiring GE Security Proximity Readers 240 and 245 to the RRE The reader can be installed up to a maximum cable distance of 500 feet 152 meters from the RRE Use as seven conductor stranded wire with an overall shield The 240 reader only hooks up identical to the 245 reader with keypad Shield must be connected to earth ground at one end only NOTE Both readers must use the Custom Wiegand format settings shown below and minimum firmware version 5 68 00 for ACUXL and ACURS2 4 or version 2 66 00 for ACU2 ACU2R2 or ACU2R4 When using GE Security readers a Custom Wiegand card format must be set up Length 48 bits
320. or 4 2nd Reader TB2 3 or 4 3 d Reader TB2 3 or 4 No Connection 4th Reader TB2 3 or 4 Black Ground TB1 7 TB2 7 TB3 7 TB4 7 Green Data 0 TB1 8 TB2 8 TB3 8 TB4 8 White Data 1 TB1 9 TB2 9 TB3 9 TB4 9 Brown Green LED TB1 10 TB2 10 TB3 10 TB4 10 Yellow Option Switch On On Red LED Table 5 110 D Off Off TB1 12 TB2 12 TB3 12 Wiring Dorado Read Head to the RRE 4 TB4 12 NOTE On the Remote Reader Electronics board set SW1 Switch 5 to ON See Figure 5 1 GE Security July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide 5 86 460940001A GE Security Chapter 6 RIM Remote Input Module and RIM SMT The Remote Input Module RIM provides the interface from the ACU controller and additional alarm sensors The RIM consists of the electronic circuit board and the screw terminal connector board con nected together by a ribbon cable The RIM can be installed in its own tampered enclosure Each RIM provides 16 supervised inputs 3 unsupervised inputs and 2 relay outputs dry contact relays Single Pole Double Throw The Remote Input Module connects to the reader port on the ACU Each ACU reader port can support four readers in addition to remote modules RIM RRM etc With GE Security ONE 32 DIAMOND SAPPHIRE SAPPHIRE Pro and DIAMOND II systems any com bination of
321. or Floor Tracking NOTE Be certain that the Exp Module on the Field Panel has the Port 1 Addresses set for INPUT GE Security July 29 2005 10 3 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Elevator Relay Interface Elevator companies often choose not to allow installers to handle the elevator wiring directly instead they provide contacts from the elevator circuit that can be used to interface between SAPPHIRE Pro and the elevator control InfoGraphics Side Elevator Side N C _ _ Relay Wiring p _ p for either Floor Select Button standard Mode C Floor Tracking Modes Info Graphic Relay Optional Selected Floor feedback input wiring used with Floor Tracking 1K Ohm Resistors Mode Only Elevator Side InfoGraphics Side No neces N C Wiring for Keypad Floor Mode where the Info Graphic Relay Figure 10 2 Elevator Control Relay Wiring NOTE When an ACU is used for Elevator Control all of its relays are set to energized when not selected If the ACU were to fail all floors will be enabled Fail Safe 10 4 460940001A GE Security Elevator Control Elevator Control for ACURS2 and ACURS4 Elevator Floor Definition The ACURS2 field panel has 4 onboard relays and the ACURSA has 8 onboard relays The ACURS2 and ACURSA can have two 2 RRMs added for a maximum of 36 or 40 relays maximum for elevator control The relay numbering will be different depe
322. or One Stage Reader In most cases the ACU can supply the power for the One Stage reader When the ACU cannot supply power an auxiliary power supply may be used When using an auxiliary power supply make sure the OV terminal on all Remote modules are connected back to the auxiliary power supply 4 14 460940001A GE Security Terminal Connector PIN Numbers on a One Stage Reader Terminal Connector PIN Numbers on a One Stage Reader Table 4 11 and Table 4 12 show One Stage Reader wiring connections Refer to Chapter 3 Table 3 49 for applicable ACU controller connections and cable identifications See UL Specifications section for additional information One Stage Reader Wiring Connections Readers 0 Through 3 Description 24 Volts In Reader Terminal TB1 Connected to ACU TB2 7 24V Cable Color Filled in by Installer Ground ACU TB2 8 0V Not Applicable Not Used Make No Connection From ACU TX ACU TB2 9 R1T From ACU TX ACU TB2 10 R1T From ACU RX ACU TB2 11 R1R From ACU RX ACU TB2 12 R1R Zone Input 0 Door Contact Zone Input 0 Door Contact Zone Input 1 Exit Push Button Zone Input 1 Exit Push Button Zone Input 2 Aux Alarm Input 1 Zone Input 2 Aux Alarm Input 1 Zone Input 3 Aux Alarm Input 2 Zone Input 3 Aux Alarm Input 2
323. or door strikes e Belden Cable No 9407 22 AWG suggested for zone sensors e Terminating any unused zone inputs 460940001A GE Security RRE 4 Remote Reader Electronics Readers 0 through 3 or 8 through 11 ACU Reader Port 1 TB3 Connections RRE 4 PIN Label Description 24 VDC Input Reader Terminal TB3 Connected to ACU TB2 7 24V Cable Color Filled in by Installer Ground ACU TB2 8 0V From Expansion Port TX From Expansion Port TX ACU TB2 9 R1T ACU TB2 10 R1T From Expansion Port RX ACU TB2 11 R1R From Expansion Port RX Reader 2 Ground Reader 2 Data 0 Reader 2 Data 1 Reader 2 Red LED Reader 2 Green LED Reader 2 Buzzer Output Reader 2 Zone Input 0 Reader 2 Zone Input 0 Reader 2 Zone Input 1 Reader 2 Zone Input 1 ACU TB2 12 R1R 3 9 Reader s Read Head 3 d Reader s Door Contact 3 9 Reader s Exit Push Button Table 5 42 RRE 4 TB3 Wiring Connections This page can be photocopied NOTES Each ACU controller has 2 reader ports Two RRE 4s may be multi dropped on each port only if an ACU 16 is used along with Remote Relay Modules RRM and Remote Input Modules RIM Terminate the last Module on the reader cable Remote Modules should be Multi dropped with no longer than a 10 ft stub The distance between the RRE 4 and the read head is limited to 500 feet ma
324. ot jumper D1 and S on Conn33 Wiring the 3311 Single Zone Controller to RRE 3311 SZC Function TB2 10 Grn Conn2 3 G Single LED TB2 6 Rcl Conn3 4 D1 Data 1 TB2 5 Rda Conn3 3 DO Data 0 TB2 4 Gnd Conn3 2 0V GND Table 5 73 Wiring the 3311 Single Zone Controller to RRE NOTES 1 Do not jumper D1 and S on Conn33 2 Onthe Remote Reader Electronics board set SW1 Switch 5 to ON See Figure 5 1 Wiring Cotag Reader 5280 to the ACU and RRE The following explains how to successfully hook up and program a Cotag 5280 reader This is a 280 read head with a 5311 interface in one unit This is done in three parts Part one is the physical wire hookup to the RRE RRE4 ACU2 R2 ACU2 R4 Next the reader must be programmed it must learn the features necessary for proper operation Lastly the software must be programmed correctly Note that the Host controls the LEDs Also do not install the cover on the reader until completely finished GE Security July 29 2005 5 59 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide WIRING Follow recommended gauge sizes for distance That is 7 conductor 18 AWG loose bundle of stranded conductors with an overall shield for a maximum 400 ft run 22 AWG for a maximum run of about 220 feet Wiring Cotag Reader 5280 to the RRE Function RRE Terminal DC TB2 pin 4 10 7 15 6V DC 0 5 amps TB1 pin 3 Wiegand data 0 TB2 pin 5 Wiegand data 1 TB2 pin 6 Red LED TB
325. ower Supply DC STANDBY BATTERY BACKUP 4 Hour Backup OPTIONAL MAX INPUT CURRENT Table 1 4 General Specifications ACU R2 Networked Intelligent Controller GE Security July 29 2005 1 11 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide ACU R4 Networked Intelligent Controller DIMENSIONS 20 12 in 51 1 cm 16 50 in 41 9 cm 5 00 in 12 7 cm WITH BATTERIES 45 Ib 20 4 kg WITHOUT BATTERIES 33 Ib 15 kg ENVIRONMENTAL MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE 158 F 70 C MINIMUM TEMPERATURE 32 F 0 C HUMIDITY 0 to 95 Relative non condensing INPUT POWER VOLTAGE 2 0 A 240 W 120 VAC 8 Amp Power Supply 1 0 A 240 W 240 VAC 8 Amp Power Supply Me ECO 1 0 A 120 W 120 VAC 4 Amp Power Supply 0 5 A 120 W 240 VAC 4 Amp Power Supply DC STANDBY BATTERY BACKUP 4 Hour Backup OPTIONAL Table 1 5 General Specifications ACU R4 Networked Intelligent Controller One Stage Reader DIMENSIONS 7 625 in 19 4 cm 6 125 in 15 6 cm 2 0 in 5 1 cm WEIGHT ENVIRONMENTAL MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE 158 F 70 C MINIMUM TEMPERATURE 32 F 0 C HUMIDITY 0 to 95 non condensing HUMIDITY Weatherproof model 0 to 95 POWER VOLTAGE 24 VDC 415 MAXIMUM CURRENT 115 mA Table 1 6 General Specifications One Stage Reader NOTE Readers with LCD display are limited to a Maximum Temperature of 122 F 0 to 50 C 1 12 460940001A GE Security General Specifications Remote Mo
326. owever the rules of 4 readers per ACU reader port still applies Warning A Do not use the ACU controller Remote Reader Electronics RRE RRE 2 or RRE 4 Remote Input Module RIM or Remote Relay Module RRM to switch any voltage above 30 volts Failure to heed this WARNING can cause death personal injury or damage to unit s Circuit Boards RRE 4 Ribbon Cable Connector to RRE Board Relay 0 Relay 1 100 101 ARC LL R1BU7 R1ZO R170 RI71 RIZI dHOO SWilSAS OlHdVHOONNI uvOB Wail NiOV34 GYRO TB3 16 Reader 0 Reader 3 Terminal Block Terminal Block Reader 1 Reader 2 Terminal Block Terminal Block Figure 5 16 Shows the location of components discussed in this section GE Security July 29 2005 5 33 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide pH TX RX ON Figure 5 17 RRE 4 Circuit Board Component Locations RS485 Temination Jumpers mo 1 S828 388 See Table 5 29 for jumper settings Swi AUX Rel Relay Door Strike Relay Relay Wil Wi2 co 15 14 AUX Relay Relay Door Strike Relay 4 3 Relay Reader 1 Relays Jumpers across 1 amp 2 Terminated 2 amp 3 Not terminated Reader 0 Relays EN 460940001 A GE Security Connections RRE 4 Table 5 40 though Table 5 44 show RRE 4 terminal block wiring connections Refer to Chapter 3 Table 3 49 for applica
327. pad Row 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 External Keypad Row 3 10 NC1 Door Strike Relay N C 11 C1 Door Strike Relay Common 12 NO1 Door Strike Relay Normally Open Connected to Filled in by Installer Table 5 13 RRE TB 3 Wiring Connections Not included on the RRE Surface Mount version Can be configured for door strike output Default for door strike is on the ACU Controller This page can be photocopied Cable Color Filled in by Installer TAM Tamper Switch OV Tamper Switch Common NOTE Do not use the Remote Reader Electronics RRE Relays to switch any voltage above 30 volts GE Security July 29 2005 5 11 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount RREs RRE 2 Surface Mount The RRE 2R part numbers 2 00 AND RRE2 E1L Surface Mount Remote Reader Electronics Figure 5 6 provides the electronic interface between the ACU controller and two Wiegand card read heads The RRE 2 consists of the electronic circuit board and the screw terminal connector board con nected together by a ribbon cable and is installed within a tampered enclosure The RRE 2 provides the card read head communication interface as well as eight supervised alarm inputs for door contact and request to exit Any of the readers on the RRE 2 can be individually deactivated via DIP switch allowing you to also use an RREO1 E1
328. placement power supply charger assembly onto the panel mounting and secure with the mounting hardware removed in step 7 NOTE Be sure to reconnect the DC wire YELLOW for 4 Amp BLACK for 8 Amp to the mount 10 11 12 13 14 15 9 10 ing hardware on the upper right hand side of the power supply charger assembly Reconnect the wiring to the PCB Controller Assembly and back up batteries except the WHT RED wire to battery terminal disconnected in step 3 Reconnect the wiring according to local electrical code to Terminal Block TB1 removed in step 5 Install the clip on cover barrier on TB1 removed in step 4 If applicable reconnect the WHT RED wire Figure 2 17 removed in step 3 to the battery termi nal The battery DC power source is now being supplied to the ACU2 controller Reapply the 120 240 VAC power removed in step 1 to ACU2 controller Perform test procedures as describe in the Power Up Self Test on ACU2 Controller and Online Tests on ACU2 Controller sections Verify the Power Supply Charger output voltage Figure 9 1 Close and lock the front panel of the ACU2 controller 4609400014 GE Security Replacing Batteries Replacing Batteries 1 Turn OFF the 120 240 VAC power source to the ACU2 controller The power source is now supplied by the UPS batteries Unlock and open the front panel of the ACU2 controller Tag and disconnect the wiring from both battery terminals 4 Loosen
329. prompt for assistance Username Commands like Show Ports can check serial port configuration and the dedicated IP Address Local 2 show ports Port 1 Username Port 1 Physical Port 1 Connected Char Size Stop Bits 8 1 Baud Rate 9600 Flow Ctrl None Session Limit 4 Parity None Modem Control None Access Dynamic Break Ctrl Local Local Switch None Start Character None Forward None Backward None Port name Port_1 Terminal Type None Dedicated Service TCP 123 123 123 101 3001U Characteristics Telnet Pad Autostart Sessions 1 Current Session 123 123 123 101 3001U Input Output Flow Ctrl N N DSR DTR CTS RTS CD Y Y Y Y N Seconds Since Zeroed 720609 Framing Errors 0 Accesses Local Rem 1 0 Parity Errors 0 Flow Control Violations 0 Overrun Errors 0 Bytes Input 1311558 Bytes Output 1510770 Input Flow On Off of 0 Output Flow On Off of o Local 2 460940001A GE Security ACUR2 and ACUR4 Controllers Host Configuration of the ACU LAN Adapter Only software version 8 11 xx or above will support the ACU LAN Adapter In the host it is called a Server Procedure NOTE GE Security 1 2 3 First define the Serial Server then define the ACU and configure the ACU to use the Serial Server On the Diamond application select 6 Setup then 1 System then D Serial Server and lastly New For Name enter a description of the ACU LAN Adapter For IP Address enter the IP Address of the ACU LA
330. ptional battery mounting bracket Figure 3 25 Dial Up Modem Bracket 3 58 460940001A GE Security ACUR2 and ACUR4 Controllers To Phone Line J1 Connector 2 To Phone Red and Black wires to Power from ACU Brown Orange White and Yellow wires to Host Port of ACU Figure 3 26 Detailed drawing of the Dial Up Modem ACU PAK D1 NOTE See Table 3 54 or Table 3 55 for proper wiring ACU2 Only Connect To Description ACU2 TB5 4 ACU2 TB5 5 ACU2 TB1 24 ACU2 TB1 23 ACU2 TB1 22 ACU2 TB1 21 Table 3 54 ACU Dial Up Modem Cable connections ACU R2 R4 Connect To Description ACU TB3 12 ACU TB3 11 ACU TB1 14 ACU TB1 13 White ACU TB1 12 Yellow ACU TB1 11 Table 3 55 ACU Dial up Modem Cable connections LED s on Modem Description LED1 Power Lights when modem is powered LED2 Ring Detect Lights when the Modem has called Carrier Detect Lights when the Modem has established LED3 communication with the Host modem Table 3 56 Dial up Modem LED indicators GE Security July 29 2005 3 59 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Terminal Block PIN Outs on The ACU R2 and R4 Connections for Terminal Block 1 ACU R2 and R4 Cable Color Filled in by Installer 27V 27 5 Power Supply Charger Not Applicable Factory Wired Violet or Red OV 0 volts Yellow or Black AC Power Fault Input 24 Gau
331. r The LEDs will light as follows at power up all ON at hardware reset all OFF Status LED Description ON indicating power up ON indicating successful RAM test ON indicating successful PROM test ON indicating initialization complete 1 second Table 3 38 Power Up LED Status GE Security July 29 2005 3 41 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide ACURS Online Status The normal operating indicators for the ACURS controllers are indicated by LEDs 1 4 The LEDs on the ACURS controller s PCB will light as follows Status LED Description 1 Flashes at a 1 Hz rate 2 ON while transmitting to the Remote Modules Two seconds OFF then blinks once if Reader 0 is online followed by blinking twice if Reader 1 is online etc 3 4 ON if zone voltage reference is ever out of range indicates board or power supply failure Table 3 39 ACURS Online Status LEDS LAN LED Status Status LED Description ON Transmitting ON Receiving ON Collision ON Cable connected ON Cable reversed Table 3 40 LAN LED Status Host PortLED Status Transmit Data ON transmitting data to host computer ON Receiving data from host computer Table 3 41 Host Port LED Status Reader Zones LED Status OFF Secure Reader 0 3 ON Active Alarm Fast Flashing Trouble open or short etc Zone 0 1 amp 2 Slow Flashing Masked Table 3 42 Reader Zone LED Status R
332. r Unused input zones can be used for more alarms or terminated with a resistor see Table 4 14 and Table 4 15 The Door Strike relays can be configured to operate a single relay for a door or separately for a turn stile Keypad Access Request The One Stage Reader can be configured from the host computer to allow a card number to be entered from the keypad as well as accept card swipes The number of digits to be entered is configurable from 1 to 9 digits The card number entered from the keypad is processed like a card swipe access request except there is no test for issue code with or without an additional PIN keypad number Digits are entered until the count is reached or the is entered The key clears currently entered digits 460940001A GE Security IKE Integrated Keypad Electronics IKE Integrated Keypad Electronics The IKE devices are intelligent readers designed for enhanced keypad masking applications part num ber IKE 00RDIGW The unit can be mounted alone or interface with a separate read head This keypad has the following features Four supervised zones Available 12 VDC power Red Yellow and Green status LEDs 2 relay outputs 2 Amps at 30 VDC rating Alarm Buzzer Built in RS 485 termination 12 or 16 button key pad Internal Tamper switch Built in Zone termination Metal Housing Optional LCD Display Component Location IKE Keypad INFOGRAPHIC SYSTEMS INTEGRATED KEYPAD ELECTRONICS 12
333. r 4 would be entered as 3004US030 Where Zzz Zzz Zzz zzz is the IP Address of the Network Router or Gateway A router address may be required Check with the Network Administrator Local 1 CHANGE GATEWAY zzz zzz zzz zzz Local 1 gt gt CHANGE AUTOSTART ENABLED Local 1 gt gt CHANGE FLOW CONTROL NONE NOTE Changes go into effect only after a power up Optional Change the baud rate to 19200 Local 1 CHANGE SPEED 19200 Configuration Complete Re power the ACU LAN Adapter or send the command to reinitialize the LAN Adapter by typing the following Local 12 INIT DELAY 0 Remove the RS 232 connector to HyperTerminal from the LAN Adapter and reconnect it to the serial device GE Security July 29 2005 3 69 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Diagnostics and Testing for LAN Adapter 1 Connect the ACU LAN Adapter to the Network 2 From host computer go to a command prompt At the command prompt type PING Where is the IP Address of the ACU LAN Adapter A valid response should be returned If not check the Network configuration At the command prompt type Telnet 4 Click Connect then click Remote System 5 For Host Enter the IP address of the ACU LAN Adapter The following screen should appear Lantronix MSSLITE Version V3 5 3 990118 Type HELP at the Local 2
334. r Reference to New Model Numbers 14 460940001A GE Security Model Number Changes to Hardware Wiring a DS150i Series Requestto Exit PIR Sensor Figure 1 shows request to exit wiring for DS150i DS150i is a common motion detector used for request to exit The following is a wiring diagram for the DS150i Wiring Connector Add jumper for 12 DC Volt Wire Plug Remove for 24 Volt Power Orange Relay Mode Set to B See Note for Fail Safe Latch Time Adjust Adjust delay to minimum Resettable Non Resettable jumper Set to Resetable gt To ACU reader s OV To ACU reader s 12 VDC or 24 VDC See jumper selections above To ACU reader s 21 input 1 1 Kohm Ag To ACU reader s Z1 input Figure A 1 DS150i Wiring Diagram NOTE If Fail Safe is needed change Relay Mode jumper to A and use the Violet wire in place of the Blue GE Security July 29 2005 A 15 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide A 16 460940001A GE Security Index 4 Port RS 485 Expander 5 42 LED Location for 3 16 485 Expander LEDs LAN Connection 3 16 Component Location 5 44 Parallel Printer Port 3 8 4285CSP to AGUZ 3 5 SWITCH SW
335. r with Add on expander card add 0 020 amps Table 1 15 Typical Operating Currents for Devices NOTE For specifications on OEM readers see the reader s manufactures specifications enclosed with the reader 1 16 460940001A GE Security Chapter 2 Installation Guarding Against Lightning Damage Lightning can do a great deal of damage to electronic equipment Adhering to the following guidelines will significantly reduce equipment damage resulting from lightning Avoid running wiring across or near to any lightning rod grounding wires Also avoid running wiring near any cable or wires connected to an outside TV or radio antenna Make sure to ground the ACU controller enclosure carefully following GE Security instructions The preferred ground is an 8 ft 2 5 m copper rod driven into the earth as near to the equipment location as possible The second choice of ground is a copper cold water pipe An insulated junction at the water meter MUST NOT isolate the pipe DO NOT use hot water radiator gas piping or plastic plumbing pipes The third and least desirable ground is the building electrical system ground wire Use at least AWG 12 copper wire for grounding Choose the grounding location that makes the shortest and most direct path to ground Minimize the length of the wire and avoid all types of turns in the ground return path Ground all external mounted enclosures housings such as used for readers gate controls etc t
336. re removed in step 4 10 Turn on ACU2 power switch 11 Reapply AC power source removed in step 1 12 Close and open the ACU2 controller front panel to check the operation of the tamper switch 13 Close and lock the front panel 9 12 460940001A GE Security PROM Replacement PROM Replacement Newer ACU panels do not require PROM replacement to update the firmware instead the PROM can be flashed Check the Panel Status on the Server PC to see if it shows FLASH To Flash a PROM see PROM Control in the Diamond II manual or Load Panel Program in Sapphire Pro and Topaz manuals This section contains instructions for identifying and changing adding PROMs and DES chip See Figure 9 2 for their locations on the ACU2 PCB assembly When the PROM on the ACU2 is inserted correctly the label will appear upside down Pin 1 Location ACU 2 Half circle Cutout Controller Older PROMs will not fill the socket provided on the ACU board In this case the PROM must be installed all the way to the left leaving the 2 open pins sockets on the right Figure 9 2 Location of PROM and DES Encryption Sockets on ACU2 PCB Assembly PROM Identification The ACU2 PCB Controller Assembly contains a PROM The programs reside in a PROM There may be occasions when the user may need to change or identify a PROM Each PROM has a label similar to the example shown in Figure 9 3 Except for socket number location all PROM labels in a program set are id
337. readers 0 to 3 and 8 to 11 addresses 0 to 3 and 8 to 11 are on reader port 1 and readers 4 to 7 and 12 to 15 addresses 0 to 3 and 12 to 15 are on reader port 2 Access Control The ACU Controller provides local access request processing using the data base downloaded from the host computer ACU Readers can be operated as a single reader with exit push button or in a paired reader configuration The door strike and door held open times are user configurable Access alarms consist of door forced open door held open reader tamper and reader off line Uses have the ability to mask all alarms GE Security July 29 2005 1 5 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Alarm Monitoring Alarm zone monitoring allows the system to monitor 12 intrusion detection zones on the ACU Controller four zones on each ACU Reader and 16 zones on the Remote Input Module Each zone is a UL Grade A two wire supervised circuit for monitoring alarm detection devices such as ultrasonic motion detec tors Four trouble conditions may be detected Open loop Shorted loop Grounded loop Line fault Cabinet tamper and power fail inputs are always monitored Door forced open door held open reader off line and reader tamper alarms are also reported to the host Remote Control Relays may be activated by commands from the host system by an access cycle to control the door strike by Local Alarm Output Command or by a Local Relay Command Twelve r
338. ronment Operation ofthis equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference in which case users attheir own expense will be required to take whatever measures may be required to correct the interference SERVICE STATEMENT Control devices are combined to make a system Each control device is mechanical in nature and all mechanical components must be regularly serviced to optimize their operation All GE Security Systems and authorized distributors offer Technical Support P rograms that will ensure your continuous trouble free system performance For further information contact GE Security or your nearest GE Security Systems representative Copyright 2000 by GE Security TO THE READER The Part 68 rules require that the following information be provided to the end user of equipment containing a pre approved modem module Type of Service GE Security Software operated on an ACU field panel is designed for use on standard device telephone lines It connects to the telephone line by means of a standard jack called the USOC 11 or USOC FJ 455 Connection to telephone company provided coin service central office implemented systems is prohibited Connection to party line services is subject to state tariffs Telephone Company Procedures The goal of the telephone company is to provide the best service it can In order to do this it may occasionally be necessary for them to make changes in their equipment operations or proce
339. rs for the Host 2 e hr A 8 RIM Relay Numbers for the Host PC 0 2 kets A 8 RRM Relay Numbers for the Host PC 0 0 cette eee A 9 RRM Alarm Numbers for the Host PC 0 0 0 tte rs A 9 Appendix C Loading A Master DES Encryption Key A 11 Appendix D Model Number Changes to Hardware A 12 Wiring a DS150i Series Request to Exit PIR Sensor A 15 aca seam pd UR NES Ai Rd a dp CR RA RUEDA US NE ia aaa eae I l T X 460940001A GE Security Figures Figure 1 1 System OVervioW x eec i ib badd emer ae caged 1 4 Figure 2 1 Components mounted inside the ACU controller Enclosure ss 2 4 Figure 2 2 RS 485 Communication Wiring for SMT RRM and SMT RIM as last 2 8 Figure 2 3 RS 485 Communication Wiring for as last device 2 8 Figure 2 4 Zone Sensor with 1000 Ohm Resistors essssssssseseeeeeeene eene nnne nnns 2 11 Figure 2 5 Zone Sensor Wiring with EOL terminator sesssseeee nnne mener 2 12 Figure 2 6 Zone Sensor Wiring with 200 10K Ohm resistors eene 2 12 Figure 2 7 Door Strike Wiring for ACU and One Stage sssssseeee e
340. running the cables and wires In running cables and wires be sure to observe and follow applicable codes e dry relay contacts are rated at 2 amp at 24 DC volts All wires should be stranded maximum length of the wiring between the farthest Remote Module One Stage Reader SMT RIM or SMT RRM and the ACU controller is 4000 ft 1220 m provided the remote module is locally powered Guard against lightning damage All bare Shields should be taped or protected against accidental shorting against electronic components Recommended Wire and Cable The following are suggestions as to which cables to be installed for the specified use RS 485 from ACU to field panels RS 485 cable Belden 9842 or Alpha 6222C 24 AWG 2 pair braid overall shield max distance 4000 feet Or RS 422 cable Belden 1419A or Alpha 6202C 24 AWG 2 pair foil overall shield max distance 4000 feet 21 5 VDC from ACU to field panels Belden 9409 1 pair or Alpha 1897C 18 AWG 2 conductor unshielded max distance 4000 feet at 0 5 Amps Door contact input and exit request button sensor Alpha 1172C 22 AWG 2 conductor unshielded max distance 1000 feet Door lock control 9409 1 pair Alpha 1897C 18 AWG 2 conductor unshielded max distance 1000 eet RMS 10 Reader Belden 9514 4 pairs or Alpha 1298C 22 AWG 8 conductor over all foil shield max distance 10 feet K10 Keypad Belden 3006A 8 pairs
341. s 24 VDC for low battery is 21 VDC 9 4 460940001A GE Security Troubleshooting The ACU Controller Troubleshooting The ACU Controller Troubleshooting the ACU controller is done at the printed circuit board and assembly level DO NOT attempt to replace any of the printed circuit board components unless it is specified in the replacement procedures Troubleshooting the ACU controller s PCB assembly is accomplished by performing the procedure in the Power Up Self Test on the ACU controller in section 8 If the ACU controller passes the power up test perform the troubleshooting procedures for the associ ated host computer as described in the host computer s maintenance manual and online tests as described in Online Tests on the ACU controller in section 8 Auxiliary Power Supply In most cases the ACU can supply the power for the When the ACU cannot supply power an auxiliary power supply may be used When using an auxiliary power supply make sure the OV terminal on all Remote modules are connected back to the auxiliary power supply Failure to do so may result in failure to communicate interment communication or card reads GE Security July 29 2005 9 5 Replaceable P arts ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Table 9 2 lists the replaceable parts in the ACU2 controller and the section heading referencing the replacement procedure for each unit r Replaceable Part Controller Printed Circuit Board Assemb
342. s board set SW1 Switch 5 to ON See Figure 5 1 460 940001A GE Security Reader and Keypad Connection to RRE 4 SECURAKEY Read Head Refer to Table 5 40 through Table 5 44 for terminal identification Table 5 109 shows the wiring connec tions for the SecuraKey reader to the RRE 4 Always follow the instructions that come with the SecuraKey reader See UL Specification s Section for additional information Wiring SecuraKey Read Head to the RRE 4 SecuraKey Model SK 028C Description 12 Volts 1 Reader TB2 5 or 6 2 Reader TB2 5 or 6 3 d Reader TB2 5 or 6 4th Reader TB2 5 or 6 LED TB1 11 TB2 11 TB3 11 TB4 11 Data 1 TB1 9 TB2 9 TB3 9 TB4 9 Data 0 Ground TB1 8 TB1 7 TB2 8 TB2 7 TB3 8 TB3 7 TB4 8 TB4 7 Data Hold No Connection No Connection No Connection Table 5 109 Wiring SecuraKey Read Head to the RRE 4 NOTE On the Remote Reader Electronics board set SW1 Switch 5 to OFF See Figure 5 1 DORADO Read Head Wiring To RRE 4 Refer to Table 5 40 through Table 5 44 for terminal identification Table 5 110 shows the wiring connec tions for the Dorado reader to the RRE 4 Always follow the instructions that come with the Dorado reader See UL Specification s Section for additional information Wiring Dorado Read Head to the RRE 4 Dorado Model 544B or 644B Red Description 5 Volts 1 Reader TB2 3
343. s the card read head communication interface as well as four supervised alarm inputs for door contact request to exit and two general purpose alarms The RRE also provides two Single Pole Double Throw relays One relay can be used for door strike The other relay can be used for remote control functions The surface mount RRE 1 part number RREO1 E00 is shown in Figure 5 1 The and the HP are identical in wiring and functionality The surface mount RRE and RRE HP have additional transient protection but the RRE HP is physically larger See UL Specification s Section for additional information During reader installation refer to the manufactures instructions shipped with the reader for the latest installation information NOTE See Table A 13 for complete list of reader product numbers GE Security July 29 2005 5 1 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide RRE Surface Mount Board GE SECURITY REMOTE READER ELECTRONICS HB TX1 BUZ GRN YEL RED 5V RCL RDA LEDs See Table 5 4 NC2 C2 N02 OOOOOOOOOOO 4 W N SW1 TB2 Fd Table 5 12 rd TB3 See Table 5 13 SW1 See Table 5 2 Jumpers See Table 5 1 TB1 See Ee SW3 See Table SI Table 5 3 i Z3 23 Z2 22 Z1 21 Z0 20 RX RX TX TX
344. sein a well ventilated area away from open flame cigarettes sparks and other Sources of ignition Shield eyes and face when working around battery Do not make direct contact between the positive and negative terminals Do not puncture disassemble or incinerate batteries Dispose of in accordance with environmental regulations Poison contains lead compounds and corrosive acid Contains sulfuric acid Causes severe burns In the event of contact flush with water and obtain immediate medical attention Keep out of reach of children Re Charge in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Warning Make certain that the AC power source circuit breaker s is OFF before pro ceeding Failure to heed this WARNING can cause death personal injury or damage to unit s CAUTION To avoid an electrical short do not let the contacts on the batteries touch any part of the enclosure or mounting plate The Uninterruptible Power supply UPS battery installation and wiring connection to the ACU Controller Power Supply Charger Assembly is made as follows 1 Install the battery bracket supplied with the optional battery kit using the four screws split lock washers and flat washers Install the two 12 VDC rechargeable batteries on the battery shelf as shown in Figure 2 21 Place the battery strap bracket over the batteries on the shelf Secure the battery strap bracket with a screw split washer and flat washer Conn
345. sembly 2 17 Altronix PDAULCB Power Distribution 2 18 Wiring Power to The ACU 5APWR Power 2 19 Explanation of Terminal and LEDs 00 020 ete eee 2 19 ACU 5APWR Power Supply and Charger Specifications 2 20 Maintenance cr eda alae eg ee ry ae try dani at ca ond 2 20 Wiring Power to The 8 AMP Power 2 21 ACU 8APWR Power Supply and Charger Specifications 2 22 120VAC and 240VAC Wiring for 8AMP Power Supply Charger ACU 8APWR 2 22 Wiring Power to The 8 AMP Power Supply Charger Obsolete 2 24 Connection Locations bette deste pace datis Phebe vare die dates Sed e redo RIA 2 24 8 AMP Power Supply Charger Installed in Cabinet Obsolete 2 25 Wiring Power to The 4 AMP Power Supply Charger 2 26 Connection Locations s hh hr ms 2 26 ACU2 PS4 Power Supply Charger Installed in Cabinet 2 27 120VAC and 240VAC Wiring for 4AMP Power 2 28 Wiring 240VAC for 4 AMP Power Supply Charger
346. settings on the Controllers Dial Up Modem Configuration Overview This section provides technical information on all models of ACU controllers These intelligent networked devices provides access control alarm monitoring and output control The ACUXL16 model provides two host serial ports for connections to a server computer using either RS 485 or RS 232 communica tions The ACURS2 and the ACURS4 have one RS232 RS485 host port and one LAN port The ACUR 2 and R4 and the ACU2 and ACU2X are no longer available Information regarding these products is available at the end of this chapter Reader communication is non encrypted polled serial protocol up to 4000 ft 1220 m for One Stage Readers and Remote Electronics Modules such as readers inputs or outputs ACUS provide Twelve 12 Grade AA supervised inputs Eight 8 Grade AA supervised inputs on the ACU R4 or four 4 Grade AA supervised inputs on the ACU R2 provide alarm monitoring These super vised inputs are for alarm devices exit push button and door contacts for the card readers Each model is also equipped with unsupervised cabinet tamper AC power fail input and low battery Form C relays are provided on each model for strike activation and or remote control All relay contacts are rated for 28 VDC at 2 amperes DO NOT switch any voltages over 30 volts There are 12 relays on the ACUXL four on the ACURS2 and eight on the ACURS4 The ACUR2 4 have two position jumpers which determ
347. sing dial up modems the baud rates MUST be set to 9600 with no parity Also a US Robotics Sportster external modem Model 0459 or 0701 must be used at the host computer See nstalling Server External Modem later in this chapter for more details Warning A Make certain that the AC power source circuit breaker s is OFF before proceeding Failure to heed this WARNING can cause death personal injury or damage to unit s 3 44 460940001A GE Security ACU2 16 Controller Circuit Board ACU2 16 Controller Circuit Board For the location of components discussed in this section see Figure 3 19 below DC Power Switch SW50 Dip Switch eO CALO LEDs 1 12 3 4 d 1 MX 1 ME DC ON amp amp 9 O Kd E m
348. stallation Guide Terminal Block TB4 Blue Pin Number Identification On the ACUXL Controller s PCB Assembly Description Relay 7 Normally Closed Belden or Equivalent Cable No Maximum Distance Connected to 9409 18 AWG 1000 ft 305 m Relay 7 Common Relay 7 Normally Open Relay 6 Normally Closed 9409 18 AWG 1000 ft 305 m Relay 6 Common Relay 6 Normally Open Relay 5 Normally Closed 9409 18 AWG 1000 ft 305 m Relay 5 Common Relay 5 Normally Open Relay 4 Normally Closed 9409 18 AWG 1000 ft 305 m Relay 4 Common Relay 4 Normally Open Supervised Zone 11 9407 22 AWG 1000 ft 305M Supervised Zone 11 Supervised Zone 10 9407 22 AWG 1000 ft 305M Supervised Zone 10 Supervised Zone 9 Supervised Zone 9 Supervised Zone 8 9407 22 AWG 1000 ft 305M 9407 22 AWG 1000 ft 305M Supervised Zone 8 Supervised Zone 7 9407 22 AWG 1000 ft 305M Supervised Zone 7 Supervised Zone 6 9407 22 AWG 1000 ft 305M Supervised Zone 6 Table 3 51 ACU2 TB4 Connections This page can be photocopied 460940001A Cable Color Filled in by Installer GE Security Terminal Block TB5 Pin Number Identification On the ACUXL Controller s PCB Assembly Description ACUXL16 Configuration Information Belden or Equivalent Cable No Maximum Distance Connected to Cable Color Filled in by Installer 5 Volt output
349. strap Dennison 08 432 or equivalent Clearing the Memory on the ACUXL To clear memory first power off the ACUXL Set the even switches positions 2 4 6 amp 8 on DIP switch SW2 to ON and the odd switches positions 1 3 5 amp 7 to OFF Set the polling address of the blue Rotary Switch SW4 to F Apply power to the ACUXL Wait a minimum of 45 seconds for all memory to clear LEDs 1 4 will blink together indicating that the operation is complete Turn power off and reset switches SW2 and SWA to the desired settings NOTE When clearing memory on an ACUXL the IP Address will also be cleared and will need to be reconfig ured GE Security July 29 2005 3 17 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Setting TCP IP Address for ACUXL 16 ACURS2 and ACURS4 Setting IP Address 3 18 One of the simplest ways to set the IP address on the ACUXL is with a laptop computer in the field run ning the AcuxUtil exe program If using the default IP address SW3 switch 3 on attach and configure only one ACUXL at a time To set up the TCP IP address for a ACUXL field panel start by locating the AcuxUtil exe file on the CD and start the utility by double clicking on it s icon S EXACUX Utulities File Edt View 4 gt gt Back Forverd Address SACU Utilities 1 object s 2 After starting the utility the following screen is displayed a InfoGraphic Systems Configurator EN
350. t Use the LED Mode Control Card part 135950 Keri part no 05528 702 to change the LED output to Dual LED control This is described in the P 600 Hookup Guide keypad portion defaults to 8 bit burst mode This is the proper mode of operation e For this type of reader attach the Orange wire of the P 600 pigtail to the Green LED output on any RRE RRE 4 ACU R2 R4 or RRE 2 A Forced Open alarm is indicated by a blinking orange color in the LED locations on the reader the horns prompt to enter a PIN number is indicated by the red LED turning off when a card is presented at the reader Use Standard 26 bit Wiegand format in the reader configuration Card and PIN can use cards with different Company Facility codes If the card is entered directly through the keypad the system uses only the Company Facility code which is in the Site configuration GE Security July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide SECURAKEY Read Head Wiring To RRE Refer to Table 5 10 through Table 5 13 for RRE terminal identification Table 5 91 shows the wiring con nections for the SecuraKey reader to the RRE Always follow the instructions that come with the SecuraKey reader See UL Specification s Section for additional information SecuraKey Model SK 028C Connection to RRE TB1 3 12V Description 12 VDC Ground TB2 4 0 V Data 0 Data 1 TB2 5 Rda TB2 6 Rcl
351. t stub The distance between the RRE 4 and the read head is limited to 500 feet maximum using 18 gauge overall shielded cable Always follow wiring instructions that come with the read head Belden Cable No 9409 18 suggested for door strikes Belden Cable No 9407 22 AWG suggested for zone sensors Terminating any unused zone inputs 460940001A GE Security RRE 4 Remote Reader Electronics TB4 Connections RRE 4 Cable Color Filled in by Installer Reader Terminal TB4 PIN Label Description Connected to Relay 2 Normally Open Relay 2 Normally Closed 3 9 Reader s Door Strike Relay 2 Common Relay 3 Normally Open Relay 3 Normally Closed 4 Reader s Door Strike Relay 3 Common Reader 3 Ground Reader 3 Data 0 Reader 3 Data 1 Reader 3 Red LED Reader 3 Green LED Reader 3 Buzzer 4 Reader s Read Head Reader 3 Zone Input 6 4 Reader Door Contact Reader 3 Zone Input 7 Reader 3 Zone Input 7 Reader 3 Zone Input 6 4 Reader Exit Push Button Table 5 44 RRE 4 TB4 Wiring Connections This page can be photocopied NOTES e Each ACU controller has 2 reader ports Two RRE 4s may be multi dropped on each port only if an ACU 16 is used along with Remote Relay Modules RRM and Remote Input Modules RIM Terminate the last Module on the reader cable Remote Modules should be Multi dropped wi
352. t Modules RIM16 E1L Terminate the last Module on the reader cable Remote Modules should be Multi dropped with no longer than a 10 ft stub e distance between the RRE 2 and the read head is limited to 500 feet maximum using 18 gauge overall shielded cable Always follow wiring instructions that come with the read head Belden Cable No 9409 18 suggested for door strikes Belden Cable No 9407 22 AWG suggested for zone sensors e Terminating any unused zone inputs 460940001A GE Security RRE 2 Remote Reader Electronics TB3 Connections RRE 2 Cable Color Filled in by Installer 24V 24 VDC Input ACU TB2 1 24V OV Ground ACU TB2 2 OV Reader Terminal TB1 Description Connected to NI From Expansion Port TX ACU TB2 3 ACU TB2 4 ACU TB2 5 ACU TB2 6 R2T R2T R2R R2R From Expansion Port TX From Expansion Port RX From Expansion Port RX Reader 1 Ground Reader 1 Data 0 Reader 1 Data 1 RED LED Reader 1 Red LED YELLED Reader 1 Yellow LED GRN LED Reader 1 Green LED Reader 1 Zone Input 0 CO 2 w Reader 1 Read Head Reader 1 Door Contact Reader 1 Zone Input 0 Reader 1 Zone Input 1 Reader 1 Exit Push Button Reader 1 Zone Input 1 Table 5 38 RRE 2 TB3 Wiring Connections This page can be photocopied NOTES
353. t RRM 1 0 ee eae 7 10 Alarm Numbers RRM and Surface Mount RRM 00 0 eee n 7 10 RRM Alarm Numbers for the Host PC 0 eee 7 10 Relay Numbers RRM and Surface Mount RRM 0 0 7 11 RRM Relay Numbers for the Host PC 1 ee eee 7 11 Chapter 8 Testing Procedures vivas o eae ee ews Vie Cea bee ee eae 8 1 Power Up Self Test On The ACU2X Controller 000002 eee 8 1 Power Up Self Test On The ACU2 Controller 8 1 Online Tests For ACUX Controllers 2 00 m 8 2 Online Tests For ACU Controllers lllielseeelee RR m 8 2 One Stage Reader Field Wiring Test 0 0 0 en 8 2 Power Up Self Test the One Stage 8 4 Normal Operation Test on the One Stage 8 4 RRE Field Winna Tests ecc ga RE ec Midge TUE LEUR he A eee ee AU E 8 5 Power Up Self Test the RRE 00 00 cece ete eee eee 8 6 Normal Operation Test on RRE 0 0 20 e teeta 8 6 RIM Field Wiring Test eoi Aes uc eb te eta 8 7 Power Up Self Test on the RIM n 8 7 Normal Operation Test on RIM lsssssllleelsle lr 8 8 The operation and status LED s will light as follows 8 8 RRM Field Wiring Test
354. t be obtained from your MIS department Enter the new ACUXL IP Address Sub Net Mask Gate IP Address Gateway or Router The Existing Port No will be left at its default 3001 unless you have multi servers on your system Change the last three digit of the Port No to reflect the server number 3000 plus the LAN number For server number two the Port No would be 3002 The Time Out Period is used for redundant systems only The default is 30 Sec Click OK to continue July 29 2005 3 21 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide ACUXUTIL Parameters are updated successfully 16 The ACUXL was updated successfully 17 Click OK to continue InfoGraphic Systems IP Address Configurator The IP address on ACUX board has been updated successfully Do you want to RESET the ACUX board Please Turn off dipswitch 2 and 3 before reset 18 Before continuing make sure DIP switches 2 and 3 at the ACUXL are turned OFF 19 Click OK to continue and reset the ACUXL acuxutil xi AN The ACU updated successfully The ACUXL has been updated with the new IP address 20 Click OK to complete the setup 460940001 A GE Security Set IP Address Through Serial Connection Connect your PC to the ACUXL as shown below Setting TCP IP Address for ACUXL 16 ACURS2 and ACURS4 RS 232 PC Comm 2 RX 9 pin 5 GND 50 ft max 3 TX T B1 19 HARD 18 1
355. th no longer than a 10 ft stub e distance between the RRE 4 and the read head is limited to 500 feet maximum using 18 gauge overall shielded cable Always follow wiring instructions that come with the read head Belden Cable No 9409 18 suggested for door strikes Belden Cable No 9407 22 AWG suggested for zone sensors e Terminating any unused zone inputs GE Security July 29 2005 5 39 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Paired Reader Operation Readers on the same ACU controller can be configured as paired readers The configuration allows readers to operate as in and out readers for a single door with or without exit push button Paired read ers share a single door contact Mode changes for paired readers will affect both readers Commands sent to the first reader of the pair are accepted Commands sent to the second reader of a pair are ignored The door contact is wired to the first reader of the pair Unused input zones can be used for more alarms or terminated with a resistor see Table 5 34 The Door Strike can be configured to operate a single relay for a door or separate relays for a turnstile Keypad Access Request An RRE 4 can be configured from the host computer to allow a card number to be entered from the key pad as well as accept card swipes The number of digits to be entered is configurable from 1 to 9 digits The card number entered from the keypad is processed like a car
356. they should be performed by a quiflied GE Security representative For information contact GE Security 791 Park of Commerce Boulevard Suite 100 Boca Raton FL 33487 1 561 998 6100 GE Security July 29 2005 P V ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide COPYRIGHT INFORMATION GE Security has COPYRIGHT on all its software hardware communication protocals firmware hardware software and hardware firmware interfaces These are the intellectual property of IGYS Systems Inc doing busines as GE Security Any attempt to utilize any of our intellectual property rights on any system without the agreement of GE Security and without the payment of a license fee will infringe on our Copyright Copyright 2001 GE Security Allrights reserved Printed in USA GE Security reserves the right to change specifications consistent with our policy of contious product improvement Reverse Engineering Disassembly You are prohibited from revising engineering disassembling or decoding the software or firmware provided to you or otherwise translating the software or firmware or permitting any third party to do the same You recognize the rights to use the Operating software and firmware are strictly limited to use of the software and firmware as provided to you by GE Security Trademark Information WINDOWS 98 WINDOWS NT and WINDOWS 2000 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation B amp B is a trademark of B amp B Electronics
357. tion et densa dates 4 14 RIM Surface Mount Field Wiring Test n se 8 2 Circuit Board a 6 2 LCD Display Contrast Adjustment 4 11 4 25 eee ett een xe 6 4 Normal Operation Test 8 4 LED S e ni t eee ete 6 11 Parts Replacement 9 15 RMS 10 Power Up Self Test 8 4 RJ 45 Cable ee 4 29 GE Security July 29 2005 I III ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide ie i dee 5 55 Power Up Self Test 5 24 RMS 18 2 2 tie init tee tr a 5 69 Relay Assignments 5 25 Rotary SWIG fedes 3 73 Remote Reader Electronics 5 33 RRE RRE HP Alarm Zone Assignments 5 8 Jumper Settings 5 7 Circuit Board 2 eiie etin eei 5 5 RRM Connections e es 5 9 Alarm Numbers 7 10 DIP Settings eene 5 6 Alarm Numbers for Host A 9 Field Wiring Test sseeeee 8 5 Circuit Board a 7 3 Normal Operation Test 8 6 Connections sssssssssseeenene 7 4 Nor
358. to the ACU RX On when receiving from the ACU ON On when power is applied Relay LEDs On when relay is activated Table 5 31 Normal LED Indicators Alarm Zone Assignments For RRE 4 RRE 4 Physical Zones Physical Zone Alarm Physical Zone Alarm Numbers Reader s 0 3 Numbers Reader s 4 7 Table 5 32 RRE 4 Alarm Numbers for Host PC NOTE Defaults Z0 Z2 Z4 Z6 Door Contact Z1 Z3 24 27 Exit Push Button If zones inputs are used for Door Contact and Exit Push Button then the alarm numbers in these col umns are used to report a trouble condition at the sensor 5 24 460940001A GE Security Relay Assignments For RRE 4 Version 8 10 and Older RRE 2 and RRE 4 Version 8 11 and Newer READER READER Reader 0 Door Strike Reader 0 Door Strike Reader 1 Door Strike Reader 1 Door Strike Reader 2 Door Strike Reader 2 Door Strike Reader 3 Door Strike Reader 3 Door Strike Reader 4 Door Strike Reader 4 Door Strike Reader 5 Door Strike Reader 5 Door Strike Reader 6 Door Strike Reader 6 Door Strike Reader 7 Door Strike Reader 7 Door Strike To use the RRE 4 Door Strike relay instead of the ACU controller s relay Table 5 33 RRE 4 Relay Numbers Alarm Zone Assignments For RRE 2 RRE 2 Physical Zones Physical Zone Alarm Physical Zone Alarm Numbers Reader s 0 3 Numbers Reader s 4
359. und Unsupervised Zone Input 18 Ground Unsupervised Zone Input 19 Ground Table 6 6 RIM Wiring Connections for TB5 6 and 10 GE Security July 29 2005 6 7 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Setting the DIP Switches on the Surface Mount RIM only SW1 Switch Settings The 8 position DIP switch SW1 located on the Surface Mount RIM16 E1L Figure 6 1 should be set according to Table 6 7 Switch Number Description Module address Enables latching Associated LEDs for zones 1 16 will latch on alarm Zone 18 will reset cleared zone LEDs Disables latching Zone Termination Off Off Off 0 5K alarm 1K safe 2K alarm On Off Off 75 ohms alarm 150 safe 300 alarm Off On Off 1K safe 3K alarm 5 7K ground On On Off 1K safe 3K alarm Off Off On 6 8K safe 24K alarm On Off On 1 5K safe 3K alarm Off On On 10K safe 5K alarm On On On 5K safe 10K alarm 7 amp 8 spares Table 6 7 Surface Mount RIM DIP Switch Settings SW2 Switch Settings for RS485 Termination The 2 position DIP switch SW2 located on the Surface Mount RIM Figure 6 1 is used to terminate the Surface Mount RIMs RS485 communication NOTE The switches on the surface mount RIM can be changed while power is still applied to the board and take effect immediately nS EE SW2 1 Received Pair Termination SW2 2 Transmit Pair Termination Table 6
360. ut 2 Table 5 10 RRE TB1 Wiring Connections Readers 0 Through 3 This page can be photocopied NOTES e Each ACU controller has 2 reader ports Four readers may be multi dropped on each port along with Remote Relay Modules RRM16 E1L and Remote Input Modules RIM16 E1L Install RS 485 termination at the end of the longest reader cable Readers should be Multi dropped with no longer than a 10 ft stub to the reader Belden Cable No 9409 18 suggested for door strikes Belden Cable No 9407 22 AWG suggested for zone sensors Terminating any unused zone inputs GE Security July 29 2005 5 9 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide RRE TB1 Wiring Connections Readers 4 Through 7 Cable Color Filled in by Installer Reader Terminal TB1 Description Connected to 24 Volts In ACU TB2 1 24V NI Ground ACU TB2 2 OV 12 VDC 0 4 A max From ACU TX ACU TB2 3 R2T oO From ACU TX ACU TB2 4 R2T From ACU RX ACU TB2 5 R2R oy amp From ACU RX ACU TB2 6 R2R Zone Input 0 Door Contact Zone Input 0 Door Contact Zone Input 1 Exit Push Button Zone Input 1 Exit Push Button Zone Input 2 Aux Input 1 Zone Input 2 Aux Input 1 Zone Input 3 Aux Input 2 Zone Input 3 Aux Input 2 Table 5 11 RRE TB1 Wiring Connections Readers 4 Through 7 This page can be phot
361. ux Relay Not supported on Reader 12 Door Strike Output older versions of Reader 12 Aux Relay Diamond Reader 13 Door Strike Output Reader 13 Aux Relay Reader 14 Door Strike Output Reader 14 Aux Relay Reader 15 Door Strike Output Reader 15 Aux Relay Table A 8 One Stage Reader and RRE Relay numbers for the Host PC GE Security July 29 2005 A 7 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide ACU Relay Numbers for the Host PC ACU2 Controller Relay Number Relay Number Reader port 1 Address Relay Number o oO AJ Ww MO A oO oO Table 9 2 Controller Relay Numbers for the Host RIM Relay Numbers for the Host PC Reader port 1 Address Reader port 1 Address Reader port 1 Address Reader port 2 Address Reader port 2 Address Table A 10 ACU2 RIM Relay numbers for the Host PC 460940001A Reader port 2 Address Reader port 2 Address GE Security RRM Relay Numbers for the Host PC Reader port 1 4 Address Reader port 1 Address 5 port 1 6 Reader Address port 1 7 Reader Address port 2 4 Reader Address port 2 5 Reader Address port 2 6 Reader Address Reader port 2 Address 7 NOTE Zone Number
362. ve Data Host Port 1 RS 232 RTS Host Port 1 RS 485 Transmit Data Host Port 1 RS 485 Transmit Data 9842 24 AWG Host Port 1 RS 48 5 Receive Data 4000 ft 1220 m Host Port 1 RS 485 Receive Data Table 3 48 ACU2 TB1 Connections This page can be photocopied See UL Specification s Section for additional information GE Security July 29 2005 3 49 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Terminal Block TB2 Red Pin Number Identification On the ACUXL Controller s PCB Assembly Description Reader Port 2 Voltage Out Reader Port 2 Ground Reader Port 2 Transmit Data Reader Port 2 Transmit Data Reader Port 2 Receive Data Reader Port 2 Receive Data Reader Port 1 Voltage Out Reader Port 1 Ground Reader Port 1 Transmit Data Reader Port 1 Transmit Data Reader Port 1 Receive Data Reader Port 1 Receive Data Relay 11 Normally Closed Relay 11 Common Relay 11 Normally Open Relay 10 Normally Closed Relay 10 Common Relay 10 Normally Open Relay 9 Normally Closed Relay 9 Common Relay 9 Normally Open Relay 8 Normally Closed Relay 8 Common Relay 8 Normally Open Belden or Equivalent Cable No Maximum Distance Connected to 9842 24 AWG 4000 ft 1220 m 9842 24 AWG 4000 ft 1220 m 9409 18 AWG 1000 ft 305 m 9409 18 AWG 1000 ft 305 m
363. vels 460940001A GE Security E Physical Alarm Zones Logical Alarm Zones Reader gt 0 Zone1 Zone2 Zone3 LOCK Fo RT OFFL Address Monitor eo COIN OD oO gt Table A 7 Physical to Logical Reader Zone Numbering ACU2 16 F O Forced open H O Held Open R T Reader Enclosure Tamper OFFL Reader Off Line NOTE Lock Monitor Bond Sensor If used must be connected to Z2 GE Security July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide This Page Intentionally Left Blank A 6 460940001A GE Security Appendix B ACU2 Relay Assignments Relay Assignments For GE Security Host PC One Stage Reader and RRE Relay numbers for the GE Security Host PC DIAMOND DIAMOND Reader 8 11 xx 8 10 xx and Newer and Older Reader 0 Door Strike Output Reader 0 Aux Relay Reader 1 Door Strike Output Reader 1 Aux Relay Reader 2 Door Strike Output Reader 2 Aux Relay Reader 3 Door Strike Output Reader 3 Aux Relay Reader 4 Door Strike Output Reader 4 Aux Relay Reader 5 Door Strike Output Reader 5 Aux Relay Reader 6 Door Strike Output Reader 6 Aux Relay Reader 7 Door Strike Output Reader 7 Aux Relay Reader 8 Door Strike Output Reader 8 Aux Relay Reader 9 Door Strike Output Reader 9 Aux Relay Reader 10 Door Strike Output Reader 10 Aux Relay Reader 11 Door Strike Output ACU2 16 Reader 11 A
364. w of IGS Mullion Smart Card Reader GE Security July 29 2005 5 57 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide COTAG Read Head Wiring to RRE and ACU Refer to Table 5 10 through Table 5 13 for RRE terminal identification Table 5 68 though Table 5 70 shows the wiring connections for the Dual Zone controller to the RRE Table 5 71 though Table 5 73 shows the wiring connections for the Single Zone controller to the RRE Always follow wiring instructions that come with the Cotag reader We do not recommend powering the Cotag reader from the RRE See UL Specification s Section for additional information Wiring Cotag Reader 280 to the 3321 Dual Zone Controller Cotag Reader 280 TB1 Pin 2 V 3321 DZC Zone 1 Conn32 V Function LED s common Pin 3 D1 Conn32 R Red LED Pin 4 D2 Conn32 A Amber LED Pin 5 D3 Conn32 G Green LED Pin 6 Rx Conn31 Rx Receive line Pin 7 Rx Pin 8 Tx Conn31 Rx Conn31 Tx Receive line Transmit line Pin 9 Tx Conn31 Tx Transmit line Table 5 68 Wiring Cotag Reader 280 to the 3321 Dual Zone Controller NOTE Do not jumper Rx and S Tx and S on Conn31 Wiring Cotag Reader 090 to the 3321 Dual Zone Controller Cotag Reader 090 Terminal 4 3321 DZC Zone 1 Conn35 V Function LED s common Terminal 3 Conn35 G Green LED Terminal 6 Conn36 Rx Receive line Terminal 5 Conn36 Rx
365. wiring and note the orientation of the terminal connector TB1 Figure 4 4 on the One Stage Reader Disconnect the terminal connector Note the positions of the switches on DIP switch SW2 Figure 4 4 Note the revision level of PROM Figure 9 3 located on the One Stage Reader Figure 4 4 The revision letter should be the same or higher Refer to Installing a PROM section if applicable Set the switches on DIP switch SW2 on the replacement reader to the same positions as noted in step 6 or as required Reconnect the terminal connector disconnected in step 5 Position and secure the replacement reader onto the mounting plate Perform Power up Self Test on the One Stage Reader and Normal Operation Test on the One Stage Reader found in Section 5 of this manual NOTE See Adjusting the One Stage Reader LCD Display Brightness found in the One Stage Reader section if the user desires to change the adjustment Parts Replacement On The One Stage Reader Part No Description 133494 12 key membrane keypad for non backlit LCD display 134802 12 key membrane keypad for backlit LCD display 133376 12 key Keypad membrane without LCD Window One Stage Reader 134785 Magnetic Stripe Read Head for RMS Readers 133373 Wiegand Effect Read Head for RWE Readers 134922 1 Proximity Read Head for RPX Readers 126627 Cleaning Kit for Magnetic Stripe Readers 134815 RMS 10 Magnetic Stripe Reader Door Frame
366. witch Settings 7 10 Status LEDS sri it eet eee 5 20 RRM surface mount RRE 2 DIP Switch Settings 7 9 Description b 12 5 14 5 27 R9 2320 iin e Sce ecd 3 2 RRE 2 amp RRE 4 DIP Switch Settings 5 16 5 22 5 485 wn achat lenin deer ced dts 3 3 RRE 2 Surface Mount sss 5 2 RS 485 Expander 5 42 Component Layout 5 13 Connections nennen nenne 5 43 DIP SW3 Switch Settings 5 3 DIP Switch Settings 5 45 DIP Switch Settings 5 16 Jumper Settings sene 5 45 Input Zone LEDS ee 5 21 LEDS 1206 irt deut etatem t LEE 5 46 Jumper Settings 5 2 5 18 RS 485 Information sse 2 8 LEDS i aso d ed e toe 5 4 SECURAKEY Relay 08 5 21 Wiring to 4 00 5 85 Status LEDs Educ nes 5 20 Wiring to RRE 2 eeeee 5 72 RRE 2 Surface Mount Board 5 2 SENSOR WR 1 Wiegand RRE 2 Surface Mount Jumper Settings 5 2 VVI cie etra tute exe tete etie ttt aie 5 54 RRE 2A ee teen eed ede ie ae
367. witches are read at power up or reset and will be ignored thereafter If it is necessary to change a setting disconnect the power make the required setting changes and then reapply the power to the reader GE Security July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Termination ON TX Reader Comm Termination com ACU to RRE ON RX Reader Comm Termination com ACU to RRE ON Internally Terminate Zone 3 with 1 K ohm OFF Not terminated ON Internally Terminate Zone 2 with 1 K ohm OFF Not terminated ON Internally Terminate Zone 1 with 1 K ohm OFF Not terminated ON Internally Terminate Zone 0 with 1 K ohm OFF Not terminated Table 4 4 DIP switch settings for SW2 460940001A GE Security J umper settings Jumper settings The two jumpers located on the RMS reader See Figure 4 2 are used to indicate whether the relays on the reader are wet or dry The default setting is for dry relays Jumper Location Jumper Action Relay 1 Door Strike W1 1 and 2 Strike Relay Wet 24 VDC W1 2and 3 Strike Relay Dry Relay 2 Aux W2 LED indicators 1 and 2 Aux Relay Wet 24 VDC W2 2and 32 Aux Relay Dry derau Table 4 5 Jumper settings The LEDs on the RMS reader provide information about the activity of the reader Table 4 6 indicates reader activity Description ON when power is supplied
368. with 24V Jump pins 2 amp 3 Relay K2 Dry Jump pins 1 amp 2 Relay K2 energized with 24V Table 6 10 Surface Mount RIM Jumpers W1 and W2 GE Security July 29 2005 6 9 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Setting the DIP Switches on the RIM The 6 position DIP switch S1 located on the RIM Figure 6 3 should be set according to Table 6 11 NOTE The switches are read at power up and will be ignored thereafter If itis necessary to change a setting power MUST be cycled OFF then AFTER the setting are changed back ON Switch Number Description SW 1 SW 2 Module address Alarm Latching Enables latching Associated LEDs for zones 1 16 will latch on alarm Zone 18 will reset cleared zone LEDs Disables latching Zone Termination 1 Kohm secure 500 or 2 Kohm alarm 200 ohms secure 10K alarm 1 Kohm secure 3 Kohm alarm 5 or 7 Kohm tamper 1 Kohm secure 3 Kohm 6 8 Kohm secure 24 8 Kohm alarm 1 5 Kohm secure 3 Kohm alarm 10 Kohm secure 5 Kohm alarm 5 Kohm secure 10 Kohm alarm Table 6 11 RIM DIP Switch Settings 6 10 460940001 GE Security Setting the DIP Switches on the RIM Operation LED s on the Surface Mount RIM The LED s on the Surface Mount Remote Input Module will light as follows Description On when board is Communicating to ACU Heart 1 Hz Flash CPU is functi
369. ximum using 18 gauge overall shielded cable Always follow wiring instructions that come with the read head Belden Cable No 9409 18 suggested for door strikes Belden Cable No 9407 22 AWG suggested for zone sensors Terminating any unused zone inputs GE Security July 29 2005 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Readers 4 through 7 or 12 through 15 ACU Reader Port 2 TB3 Connections RRE 4 PIN Label Description 24 VDC Input Reader Terminal TB3 Connected to ACU TB2 1 24V Cable Color Filled in by Installer Ground ACU TB2 2 0V From ACU TX From ACU TX ACU TB2 3 R1T ACU TB2 4 R1T From ACU RX ACU TB2 5 R1R From ACU RX 3 Reader Ground ACU TB2 6 R1R 3 d Reader s Data 0 3 Reader s Data 1 3 Reader s Read Head 3 Reader s Red LED 3 Reader s Green LED 3 Reader s Buzzer Zone Input 4 3 Reader s Door Contact Zone Input 4 Zone Input 5 3 9 Reader s Exit Push Zone Input 5 Button Table 5 43 RRE 4 TB3 Wiring Connections This page can be photocopied NOTES Each ACU controller has 2 reader ports Two RRE 4s may be multi dropped on each port only if an ACU 16 is used along with Remote Relay Modules RRM and Remote Input Modules RIM Terminate the last Module on the reader cable Remote Modules should be Multi dropped with no longer than a 10 f
370. y Dry Contacts Provides 24vdc for Reader 3 relay Dry Contacts Provides 24vdc for Reader 0 AUX relay Dry Contacts Provides 24vdc for Reader 1 AUX relay Dry Contacts Provides 24vdc for Reader 2 AUX relay Dry Contacts Provides 24vdc for Reader 3 AUX relay Dry Contacts Current for each relay contact limited to 2 Amps Current for each relay contact limited to 5 Amps Table 5 24 RRE 4 Surface Mount Settings for Jumpers W1 W8 Status LEDs for RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount Table 5 25 defines the function of the Relay LEDs located on RRE 2 Figure 5 6 and the RRE 4 Figure 5 9 LED Designation Function Indicates Power Applied to Board Flashes when Transmitting Data Flashes when Receiving Data Heartbeat 1 Hz Flash CPU is functioning correctly Table 5 25 RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount Status LEDs 5 20 460940001A GE Security RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount RREs Input Zone LEDs for RRE 2 and RRE 4 Surface Mount Table 5 26 defines the function of the Input zone LEDs located on RRE 2 Figure 5 6 and the RRE 4 Figure 5 9 LED Designation Off Secure On Alarm Blinkz Trouble Reader 0 Zone 0 Reader 0 Zone 1 Reader 0 Zone 2 Reader 0 Zone 3 Reader 1 Zone 0 Reader 1 Zone 1 Reader 1 Zone 2 Reader 1 Zone 3 Reader 2 Zone 0 RRE 4 Only Reader 2 Zone 1 RRE 4 Only Reader 2 Zone 2 RRE 4 Only Reader 2 Zone 3 RRE 4 Only Reader
371. y Dry Contacts Current for each relay contact limited to 5 Amps Reader Reader Down or Left 1 amp 2 Terminated RRE 2 RRE 4 Up or Right 2 amp 3 Not Terminated Terminates RS 485 Transmit Terminates RS 485 Receive Reader Terminates Zone Input Z7 with a 1k ohm resistor 0 or 1 Reader 3 Terminates Zone Input Z6 with a 1k ohm resistor Upper Address PROM 5or 7 Reader Terminates Zone Input Z3 with a 1k ohm resistor 2 or 3 Reader 1 Terminates Zone Input Z2 with a 1k ohm resistor Upper Address z PROM Terminates Zone Input Z1 with a 1k ohm resistor 4or6 Reader 0 Terminates Zone Input ZO with a 1k ohm resistor f the Exit Push Button is not connected then another 1k resistor must be installed across the Zone Input Table 5 29 RRE 2 and RRE 4 Jumper Settings Terminates Zone Input Z5 with a 1k ohm resistor Reader 2 Terminates Zone Input Z4 with a 1k ohm resistor GE Security July 29 2005 5 23 ACU Networked Intelligent Controllers Installation Guide Power Up Self Test on the RRE 2 and RRE 4 The operation and status LED s will light as follows 0 25 second flash Power on 0 50 second flash RAM Test OK 1 00 second flash PROM Test OK initialization complete Table 5 30 Power Up LED Normal Operation on the RRE 2 and RRE 4 The operation and status LED s will light as follows LED s Description PH 1 second flash TX On when transmitting
372. y Column 1 TB3 2 Violet Column 2 TB3 4 KC1 Orange Column 3 TB3 5 KC2 Brown Row 1 TB3 3 KRO Blue Row 2 TB3 1 KR1 Green Row 3 TB3 6 KR2 Yellow Row4 TB3 7 Table 5 59 Wiring K12 Essex X Y 3x4 Matrix Keypad Figure 5 24 K12 Essex X Y 3x4 Matrix Touchpad PN 134829 K14 ESSEX 2x6 Keypad Wiring To RRE Refer to Table 5 10 through Table 5 13 for terminal identification Table 5 60 shows the wiring connections for the InfoGraphic K14 Part 135657 2x6 Touchpad Keypad Essex Always follow the instructions that come with the reader See UL Specifications Section for additional information Description Input Voltage TB2 7 5V Ground TB2 4 0V Data 0 TB2 5 RDA Data 1 TB2 6 RCL allel Case Ground connect to earth ground Table 5 60 Wiring K14 Essex 2x6 Keypad 2 5 2110 Bie 5 52 460940001 GE Security RRE Reader and Keypad Connections Figure 5 25 K14 Essex 2x6 Keypad PN 135657 Using 2x6 Keypad with the RMS10 for Alarm Masking In order to utilize the K14 Essex 2x6 Thinline Keypad in conjunction with the RMS10 for Alarm Masking purposes the following steps should be used 1 Disconnect power to the RRE 2 Remove the PROM from the RRE 4 NOTE The notch in the end of the PROM faces the communications LED s 3 Place the new PROM labeled RRE 4 AC D335 in the socket making sure to insert it with the notc

ACU Installation User Guide.book

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents